3 TẬP 100 ĐỀ ÔN TẬP THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 MÔN TIẾNG ANH NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 - THƯ VIỆN NGOẠI NGỮ

Page 1

TÀI LIỆU ÔN THI VÀO LỚP 10 MÔN TIẾNG ANH

vectorstock.com/7952556

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection

DẠY KÈM QUY NHƠN EBOOK PHÁT TRIỂN NỘI DUNG

3 TẬP 100 ĐỀ ÔN TẬP THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 MÔN TIẾNG ANH NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 THƯ VIỆN NGOẠI NGỮ TUYỂN TẬP WORD VERSION | 2020 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 07 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh:……………………...........

đề thi 07 Số báo Mã danh:…………………………

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: (8 points ) Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that indicate the word/phrase which is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part. 1 . He was asked to account for his presence at the scene of crime. A. complain B. exchange C. explain D. arrange 2. I’ll take the new job whose salary is fantastic. A. reasonable B. acceptable C. pretty high D. wonderful Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that best fits the blank space in each sentence. 3. China is _____ far the most populated country in the world. A. as B. by C. so D. to 4. The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river. A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed 5. A _____ is a cave that is big enough for humans to go inside. A. cavern B. bay C. fortress D. temple 6. If I were in your_____, I’d take it easy and try to forget it. A. shoe B. shoes C. sandal D. sandals 7. _____ this hand-embroidered picture was expensive, we bought it. A. As B. Because C. Even though D. Despite 8. _____ is a mix of English, Malay, Mandarin. A. ‘Hinglish’ B. ‘Singlish’ C. ‘Thailish’ D. ‘Vietlish’ 9.My friend, _____bicycle was stolen last week, has decided to buy a motorbike A. whom B. which C. who D. whose 0. You have cleaned your bike, ________? A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you 11. Son Doong Cave is recognised as _____ cave in the world by BCRA. A. the larger than B. the largest C. the larger D. the most large 12. "Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test" - "……………." A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!


13. Tom: “How did you get here?" - John: “…………………” A. I came here last night. B. I came here by train. C. The train is so crowded. D. Is it far from here? Choose one word (A, B, C or D) whose stress pattern is different from the others. 14. A. adolescence B. multicultural C. metropolitan D. limestone 15. A. factor B. event C. complex D. tunnel Choose the word (A, B, C or D) whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others. 16. A. fabulous B. administrative C. paradise D. urban 17. A. bilingual B. dialect C. simmer D. pile-up

Choose the underlined word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that needs correcting. 18. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi . A B C D 19. Linda has worn her new yellow dress only once since she buys it. A B C D 20. Don’t put too much garlic in the salad; two bunches are enough. A B C D Choose the word or phrase (A, B, C or D) that indicate the word/phrase which is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part. 21. The boy was brought up with a family in the countryside. A. reared B. bred C. raised D. grown 22. As a government official, Benjamin Franklin often traveled abroad. A. widely B. secretly C. alone D. overseas Read the text carefully, then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D). Every day on radio, on TV, and in the newspaper, we hear, see or read about many problems in the world, for example, pollution problems. Air pollution is the first kind. It mostly comes from fumes released from motorbikes, cars, airplanes, trains and poisonous gases emitted from factories. Also, waste is dumped anywhere, even in the city where many people are living. The second pollution problem is sea pollution. Many people earn their living from fishing in the sea, and the fish they catch feed many people. But the sea has become so polluted from oil spills and factory wastes that the fish are dying. This is not only killing the fish, but is also affecting those people who eat fish.


Seldom do you find a place nowadays that is not polluted. This problem is growing more difficult every day. We must find a good solution that makes the world a better place to live. 23. We hear, see and read about problems in the world _________ A. once a week B. every day C. every week D. every year 24. What causes the air pollution? A. fumes from vehicles. B. poisonous gases from factories. C. waste from everywhere D. All are correct 25. The sea has become polluted because of _________ A. oil spills B. factories wastes C. smoke from factories D. A and B are correct 26. In order to make the world a better place to live, we _________ A. should not prevent pollution B. must find a good solution. C. should kill the fish. D. None is correct. 27. The word “This” in the passage refers to _________ A. pollution B. oil C. factory D. sea Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate correct word for each of the blanks SARS (Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome) is a deadly disease. Scien haven't found the (28)......of this disease. SARS is dangerous because it develops quickly. Patients normally (29)......a high fever, a sore throat, and cough. Their body temperature is (30)......38°C. Antibiotics cannot cure SARS, and scientists are looking for a (31)..... to prevent the disease. Before they can find one, it is important to have a (32) ......lifestyle. You should keep fit, have plenty of fresh air, and eat lot foods with vitamin C. 28. A. reason B. cause C. source D. ground 29. A. make B. take C. have D. receive 30. A. above B. below C. more D. on 31. A. treatment B. cure C. tablet D. vaccine 32. A. healthy B. rich C. wealthy D. strong II. WRITING: (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words 33. My boyfriend is very short-tempered. => My boyfriend loses…………………………………………………………………………………… 34. You can use it as long as you like, and it won’t wear out.


=> No matter…….. ……………………………………………………………………………………… 35. If the work is finished by lunchtime you can go home. => Get……………………………………………………………………………………… ……………. 36. How have you been getting on with your enquiries? => How much……………………………………………………………………………………… …….. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways (questions from 37 to 40). 37. I gave Ted the massage, but he already knew about it. (NEEDN’T) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 38. The trains couldn’t run because of the snow. (PREVENTED) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 39. I didn’t arrived in time to see him. (ENOUGH) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 40. I’m sorry I was rude to you yesterday. (APOLOGIZE) …………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………..

__________THE END__________


ANSWER KEYS: 1. C 9. D 17. C 25. D

2. D 10. C 18. B 26. B

3. B 11. B 19. D 27. A

4. A 12. D 20. C 28. B

5. A 13. B 21. C 29. C

6. B 14. D 22. D 30. A

7. C 15. B 23. B 31. D

33. My boyfriend loses his temper very easily 34. No matter how long you use it , it won’t wear out 35. Get the work finished by lunchtime and you can go home 36. How much progress have you made with your enquiries? 37. I needn’t have given Ted the massage, because he already knew about it. 38. The sow prevented the trains from running. 39. I wasn’t early enough to see him. 40. I apologize for being rude to you yesterday.

8. B 16. A 24. D 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 08 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh:……………………........... danh:…………………………

Mã đề thi 08 Số báo

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: (8 points ) Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. 1. A. sociable B. ocean C. receive D. special 2. A. baskets B. books C. roofs D. changes Choose the word whose stress pattern is differently from that of the other. 3. A. capable B. different C. difficult D. delightful 4. A. fluent B. language C. explore D. massive Mark the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part 5 . I could see the finish line and thought I was home and dry. A. hopeless B. hopeful C. successful D. unsuccessful 6. Carpets from countries such as Persia and Afghanistan often fetch high prices in the United States. A. Artifacts B. Pottery C. Rugs D. Textiles Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word (s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) 7. Because Jack defaulted on his loan, the bank took him to court. A.failed to pay B. paid in full C.had a bad personality D. was paid much money 8. His career in the illicit drug trade ended with the police raid this morning . A.elicited B. irregular C. secret D. legal Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences. 9. Tom: “How did you get here?" - John: “…………………” A. I came here last night. B. I came here by train. C. The train is so crowded. D. Is it far from here?


10. That tall woman, ……….career is very successful, usually helps children in this orphanage. A. that B. what C. which D. whose 11. If you come to England, it will be a good ________ for you to improve your English. A. opportunity B. advantage C. experience D. possibility 12. Of those _______ took the test last week, Phong is the only one who didn’t study for it. A. who B. whom C. which D. whose 13. You have cleaned your bike, ________? A. have you B. do you C. haven’t you D. don’t you 14. Why don’t you have your house _____________? A. repainted B. repaint C. to repaint D. repainting 15 . She suggested ……….. money for the poor people in the region. A. to save B. saved C. saving D. save 16. I can’t _______ your loud music any longer. I’m leaving. A. make out B. keep up with C. hold on to D. put up with 17. Women nowadays have the freedom to __________ whether or not they have children. A. know B. select C. choose D. elect 18. "Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test" - "……………." A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job!

Find a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence 19. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi . A B C D 20. Although he was tired, but he still went to work yesterday. A B C D 21. My family spent an interested holiday in Europe last summer. A B D D Read the text carefully, and then choose the most suitable answers (A, B, C or D). Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two-way (22)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and (23)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (24)_______ in conversation and meetings are


often (25)_______. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When (26)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed. 22: A. Exchange B. Interchange C. Communication D. Correspondence 23: A. Announcer B. Receiver C. Messenger D. Transmitter 24: A. That people use B. Are used C. Using D. Being used 25: A. Informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal 26: A. their B. These C. This D. That Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each question. Do you ever think about what schools will be like in the future? Many people think that students will study most regular classes such as maths, science and history online. Students will probably learn these subjects anywhere using a computer. What will happen if students have problems with a subject? They might connect with a teacher through live video conferencing. Expert teachers from learning centres will give students help wherever they live. Students will still take classes in a school, too. Schools will become places for learning social skills. Teachers will guide students in learning how to work together in getting along with each other. They will help students with group projects both in and out of the classroom. Volunteer work and working at local businesses will teach students important life skills about the world they live in. This will help students become an important part of their communities. Some experts say it will take five years for changes to begin in schools. Some say it will take longer. Most people agree, though, that computers will change education the way TVs and telephones changed life for people all over the world years before. 27. What will happen if students meet difficulties with a subject? A. Teachers from learning centres will give them help through live video conferencing. B. They will meet their teachers in person for help with problems with the subject. C. They will telephone the teachers who are staying at the school to seek their help. D. Schools will organise a live video conference for teachers to help students with problems. 28. Students will still go to school to _____ .


A. learn all subjects B. play with their friends C. use computers D. learn social skills 29. The main role of teachers in the future will be _____ . A. providing students with knowledge B. guiding students to learn computers C. helping students with group projects D. organising live video conferences 30. Students will learn important life skills through _______ . A. going to school every day B. taking online classes C. working in international businesses D. doing volunteer work 31. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Kids won’t have to go to school in the future. B. Computers will change education in the future. C. All classes will be taught online in the future. D. Teachers will help students from home in the future. 32. Let’s face _____ we are destroying the environment and we need to do something now. A. truth B. facts C. things D. information

II. WRITING: (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words 33. She didn’t hurry, so she missed the train. => If………………………………………………………………………. 34. Barbara is the best tennis-player in the club. => No one………………………………………………………………… 35. I haven’t seen that man here before. => It’s…………………………………………………………………….. 36. The furniture was so expensive that I didn’t buy it. => The furniture was too…………………………………………………. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways 37. The robbers made the bank manager hand over on the money. (WAS) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 38. Tom learned to drive when he was nineteen. (SINCE) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 39. She had never been so unhappy before. (THAN)


…………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 40 It was so late that nothing could be done. (TOO) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. __________THE END__________

ANSWER KEYS: 1. C 9.B 17.C 25. C

2.D 10.D 18. D 26. B

3. D 11.A 19.B 27.A

4.C 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. C 13.C 21.B 29.C

6. C 14. A 22.D 30. D

33. If she had hurried, she would have caught the train 34. No one in the club is better at tennis than B. 35. It’s the first time I have seen that man. 36. The furniture was too expensive for me to buy. 37. The bank manager was made to hand over the money. 38. Tom has been able to drive since he was nineteen. 39. She was unhappier than she had ever before. 40. It was too late to do anything.

7. B 15. C 23.B 31B.

8. D 16. D 24. A 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 09 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 09 Số báo

Họ tên thí sinh:……………………........... danh:…………………………

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: (8 points ) Choose the word whose stress pattern is differently from that of the other. 1. A dynamite

B. institute

C. hamburger

D.

opinion

2. A minority

B. communicate

C. celebration

D. efficiency

Read the following passages and choose the best answer for each blanket. Rivers all of the world’s most important natural resources. Many cities are on large rivers, and__________ every country has at least one river that plays an important part in the lives if its people. Besides transportation, rivers _________ food , water for crops , water to drink and opportunities for recreation for people who live along their bank and in order to get water for crops engineer sometimes build a dam__________ a river and let the water become a lake behind the dam. Then people can use their water not only to irrigate fields but also to make electricity for home and industries. However the water often becomes__________ when cities on river bank grow inside and the number of industries increases. We are learning that it is necessary to keep rivers clean if we want to enjoy the ________ of the natural resources. 3. A many

B. a lot

C. plenty

D. almost

4. A. provided

B. support

C. assist

D .create

5. A. over

B. across

C. among

D. under


6. A. crowed

B. overloaded

C. polluted

D. excited

7. A. interests

B. benefits

C. tips

D. receipts

Read the following passage and choose the best answer for each question. Tigers are one of the most powerful and graceful animals in the world. The different species that still exist today, namely the Bengal, Indochina, Siberian, South China and Sumatra tigers are in danger of becoming extinct. Due to irresponsible hunting, the Bali, Caspian and Java tigers have already become extinct. This could soon happen to the other species too. In the past, tigers were considered as pests. With a smaller area to hunt, as man had taken up more of the land to build upon, the tigers found less area for themselves to hunt. They thus turned to farms to get their food. Farmers’ livestock were attacked by these tigers. People were then encouraged to hunt and kill these animals with the promise of rewards. Even after the threat of tigers on livestock was over, man continued to hunt tigers, this time for recreation. Poachers too hunt tigers for their body parts knowing that the skin of tigers is much sought after. Bones and other organs are also used as ingredients in traditional Chinese medicine. Although killing is illegal, it is still being carried out unless it is stopped, the remaining species of tigers will soon become extinct too. 8. How many species of tigers were there originally? A. three

B. Four

C. Five

D. eight

9. There were fewer hunting grounds for the tigers because _____ A. man had occupied the land

B. the farmers put their livestock

there C. the tiger population was becoming bigger

D. they liked hunting livestock

10. Man continues hunting tigers even they are no longer pests because _____ A. he treats it as a form of recreation C. he still thinks tigers are pests

B. he loves tigers very much D. he wants to make the tigers extinct


11. Poachers are people who _____ A. look after tigers

B. make Chinese medicine

C. hunt tigers illegally

D. hunt tigers’ body parts

12. Illegal poaching will _____ A. cause the extinction of tigers B. increase the amount of Chinese medicine C. increase the amount of Chinese medicine D. increase the price of body parts

Find a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. 13.The cost of living has gone up considerably the last few years A B C D 14. I think your garden needs to weed and you had better do it right now A B C D 15. Can you tell me where that apples over there come from? A

B

C

D

Mark the letter A, B, C, D to indicate the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part . 16. Around 150 B.C. the Greek astronomer Hipparchus developed a system to classify stars according to brightness. A. record B. shine C. categorize D. diversify 17. In the future, fathers may be externally employed or stay at home and look after their children. A. do extra work B. go out to work C. work full-time D. Work part-time Mark the letter A, B, C, or D to indicate the word (s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) 18. The International Organizations are going to be in a temporary way in the country. A. soak

B. permanent

C. complicated

D. guess

19. There has been no rain for a long time, so land is getting more and more barren. A. wet

B. dry

C. windy

D. hot


Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. 20. A parachute

B chorus

C scheme

D choir

21. A causal

B television

C pleasure

D decision

Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences. 22.

I’m

really

A into

looking

_____

B after

23.

We

have

A. replace

Christmas

C out for had

the

B. replaced

roof

this

D of

forward

our

C. to replace.

year to

house

D

.been

_____ replaced

24. If everybody _____ the traffic ruled, the road will be much safer A. obey 25.

B .obeys

There

are_____

A .fewer 26.

C. obeyed chairs

in

B. less Susan

A .is she

this

room

stays

B. isn’t she

obey

in

that

room

D

.least

up

C. does she

wasn’t

will than

C. fewest rarely

27.Tom

D.

late,

D

there

_____?

.doesn’t

she

last

night?

_No

_____

A .I wasn’t neither

B. either was I

28._

Are

Yes,

but

A .don’t have 29.

He

A . which

C. I wasn’t too

D.

you I

wish

B .will not have showed

us

B. in which

leaving I

_____

C. may not have the

neither

house

didn’t

_____

C. in where

he

was ?

to

D.

I

was

go have born.

D. in that

30. We _____ the plumbers to install an air conditioner in the living room. A. had 31.

There’s

B. got _____

in

trying

C. made to

contact

him

D. as

he’s

arranged touring

Europe.


A. no way 32

B. nowhere “What

C. no point does

D.

your

no

quarter

brother

do?”

“_____” A. he is painting in his room C. he is still single

B. he is a painter D

.he

likes

to

paint

pictures

II. WRITING: (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words 33. He left school and then joined the army. => After ………………………………………………………………… 34. The leak was repaired by the plumber this morning. => The plumber ………………………………………………………….. 35. This flower is very beautiful! => How …………………………………………………………………! 36. Somebody stole his watch yesterday. => His watch ……………………………………………………………… Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways

37. The last time she had a swim was five years ago. (HAS) ______________________________________________________________________ __________

38. I asked the hotel porter to wake me at 8 o’clock the following morning. (PLEASE) ______________________________________________________________________ __________


39. They’ll have to change the date of the meeting again. (CHANGED) ______________________________________________________________________ __________

40. The garage is going to repair the car for us next week. (HAVE) ______________________________________________________________________ __________

__________THE END__________ ANSWER KEYS:

1. D

2. C

3.D

4. A

5. B

6. C

7. B

8. D

9. A

10.A

11. C

12. A

13. D

14.D

15. B

16.C

17.B

18. B

19. A

20.A

21. A

22. D

23.B

24. B

25.A

26. C

27.A

28.D

29. B

30.B

31.C

32.B

33. After leaving/ having left the school, he joined the army. 34. The plumber repaired the leak this morning. 35. How beautiful this flower is! 36. Somebody stole his watch yesterday. 37. She hasn’t had a swim for 5 years. 38. “Please wake me at 8 tomorrow morning”, I said to the hotel porter. 39. The date of the meeting will have to be changed. 40. We are going to have the car repaired.



SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 10 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 10 Số báo

Họ tên thí sinh:……………………........... danh:…………………………

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: (8 points ) Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part from the other three in pronunciation in the following question from 1 to 2. 1: A. talked B. watched C. lived D. stopped 2: A. flood B. moon C. food D. soon Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to differs from the other three in the position of primary question from 3 to 4. 3: A. engineer B. corporate C. difficult 4: A. popular B. position C. horrible

indicate the word that stress in the following D. different D. positive

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in the following question from1 5 to 7. 5: Mr. Smith is going to buy a new Japanese car, doesn’t he? A B C D 6: One of the most urgent problem, facing us now is the need to control population growth. A B C D 7: If I were you, I didn’t buy that expensive car. A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word in each of the following question from 8 to 9 8: Frank never turns up on time for a meeting. A.calls B.arrives C.reports D.prepares 9: My father still hasn’t really recovered from the death of my mother. A. looked after B. taken after C. gone off D. got over


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word in each of the following question from 10 to 11 10: She had a cozy little apartment in Boston. A. uncomfortable B. warm C. lazy D. dirty 11: He was so insubordinate that he lost his job within a week. A. fresh B. disobedient C. obedient D. understanding Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions 12 to 20 12. If I were a flower, I …………..a sunflower. A. was

B. were

C. will be

D. would be

C. didn’t they

D. did they

13. Nobody went to the party, ………..? A. does he

B. do they

14. Is English a(n) ………… language in your country? A.mother B.bilingual C.living D.official 15. She turned ……..the new job in New York because she didn’t want to move. A. on B. off C. Up D. down 16. One of my friends ……….. is very good at English gives me his tips to learn English well. A. What B. who C. which D. whom 17: I wish I …………. my homework last night. A. had finished B. finished C. have finished D. finish 18. Her teacher suggested she ………. harder to pass the exam. A. studies B. Studying C. study D. to study 19. This laptop is much more user-friendly, but it costs…...the other one. A. as many as B. twice as much as C. twice as many D. so much as 20: ……….. she’s young, she’s the most famous artsan in the village. A. When B. Although C. Whereas D. In order to Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks from 21 to 25 Television is one of man’s most important means of communication. It brings events and sounds (21)…………..around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the President making a speech or visit foreign country. He can see a war being fought and watch statesmen try 22)………….about peace. Through television home viewers can see and learn about people, places, and things all over the world. TV even takes its (23)………..out of this


world. It brings them coverage of America’s astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space. In addition to all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programs that are (24)………..to entertain. In fact, TV provides (25)………..entertainment programs than any other kinds. The programs include action-packed dramas, light comedies, sporting events and motion pictures. 21. A. from B. at C. in D. to 22. A. bring B. brought C. bringing D. to bring 23. A. viewers B. seers C. dookers D. watchers 24. A. made B. designed C. did D. built 25. A. many B. much C. more D. most Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 26 to 30 Earth, our beautiful home planet, is the only astronomical object to accommodate life as we know it. Scientists believe Earth was formed approximately 4.5 billion years ago. It is the fifth-largest planet in our solar system. Its equatorial diameter is about 12,074 kilometres. Earth is the third-closest planet to the sun. The distance from Earth to the sun is roughly 149,600,000 kilometres. It takes 365.3 days for Earth to orbit the sun, and 24 hours to rotate on its axis. The surface temperature ranges from -88 to 58°C. Nearly 70 percent of Earth’s surface is covered by ocean, which has an average depth of about 4 kilometres. In 2015 it was estimated that 7.3 billion humans are living on Earth. 26. As we know it, Earth is the only planet that accommodates life. It is …… A. habitat B. habitual C. habitable D. habit 27. In our solar system, ………….. planets are larger than Earth. A. four B. three C. two D. five 28. There are ………………… planets between Earth and the sun. A. four B. two C. three D. one 29. The hottest place on Earth may have the temperature of …………….. A.-88°C B. 40°C C. 58°C D. 85°C 30. It takes ……………………… for Earth to rotate on its axis. A. one day B. one month C. one year D. one week Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to the following exchange. (from 31 to 32) 31: I think we should use less paper so that we can save tres in the forests. – “………………..” A. Congratulations B. yes,I’d love to C. That’s a good idea D. It’s nice of you to say so 32: . John " I've passed my final exams " - Tom ".............." A. That's a good idea B. It's nice of you to say so C. Congratulatons ! D. Good luck !


II. WRITING: (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words. (from 33 to 36) 33. The bus takes longer than the train. The train………………………………………………………………. 34. John has not had his hair cut for over six months. It is…………………………………………………………………….. 35. Maria says she’d like to have been put in a higher class. Maria wishes………………………………………………………….. 36. Would you like me to finish the work tonight? I’ll……………………………………………………………………… Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways (questions from 37 to 40). 37. You may get hungry on the train, so take some sandwiches. (IN CASE) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 38. My husband didn’t leave the car keys, so I couldn’t pick him up at the station. (IF) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 39. “I don’t think John will come”, said Bill. (DOUBTED) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 40. The postman was bitten by our dog. (BIT) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. __________THE END__________

ANSWER KEYS: 1.C 9. D 17. A 25.C

2.A 10. A 18. A 26. C

3. A 11. C 19.B 27.A

4. B 12.D 20.B 28. B

5.D 13. D 21.A 29. C

33. The train doesn’t take as long as the bus. 34. It is over 6 m. since J had his hair cut. 35. Maria wishes she had been put in a higher class.

6. B 14. D 22. D 30. A

7. C 15. D 23. A 31. C

8. B 16B. 24.B 32.C


36. I’ll finish the work tonight if you like. 37. In case get hungry on the train you’d better take ….. 38. If my husband has left the car keys, we could have picked him up at …… 39. Bill doubted if John would come. 40. Our dog bit the postman.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 11 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh:……………………........... danh:…………………………

Mã đề thi 11 Số báo

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE: (8 points) Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions from 1 to 2. Question 1: A. village B. luggage C. page D. damage Question 2: A. simmer B. grill C. whisk D. slice Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of the primary stress in each of the following questions from 3 to 4. Question 3: A. bilingual B. magnificent C. inaccessible D. promote Question 4: A. effective B. efficiency C. appliance D. innovation Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 5 to 13. Question 5: _____ you water the tree, it will die. A. If B. Because C. Unless D. But Question 6: The guidelines in this book can help you become a _________ speaker. A. confide B. confident C. confidence D. self-confidence Question 7: This carpet really needs_______. Can you do it for me, son? A. being cleaned B. Both C and D C. to be cleaned D. cleaning Question 8: If we go to the Brisbane Institute of English in Australia, we can practice speaking English with ______ speakers. A. nation B. national C. native D. natively Question 9: My friend, _____father is a teacher, is very good at English. A. whom B. which C. who D. whose


Question 10: The hotel is beautifully _____ in a quiet spot near the river. A. located B. situating C. lying D. stayed Question 11: If I were in your_____, I’d take it easy and try to forget it. A. shoe B. shoes C. sandal D. sandals Question 12: . The hotel where we are __________ is quite luxurious. A. living B. existing C. remaining D. staying Question 13: You can learn a lot about the local __________ by talking to local people. A. territory B. area C. land D. nation Mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable response to each of the following exchanges from 14 to 15. Question 14: “That’s a beautiful dress you are wearing!” - “___________________” A. Can I have it? B. It’s in the wash C. I’m glad you like it D. Oh, no, not really Question 15: "Mum. I’ve got 600 on the TOEFL test" - "___________________" A. Good way! B. You are right. C. Oh, hard luck! D. Good job! Mark the letter A,B,C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word/phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions from 16 to 17 Question 16: She lost her temper with a customer and shouted at him. A. had a temperature B. kept her temper C. became very angry D. felt worried Question 17: In Africa, many children die from not having enough food. A. poverty B. starvation C. drought D. malnutrition Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word/phrase that is OPPSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following questions from 18 to 19. Question 18: I could only propose a partial solution to the crisis in the company. A. half B. halfway C. effective D. complete Question 19:: I clearly remember talking to him in a chance meeting last summer. A.unplanned B. deliberate C. accidental D. unintentional Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correcting in each of the following questions from 20 to 22. Question 20: The water and land around the chemical factory are serious polluted. A B C D


Question 21: Hoang has felt much better when he took the pill. A B C D Question 22: Thanks to television, people can enjoy interested programs in an inexpensive and A B C convenient way. D Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word/phrase that best fits each of the numbered blank from 23 to 27. Sociologists have been carrying out research into the social pressures of being a teenager. Many adolescents are unhappy at school because they find it difficult to (23)______ friends. This stress can bring on illness or result in poor grades. They may also worry about their appearance and often feel (24)______ enormous pressure to dress, talk and behave the same as (25)_____. This phenomenon is called peer pressure, and it is very common in today’s society. Advertising contributes a lot to the social pressures teenagers feel. Advertisers know how important it is to feel that you belong to a group when you are in your teens, so they try to persuade teenagers that certain products will make them (26)______ with their classmates. Sadly, many teenagers act irresponsibly and even do dangerous things just to make others accept them. Peer pressure is often the reason for teenage smoking, drug (27)______ or dangerous driving. Teenagers need to learn to say “no” to social pressure and to find friends who they can talk things over with when they have a problem. 23. A. keep B. create C. remain D. make 24. A. in B. under C. over D. below 25. A. another B. the other C. others D. other 26. A. common B. popular C. open D. favorite 27. A. overdose B. abuse C. addicted D. overuse Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions from 28 to 32. Not so long ago, people only used the telephone to make phone calls. Now, thanks to computers, people use their phones to do much more. They can bank by phone, rent videos by phone, and even shop by phone. It is also possible to send letters and reports by faxing them over telephone lines. People can even use their phone lines to send messages from one computer to another computer by electric mail, or e-mail. But you don’t need to be at home or at the office to use the phone anymore. You can carry a cellular phone in your pocket or keep one in your car. With a cellular phone, anyone who can talk and walk can also phone and walk. You don’t have to look for a pay phone to make a call anymore. Now you can take your calls with you everywhere. 28. The main topic of the passage is______


A. the use of a telephone in the past. B. the use of a cellular phone C. the convenience of a cellular phone D. current use of telephones 29. People didn’t use to______ A. make phone calls only at home B. make phone calls only in the office C. make only phone calls with the telephone D. shop by phone 30. What are advantages of having a cellular phone? A. You can carry a cellular phone in your pocket. B. You can keep it in your car. C. With a cellular phone, you can phone and walk. D. All A, B and C 31. With a cellular phone, you can ______ A. only carry it in your pockets B. only keep it in your car C. make a phone call everywhere you want D. phone and walk 32. The word “pay phone” means______ A. the phone pays you B. you can phone free of charge C. you pay for the call D. you don’t pay for the call II. WRITING: (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words the following questions from 33 to 36. 33. We couldn’t drive because of the fog. The fog prevented………………………………………………………. 34. Although his leg was broken he managed to get out of the car. In spite………………………………………………………………….. 35. The cake was so hard so I couldn’t cat it. It was……………………………………………………………………. 36. We didn’t go because it rained. If it hadn’t……………………………………………………………….. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one using the word in brackets. Do not change the given words in any ways (questions from 37 to 40). 37. I can’t cook as well as my mother does. (BETTER) …………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………..


38. I don’t suppose you have change for a pound, do you? (HAPPEN) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 39. He failed to win the race. (DIDN’T) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. 40. Mary rang hours and hour ago. (SINCE) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………….. __________THE END__________ ANSWER KEYS: 1. C 9. D 17. B 25.C

2. D 10.A 18.D 26. B

3. C 11. B 19.B 27. B

4. D 12.D 20. D 28.C

5. C 13.B 21. C 29D.

6. B 14. C 22. A 30. D

7.B 15.D 23.D 31.C

33. The fog prevented us from driving. 34. In spite of having a broken leg, he managed to get out of the car. 35. It was such a hard cake that i couldn’t eat it. 36. If it hadn’t rained we would have gone. 37. My mother cooks better than me. 38. Do you happen to have change for a pound? 39. He didn’t win the race. 40. It’s hours since Mary rang.

8.C 16. C 24.B 32.C


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 69 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 69

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. junior B. humour C. stew D. purify 2. A. recite

B. refund

C. reconcile

D. reproduce

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. relax B. recognize C. realize D. relatively 4. A. permanent

B. power

C. permission

D. carpet

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. These televisions are quite popular in Europe, but those ones are not. A

B

C

D

6. Nora hardly never misses an opportunity to play in the tennis tournaments. A

B

C

D

7. Many people believe that New York is the most great city in America. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You should pay ………….to what the instructor is saying. A. attendance

B. intention

C. convention

D. attention

9. Hung……………….go fishing with his uncle when he lived in the countryside.


A. used to

B. is used to

C has used to

D. who used to

10. If I ……………..you, I'd take some rest before the game tomorrow A. am

B. could be

C. were

D. would be

11. You have never been to Ha Long Bay,…………..? A. have you

B. haven't you

C. you have

D.

you

haven't 12. If only I……………… play the guitar as well as you. A. would

B. shall

C. could

D. might

13. There's no need to be nervous. You're quite capable……………. your final exam. A. of passing

B. passing

C. to pass

D. pass

14. As she arrived at the theatre, she remembered that she……to meet a friend somewhere else A. promised

B. had promised

C. has promised

D. promised

15. If you have finished the test, you……………the room A. would

B. may leave

C. may be leaving

D.

could

leave 16. I wish you……………… me how to do this exercise A. can help

B. will help

C. could help

D. should help

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Hai Anh: “_______” Minh Phuong: “Why not?” A. You should cook the meal now

B. How about cooking the meal now?

C. Have you cooked the meal?

D. We’d better be cooking the meal.

18. _Sue: “Thank you very much for your donation.”

_Peter: “______”

A. Yes, do it now

B. Sure, I’ll do it

C. Not a chance

D. It’s my pleasure


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt. A. put on

B. went off

C. got out

D. kept up

20. What may happen if John will not arrive in time? A. go along

B. go out

C. put on

D. turn up

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Because Jack defaulted on his loan, the bank took him to court. A. failed to pay

B. paid in full

C. had a bad personality

D. was paid much money

22. Did your son pass the university entrance examination? A. make up

B. get along

C. go up

D. fail

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Computers are helpful (23).....many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with information (24).....more quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a lot of information at the same time. Third, they can keep information for a long time. They do not forget things that the common people do. Moreover, computers are (25)......always correct. They are not perfect, but they usually do not (26).......mistakes. Recently. it is important to know about computers. There are a number of things to learn. Some companies have classes (27)......work. In addition, most universities offer day and night courses in Computer Science. Another way to learn is from a book, or from a friend. Within a few hours of practice, you can work with computers. You may not be an expert, but you can have fun. 23. A. in 24. A. hardly

B. by

C. through B. even

C. whole

D. oil D. entirely

25. A. most

B. mostly

C. almost

D. hardly

26. A. do

B. take

C. make

D.have


27. A. at

B. in

C. for

D. with

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the government do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore. Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should do something now. 28: According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ________ A. safe water shortage

B.

pools

C. industrial pollution

D. population explosion

of

poison

29: What is the serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia? A. It has 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. B. It is one of the largest lakes that contains a variety of animals and plants. C. It is polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it. D. It is the only lake in Russia whose source of water is not drinkable. 30: What does the word "them" in the passage refer to?


A. laws

B. the government

C. animals

D. plants

31: How many countries throw industrial wastes into the Mediterranean Sea regularly A. nearly 16

B. exactly 16

C. over 16

D. more than 16

32: What is the message to the readers? A.

We

should

B.

We

C.

We

take

should

action

take

should

to

all

limit

protect

water the

our

sources

use

of

water

sources.

into

account.

water

sources.

D. We should encourage people to use safe water. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of 33. “I wouldn’t go swimming on a day like that if I were you”, Brain said to Tom. -> Brain advised..……………………………………………………………………… 34. I don’t have a car. -> I wish…..……………………………………………… 35. Don’t tell anyone if we let you into the secret. -> Don’t tell anyone if you...……………………………… 36. He used to work harder, didn’t he? -> Did he…...………………………………………………. the root one. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 72. I wish I could do a hundred press-ups in one go. (ABLE ) ................................................................................................................................ 73.

Do

you

think

I

should

reduce

the

amount

of

chocolate

(ON) ...........................................................................................................................

I

eat.


74.

I

lost

my

keys

once

before

this

month.

(SECOND) .............................................................................................................................. 75. It's a waste of time denying that you did it when we've got proof. (POINT) ........................................................................................................................... ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 69) 1. D 9.A 17.B 25.B

2. C 10.C 18. D 26. C

3.A 11.A 19. B 27. B

4. C 12.C 20. D 28. A

5. C 13.A 21. B 29. C

6. A 14.B 22. D 30. A

7C. 15.B 23. A 31. A

33. Brain advised Tom not to go swimming on a day like that. 34. I wish (that) I had a car. 35. Don’t tell anyone if you are let into the secret. 36. Did he used to work harder ? 37. I've love to be able to do a hundred press-ups in one go. 38. Do you think I should cut down on chocolate. 39.This is the second time I have lost my key this month. 40. There is no point (in) denying that you did it when we've got proof.

8D. 16.C 24. B 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 70 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 70

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. occasion B. collection C. opinion D. pagoda 2. A. earthquake

B. ethnic

C. weather

D. health

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. appliance B. activity C. adventure D. average 4. A. favorite

B. government

C. influence

D. identify

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. It is ten years since we have said goodbye to them. A. is

B. have said

C. since

D. to

6. Miss Hoa stopped to type the letter when she saw me coming. A. to type

B. the

C. me

D. coming

7. Happiness is a most important thing in my life. A. a

B. in

C. thing

D. my

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I wish I......a bit taller now so I can apply for a job. A. am

B. will be

9. Paul Mauriat plays the piano. He is a......

C. were

D. had been


A. music

B. musical

C. musically

D. musician

10. The electric light bulb......by Edison in 1879. A. invented

B. is invented

C. was invented

D. has

invented 11. She'll be coming tonight. ......I don't know exactly when. A. although

B. because

C. unless

D. when

C. or

D. so

C. in

D. on

12. We stopped......bought some fruit. A. and

B. but

13. I am very interested......mathematics. A. at

B. about

14. The people......called yesterday want to buy the house. A. what

B. whose

C. whom

D. who

15. We are glad...... . A. you gain the scholarship

B. that you gain the scholarship

C. that you to gain the scholarship

D. to that you gain the scholarship

16. I......for them even if they......me twice my current salary. A. will work - pay

B. wouldn't work - pay

C. work - will pay

D. wouldn't work - paid

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17: What do you think of the newly discovered cave? A. Never mind C. Oh, fantastic

B. By the way D. That's right

18. "Hi, Anna You are going to the park. Can I come too? A. I see

B. Of course you can

C. Oh, I understand

D. Well-done


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death. A. turn off

B. take on

C. get over

D. keep up with

20. Frank never turns up on time for a meeting. A. calls

B. arrives

C. reports

D. prepares

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. He looks healthy enough. A. sick

B. strong

C. ugly

D. slim

22. I study many subjects such as Math, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Vietnamese Literature, History, Geography etc. A. learn

B. teach

C. see

D. review

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Today, there (23) ……….a TV set in nearly every home. People watch TV every day. Americans watch television about 35 hours a week. However, is television good (24) ………..bad for you? People have different answers to this question. Some say that there is a lot of violence on TV today, the programs are terrible and people do not get any exercise (25) …………they only sit and watch TV. others (26) …………. that TV programs bring news from ail over the world and help you leam many useful things. Thanks to TV people learn about life (27) …………other countries, and it helps people relax after a long hard working day.

23. A. are

B. Is

C. was

D. be

24. A. or

B. but

C. and

D. so

25. A. though

B. despite

C. because

D. so

26. A. talk

B. think

C. ask

D. tell


27. A. at

B. on

C. in

D. of

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to .They often seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal development at this age , though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up . Young people are usually more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them . Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but should not push them to talk if they don't want to . Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if necessary. 28.This passage is taken from a‌ A. handbook for parents

B. school timetable

C. teenage magazine.

C. book for children

29. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to‌.. A. because most teenagers are quiet B. because teenagers don't want to talk to other people. C. because teenagers think adults are not honest D. because most teenagers hate adults. 30. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual. A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them. B. When adults give them a lot money to spend. C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school. D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs.


31. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere. B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap C. women like smoking and drinking men D. they regard them as a mark of adulthood 32. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means A. feeling

B. manners

C. activities

D. reaction.

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Have they ever been to the Philippines? => They…………………………………………………………………………………? 34. “We are learning English at this moment.” Nam said. => Nam said…………………………………………………………………………. 35. As it doesn’t rain in winter, people in this area lack water. => It doesn’t…………………………………………………………………………… 36. We must answer this letter immediately. => This letter……………………………………………..………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I haven’t decided whether to move or not yet. (made) I haven’t …………………………………………….………to move or not yet. 38. “You can go home early”, the teacher said to the class. (let) The teacher ………………………………………………………… early. 39. The boss said that it was Jane’s fault that the letter had been lost. (blamed) The boss ……………………………………………..……… the letter. 40. Our two sons have a good relationship with each other. (get) Our two sons ………………………………………….……………….. each other ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 70) 1. D 9. D 17.C 25.C

2. C 10. C 18. B 26. B

3. D 11. A 19. C 27. C

4. D 12. A 20. B 28.A

5. B 13.C 21. A 29.B

6. A 14. B 22.B 30. A

33. They have ever been to the Philipines, haven’t they? 34. Nam said they were learning English at that moment. 35. It doesn’t rain in winter, so people in this area lack water. 36. This letter must be answered immediately by us. 37. I haven’t made up my mind whether to move or not yet. 38. The teacher let the class go home early. 39. The boss blamed Jane for having lost/ losing the letter. 40. Our two sons get on well with each other.

7. A 15. D 23. A 31. D

8.C 16. B 24.A 32.B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 71 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 71

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. paper B. receipt C. complain D. envelop 2. A. official

B. ocean

C. convenient

D. precious

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. secretary B. necessary C. classify D. vocabulary 4. A. ambitious

B. dangerous

C. mysterious

D. intelligent

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Both cattle or railroads helped build the city of Chicago. A

B

C

D

6. Mrs. Adams was surprise that her son and his friend had gone to the mountains to ski. A

B

C

D

7. The letter was sent by special delivery must be important. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is important today that students should learn one or two languages. A. abroad

B. overseas

9. Last week, we spent an A. enjoy

C. mother

D. foreign

day at my uncle's farm.

B. enjoyable

C. enjoyed

D. enjoys

10. Scientists now can predict a volcanic …………… A. eruption

B. erupt

C. erupts

D. erupted


11. The boy

is wearing the white shirt is my new classmate.

A. who he

B. that he

12. The children enjoy

C. who

D. which

the buffaloes on the field.

A. riding

B. rode

C. ride

D. rides

13. Jeans have never been out of fashion

people began to wear them in 1960s.

A. So

C. although

D. or

C. am I

D. I am

B. and

14. My mother asked me why A. I was

so tired.

B. was I

15. The local police are still

missing villagers after the storm.

A. giving up

B. looking for

C. turning on

16. If Daniel

his exam, he will celebrate with his friends.

A. passes

B. pass

C. passed

D. going on

D. will pass

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17: Mr. West Hello. Can I help you? - Emma A. I know it's difficult to remember

B. Yes, It's on Saturday

C. Oh no, It's too expensive

D. Yes, please I'm looking for a book

18.

-Tom:

"It's

a

lovely

day.

Shall

we

go

for

a

walk?"

- Mike: __________ A. You're welcome.

B. All right.

C. You're right.

D. Enjoy yourself.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He resembles his father in many ways. A. turns off

B. takes on

C. goes over

D. takes after

20. We’ll buy you a cat, but you must promise to take care of it properly. A. put on

B. go off

C. take after

D. look after


VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I’m interested in teaching profession because I love working with children. A. unconcerned

B. worried

C. unhappy

D. bored

22. We live in a small flat above the corner shop in Tay Son Street. A. huge

B. immense

C. titanic

D. big

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Today our (23) __________ of food and what it does for our bodies is far more advanced than that of the ancient. Now we know (24) __________ vitamins and how each kind of vitamins helps in the growth of a particular part of our bodies. There are on the market all kinds of vitamin pills one can take to make up for one's lack of certain important things (25) __________ are needed for normal health. Of course, if we eat well and properly, the food that we eat will take care of our bodies without these pills. Just take vitamin pills if our doctor tells us that our bodies are short of something that (26) __________ by them. Generally speaking, everything that we eat does some good to our bodies, but if we eat too much of one kind of food and pay no (27) __________ to others, we may have too much of one kind of chemical substance and not enough of others. Then, we may be in trouble. Therefore the best advice about what to eat is that we should eat all kinds of food but never too much. 23. A. knowledge

B. know

C. knowledgeable

D. knowledgeably

24. A. in

B. for

C. about

D. on

25. A. who

B. which

C. whom

D. whose

26. A. can supply

B. supply

C. can be supplied

D. supplied

27. A. attraction

B. action

C. vision

D. attention

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it


today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking and diplomacy. Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is English. Two - thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers - Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are nonnative speakers, constituting the largest number of nonnative users than any other language in the world. 28. What is the main topic of this passage? A. The French influence on the English Language. B. The English history. C. The expansion of English as an international language. D. The use of English for science and Technology. 29. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England? A. in 1066

B. around 1350

C. before 1600

D. after 1600

30. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world except. A. the slave trade

B. the Norman invasion C. missionaries

D. colonization

31. The word “enclaves” in line 6 could be best replaced by which of the following. A. communities

B. organizations

C. regions

D. countries

32. The word “proliferated” in line 7 is closest in meaning to which of the following A. prospered

B. organized

C. disbanded

D. expanded


B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33: “Turn off the faucets after using". said the mother. The mother told ………………………………………. 34:

They

have

finished

their

French

exercise

since

yesterday.

Their French exercise................................................... 35:

I

think

you

should

hand

in

your

homework

on

time

than

Ba.

If I were you, ……………………………………….. 36:

No

boy

in

my

class

is

more

handsome

Ba is ............................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Nga didn’t go to school. She was ill. (Because) ->....................................................................................................................... 38. “I think we should turn on the TV to watch the weather forecast” (suggest + V-ing) ->……............................................................................................................... 39. I felt so tired last night. I tried to finish all my homework before going to bed. (However) -> ……………….. ............................................................................................ 40. Ha wants to get lots of money. She must work harder. (If) -> ……............................................................................................................... ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 71) 1.B 9. B 17. D 25.B

2.C 10. A 18. B 26. C

3. D 11. C 19D. 27. D

4. B 12. A 20. D 28.C

5. B 13.C 21. A 29. D

6. A 14. A 22.D 30. B

7. A 15. B 23. A 31.A

8. D 16. A 24. C 32. A

33. The mother told her son to turn of the faucets after using. 34. Their English exercise has been finished since yesterday. 35. If I were you, I would hand in my homework on time. 36. Ba is the most handsome in my class. 37. Nga didn’t go to school Because She was ill. 38. I suggest turning on the TV to watch the weather forecast. 39. I felt so tired last night. However, I tried to finish all my homework before going to bed. 40. If Ha wants to get lots of money. She must work harder.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 72 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 72

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. climate B. pipe C. trick D. tidal 2. A. nuclear

B. tunic

C. humour

D. pollute

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. yesterday B. applicant C. employment D. uniform 4. A. river

B. result

C. rewrite

D. reuse

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They are planning on attending the convention next month and so I am. A. planning

B. attending

C. next

D. so I am

6. Today was such beautiful day that I couldn't bring myself to complete all my chores. A. such beautiful B. myself

C. to complete

D. my chores

7. He has less friends in his classes now than he had last year. A. less

B. his

C. than

D. last year

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Water can’t.......here. A. find

B. found

C. to find

D. be found

9. Vietnam, .......is in the South-east Asia, exports a lot of rice and coffee beans. A. who

B. that

C. whose

D. which

10. She didn't tell me......she could come or not. A. whether

B. if

C. how

D. either


11. Do you mind.......me a newspaper on the way home? A. buy

B. to buy

C. buying

D. bought

12. He has failed so many times, but he won’t....... A. give away

B. give out

C. give back

D. give up

13. I am looking forward to.......from you soon, John. A. hear

B. be heard

C. hearing

D. heard

14. He asked me what.......and how......? A. was I doing - I live

B. am I doing - live

C. I was doing - I lived

D. I am doing - I lived

15. Why.......spend more time on English pronunciation? A. we don't

B. we shouldn't

C. don't we

D. should we not

16. Since the computer......, it has made considerable changes to our daily life. A. was invented

B. has invented

C. invented

D. is invented

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Marie and Phil are talking at recess. Phil: "Would you like to go swimming with us?" Marie: ".................." A. I'd love to, but I don't feel well today

B. It's kind of you

C. No, I don't like

D. Yes, I'd like

18. - Lan: "How long does it take you to go to school?" - Hoa: "_________" A. by motorbike

B. 30 minutes

C.30 kilometers

D. to the West of the city

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Do you have to light up another cigarette? I thought you were trying to cut down.


A. burn

B. illuminate

C. save

D. smoke

20. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent. A. stand

B. understand

C. write

D. interrupt

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Our neighbors have always been very friendly towards us. A. cool

B. hot

C. warm

D. rude

22. Choose the answer A, B, or C that best suits the meaning of the italicized word(s). A. lastly

B. late

C. worst

D. weakly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. The International Space Station (ISS) is a large spacecraft which was launched in 1998. It orbits the Earth and is the place where astronauts live and conduct research in a microgravity (23)….. Below is about the day in the life of an astronaut aboard the International Space Station.Astronauts sleep in sleeping bags. The microgravity makes them (24)…… . They have to attach themselves so they don’t float about. Hair is washed with a “rinseless” shampoo that does not need water. For toothbrushing, a small amount of water is used with toothpaste and then swallowed. The crew spend their day doing science experiments. They also carry out checks for the maintenance of the station. The Mission Control Centre on Earth warns their operations. The astronauts eat various foods (25)……fruits, nuts, chicken, beef, seafood, brownies, salt and pepper (in liquid forms), etc. Drinks include coffee, tea, and fruits juice (all packaged). Foods can be heated up or kept cool with special machines. A popular pastime while orbiting Earth is (26)……looking out of the windows to admire its beauty. In their free time, astronauts exercise, watch movies, play music, read books, play cards, and talk to their families.


How are astronauts trained? Anyone can apply to train as an astronaut as long as they have a bachelor’s degree in science, mathematics or engineering, experience as a jet pilot, and are in good health If they get accepted, there are several phases of training. The first phase requires them to pass a swimming test in a flight suit. They take parabolic flights that produce weightlessness. They also learn about various spaceship systems. In the second phase, they are trained to operate spacecraft systems and deal with emergencies. The training often (27)‌‌in a water tank laboratory so that trainees become familiar with crew activities in simulated microgravity in order to perform spacewalks. 23. A. environment

B. area

C. sky

D. society

24. A. weight

B. weightless

C. overweight

D. weighty

25. A. as for

B. because of.

C. such as

D.

in spite of 26. A. simple 27. A. arrives at

B. simply B. cares for

C. simplicity

D. simpler

C. takes place

D.

looks

after IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Education in England Every child in England between the age of five and fifteen must attend schools. There are three main types of educational institutions, primary (elementary) schools, secondary schools, and universities. Like most countries in the world, there are two types of schools in England, independent schools (fee-paying schools) and state schools in which students do not have to pay tuition fees. In both types, attendance is compulsory. Morning classes begin at nine o dock and last until half past four in the afternoon. After classes, most English children often stay at school and take part in extracurricular activities like sports, singing and dancing. Schools are open five days a week. On Saturdays and Sundays there are no lessons. There are holidays at Christmas, Easter and in summer. In London as in all cities there are two grades of schools for those who will go to work at fifteen:


primary schools for boys and girls between the ages of five and eleven, and secondary schools for children from eleven to fifteen. Besides such compulsory lessons as reading, writing, the English language, English literature, English history, geography, science, and nature study, children in England can take many optional subjects like drawing, painting, singing, or woodwork to develop their aptitudes. 28. What does the passage mainly discuss? A. Entertainment for children in England

B. Education in England

C. State schools in England

D. Compulsory lessons

29. The writer mentions all of the following types of educational institutions EXCEPT________. A. primary schools

B. secondary schools

C. kindergartens

D. high schools

30. "Sports" is mentioned in the reading passage as A. a compulsory lesson

B. an extracurricular activity

C. an optional subject

D. a bad subject

31. Which types of schools do 14-year-old children often attend? A. primary schools

B. universities

C. secondary schools

D. high schools

32. The word "optional" in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to A. not required

B. not free

C. unintentional

D. bad

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It is thought that the Prime Minister is considering raising taxes. The Prime Minister................................................................. 34. It is the weakness of the foundations that leads to the collapse of the building. If........................................................................................... 35. Could you tell me the time of the last train to London? Could you tell me when.......................................................? 36. He was very sorry that he didn't see Audrey on her trip to London.


He greatly regretted.............................................................. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. They say he is able to swim across this river. (swimming) He ………………………………………………………. 38.They

may

be

there

at

the

meeting,

or

they

may

not.

(out)

It is ………………………………………………………. 39.“Don’t forget to hand in the paper by the deadline,” said the teacher. (reminder) The teacher ……………………………………………… 40.Learning English is becoming more and more popular in our city. (increasingly) It has …………………………………………………… ______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 72) 1.C 9. D 17. A 25.C

2. D 10. A 18. B 26.B

3. C 11. C 19. D 27. C

4. A 12.D 20. B 28. B

5. D 13.C 21.D 29. C

6.A 14. C 22. C 30. B

7. A 15. C 23. A 31. C

8. D 16. A 24. B 32. A

33. The Prime Minister is thought to be considering raising taxes. 34. If the foundation weren't weak, the building wouldn't collapse. 35. Could you tell me when the last train leaves for London? 36. He greatly regretted not seeing Audrey on her trip to London. 37. He is said to be capaple of swimming across this river. 38. It is uncertain that/whether they will return out at the meeting. 39. The teacher sent/ gave us/ sent out a reminder that we had to hand in the paper by the deadline. 40. It has become increasingly popular to learn English in our city.



SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 73 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 73

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. clear B. dear C. bear D. near 2. A. hobby

B. honest

C. honour

D. hour

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. intermediate B. documentary C. reputation D. communicate 4. A. benefit

B. environment

C. wonderful

D. category

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Why didn’t you came to my party last night? A. Why

B. didn't you

C. came

D. last night

6. Furniture makers use glue to hold joints together and sometimes to reinforce it. A. to hold

B. together

C. sometimes

D. it

7. When did you go last to the theatre? A. When

B. did you

C. go last

D. the theatre

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You should have a dictionary to.....the words that you don’t know their meanings. A. look for

B. look up

C. look into

D. look after

9. Mrs. McCarthy lives in a small flat.....having a lot of money in the bank. A. although

B. in spite

C. despite

10. His car......when he was only half way home.

D. even


A. broke down

B. got down

C. broke over

D. got over

11. ......to the Internet, we can get the latest information around the world. A. Together

B. Apart

C. In addition

D. Thanks

12. ......., the chess players began the game. A. Having taken the seats

B. After we had taken our seats

C. Being taken the seats

D. Taking the seats

13. My mother always keeps candles in the room......the lights go out. A. unless

B. if

C. in case

D. though

14. He works for a car factory.......main office is in Chicago. A. which

B. where

C. that

D. of which

15. The new shopping plaza is advertised as a place......you can find anything you want to buy. A. where

B. which

C. from where

D. that

16. The plane was half an hour late. .......I managed to come to the meeting in time. A. In spite

B. Despite

C. in spite of this

D. All are correct

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “ When’s your birthday, Ann?” A. on the thirty-one of July

B. on the thirty- first of July

C. On July the thirty- one

D. in July the thirty- first

18. - Mal: "Could you please do me a favor.” Hanh: " ____________" A. No, thanks

B. Sure. What can I do for you?

C. Yes, go ahead.

B. Yes, please.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.


19. If the world’s tropical forests continue to disappear at their present rate, many animal species will be extinct. A. die out

B. die from

C. die of

D. die for

20. Didn’t they notice the “No Camping” sign? A. keep up with

B. catch sign of

C. take advantage of

D. keep track of

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Are they happy with their lives or not? Why? A. tired

B. disappointed

C. sad

D. unlucky

22. Although it’s a long day for us, we feel we are contented with what we do. A. dissatisfied

B. excited

C. shocked

D. interested

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two-way (23)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and (24)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (25)_______ in conversation and meetings are often (26)_______. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When (27)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed. 23: A. Exchange B. Interchange C. Communication D. Correspondence 24: A. Announcer B. Receiver C. Messenger D. Transmitter 25: A. That people use B. Are used C. Using D. Being used 26: A. Informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal 27: A. their B. These C. This D. That IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.


Sydney is Australia's most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sydney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. 28. Where does the history of Australia begin? A. South Pacific

B. North Pacific

C. Britain

D. Sydney

29. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sydney's Opera House

B. The history of Sydney

C. Sydney's beaches and harbors

D. An introduction of Sydney

30. Which of the following statement is NOT true about Sydney? A. Sydney is the smallest city in Australia. B. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. C. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia. D. Sydney is a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. 31. How many beaches are there close to Sydney? A. Fewer than 20 beaches

B. Nearly 20 beaches

C. More than 20 beaches

D. Less than 20 beaches

32. When was the Sydney Harbor Bridge built? A. In 1788

B. In 1932

C. In 1973

D. In 1624

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Because Jane was sick, she couldn't come to class.


-> Because of ________________ 34. I have worked for this factory for 5 years. -> I started ___________________ 35. We like our uniform very much", the students said. -> The students said ________________ 36. I find his clothes the most irritating thing about him. -> What_____________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I haven’t decided whether to move or not yet. ( MADE) …………………………………………………………………………………….. 38. Study hard or you can’t pass the exam.

( IF )

……………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Although the team played well, they lost.

( IN SPITE OF)

……………………………………………………………………………………… 40.It was a two – hour flight from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city.

( FLY)

……………………………………………………………………………….. ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 73) 1.C 9. C 17.B 25. A

2. A 10. A 18.B 26.C

3. D 11. D 19. A 27.B

4. B 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. C 13. C 21. C 29. B

6. D 14. D 22. A 30. A

7. C 15. A 23. D 31.C

8. B 16. C 24. B 32. B

33. Because of Jane's sickness, she couldn't come to class. 34. I started working for this factory 5 years ago. 35. The students said they liked their uniform very much. 36.

What

irritates

me

most

about

him

37. I haven’t made up my mind whether to move or not yet. 38. If you don’t study hard, you can’t pass the exam 39. In spite of playing well, they lost. 40. It took two hours to fly from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city.

is

his

clothes.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 74 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP ………... 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 74

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. elementary B. engineer C. enable D. energy 2. A. disappointed B. reason C. resort D. resolution II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A .happy B. picture C. obey D. careful 4. A .fashion B. design C. campus D. gather III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The majority to the news is about violence and scandal A. The B. to the C. about D. violence 6. That doctor is visited the patient since 5 p.m. A. That B. is C. the D. since 7. When our vacation, we plan to spend three days scuba diving. A. When B. plan C. three days D. diving IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Lan is hungry......she hasn't eaten anything all day. A. because B. if C. although D. so 9. They have......a branch of their business in our town. A. put up B. put in C. set up D. set in 10. He.....English for four years. A. has learned B. learned C. learns D. learning 11. They are flying to Sacramento, ..... is the capital city of California. A. that B. it C. what D. which 12. Let’s go dancing, .......? A. shall we B. will we C. do we D. should we 13. Why don’t you have your car......?


A. wash B. washed C. to wash 14. Fifty dollars......too much to pay for that shirt. A. are B. is C. were 15. He used to.......to school by his mother. A. take B. took C. taking 16. She asked me.....I was born in Hue. A. so B. as C. if

D. washing D. been D. be taken D. as if

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. - Peter: “Why don’t we go for a picnic tomorrow?” - Jane: “________.” A. Yes, please B. You’re so kind C. That’s a good idea D. We don’t 18. : Nam ......... were you late for school yesterday? Ha: Because I got up late. A. When B. How C. What D. Why VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent. A. stand B. understand C. write D. interrupt 20. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it. A. blowing B. watering C. preventing D. watching VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Which ones do you think would be difficult for blind and deaf people? A. slight B. easy C. light D. soft 22. Which ones do you think would be difficult for blind and deaf people? A. clear B. sharp-sighted C. smooth D. dauntless VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. I come from Switzerland. I came to London six months (23) _____ to learn English. I haven’t met many English people yet, only my teachers. I started learning English at school in Switzerland (24) _____ I was eleven, so I have learn it for nearly ten years. At first in London, I couldn’t understand anything, but now my English (25) ____ improved. I have just taken an exam. If I pass, I will move into the next class. I’m excited today because my parents (26) _____ tomorrow to stay with me for a few days


and I (27) _____ them for a long time. They have never been to England and they can’t speak English. 23. A. ago B. before C. last D. after 24. A. because B. that C. so D. when 25. A. were B. are C. is D. have been 26. A. comed B. will come C. could come D. would come 27. A. didn’t see B. haven’t seen C. don’t see D. hasn’t seen IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Tropical cyclones are called typhoons in Asia and hurricanes in North an America. These forms go around like a wheel turning to the left when they ni northern part of the world. They have wind speeds of 60 kph or more. In the United the Tropical Prediction Center in Miami, Florida keeps an eye out for hurricanes. When meteorologists detect a hurricane, they give it a name. They can use ei male or female name. Why should tropical cyclones have names? The name makes it easy for people to keep up with information about a hurricane and its possible dangers. The World Meteorological Organization (WMO), an international weather group. decides what names will be used. The WMO makes lists of names using the English alphabet. Each name on the list starts with a different letter. The first hurricane of the year gets the first name on that year's list. The second hurricane gets the next name. For examples if the first hurricane is named Abel, the second might be named Betty. The name lists do include names beginning with the letters Q, U, X. Y and Z. There aren't many names that begin with these letters. Asian countries use a different list, which is made up by the WMO's Typhoon Committee. This list has a few personal names, but most of the names are of flowers, animals, trees, and other similar things. (Reading Challenge 1, Compass Publishing) 28. The word "detect" in the second paragraph means A. invent B. protect C. prevent D. discover 29. What is the main idea of this passage? A. What tropical cyclones can do B. Who watches for tropical cyclones C. Why tropical cyclones are named D. How tropical cyclones are named 30. Why should tropical cyclones have names? A. They are traditional. B. They sound interesting. C. They keep people informed. D. They are codes for the WMO. 31. Which name would a hurricane NOT have? A. Veronica B. William C. Rita D. Yanni 32. In which direction do tropical cyclones go around in the northern part of the planet? A. Down B. The same direction as a clock C. Up D. The opposite direction of a clock


B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. They made me wait for the doctor for twenty minutes. I.................................................................... 34. The mat! had left before we arrived at the place. By the time.................................................... 35. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food. I haven’t........................................................ 36. Although he has a small salary, he is happy in his life. In spite.......................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Susan regrets not going to the airport to say goodbye to her friend. (WISHES) → Susan ................................. the airport to say goodbye to her friend. 38.Despite his age, he’s still working. (RETIRED) → He still ………………………….…… despite his age. 39. Despite knowing the area well, I got lost. (EVEN) → I got lost ………………………………..the area well. 40. I do not intend to tell you my plans. (OF) → I have.................................................... you my plans. ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 74) 1. C 9. C 17. C 25. C

2. A 10. A 18. B 26. B

3. C 11. D 19. D 27. B

4. B 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. B 13. B 21.B 29. D

6. B 14. B 22. B 30. C

33. I was made to wait for the doctor for twenty minutes. 34. By the time we arrived at the place, the man had left. 35. I haven't eaten this kind of food before.

7. A 15. D 23. A 31. D

8A. 16. C 24. D 32.D


36. In spite of (having) a small salary, he is happy in 37. Susan wishes she had gone to the airport to say goodbye to her friend. 38. He still has not retired despite his age. 39. I got lost even though I knew the area well. 40. I have no intention of telling you my plans.

his

life.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 75 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 75

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. nets B. kicks C. coughs D. scissors 2. A. king

B. know

C. knock

D. kneel

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. community B. architect C. simplify D. comfortable 4. A. concentrate

B. emergency

C. impression

D. expect

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. I asked him whose car he borrowed the night before. A. him

B. whose

C. borrowed

D. the

6.The next important question we have to decide is when do we have to finish our work. A. important

B. have to

C. is

D. do we have to

7. Mrs. Brown, his children couldn't swim, said that there should be more notices warning people. A. his children

B. swim

C. there should be

D. warning people

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Ann is very bad-tempered. How do you.....her? A. put up with

B. put with

C. put up to

D. putting up with

9. If I find your book, I …………..you at once. A. phoned

B. will phone

C. would phone

D. to phone


10. Wear a helmet when riding a motorbike. Helmets are used......our heads. A. protect

B. to protect

C. protecting

D. protected

11. My teacher would rather I......the problem by myself. A. solve

B. solved

C. solving

D. to solve

12. She doesn't call me as often as she....... A, was to

B. get used to

C. not used to

D. used to

13. .....the moon has no water, its surface responds to the gravitational force of the earth. A. Therefore

B. Except

C. However

D. Although

14. We first met each other......we were at university. A. while

B. for

C. until

D. since

15. He would be happy to see you, .......he? A. will

B. would

C. wouldn’t

D. won’t

16. They arc encouraged to participate......sporting activities. A. at

B. in

C. with

D. for

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Ann: "Your picture is very nice, Tom! I like it much. - Tom: ........ A. It's kind of you to say so.

B. That's okay.

C. That would be great

D. You're welcome

18. Mary: "______________________?" Tom: "Tall and thin with blue eyes". A. How is your new English teacher doing? B. What does your new English teacher look like? C. How does your new English teacher look like? D. What do your English teacher’s eyes look like ? VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.


19. He is trying to stop smoking. A. give off

B. give up

C. give in

D. give away

20. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt. A. put on

B. went off

C. got out

D. kept up

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. What time do you go to bed? A. go out

B. sit down

C. leave for

D. get up

22. I don’t really like getting up early but I have to because I often have lessons at 7.15. A. lately

B. late

C. early

D. firstly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Electronic games usually consist of software sold in the form of discs and (23)......additional equipment to be played. Video and computer games are some popular electronic games. People play video games on hardware systems designed for game playing and usually use television sets as a viewing screen. People play computer games on a personal computer and view them on the computer's monitor. Internet games emerged with the popularity of the Internet. By (24).......online, a player can participate in (25).......kinds of game activities. In one popular category, known as massively multi placer role-playing games, thousands of people can ¡ take part in a game at one time. Each person (26).......a different character in a detailed, imaginary' world. The Internet also provides new ways to play board games, card games and electronic games. Many websites allow players to find partners and opponents and to compete in chess, bridge, and many other traditional games. (27)......video and computer games now include an option to play them online, making it possible to play against opponents who live in other parts of the world. 23. A. requiring

B. require

C. requires D. required

24. A. have gone

B. go

C. going

D. to go


25. A. little

B. many

C. much

D. few

26. A. to control

B. control

C. controls D. controlling

27. A. Most the

B. Most

C. Almost

D. Most of

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Television and Kids Television is very popular and even has some benefits for kids. It helps very young children learn the letters of the alphabet, and helps other kids learn about science, cultures, and world events. However, researchers show that too much TV is bad for children. For one thing, there is a link between watching more than four hours of TV a day and being overweight. For another thing, many TV shows are violent and upsetting. Watching these shows may cause kids to be more fearful. And of course, more time in front of the TV means less time to study. Too much TV may also be the cause of lower grades. Experts do not agree on the solution to these problems. Some say that kids should watch only educational programs; others say kids should watch no TV at all. And others suggest teaching them to watch TV as occasional entertainment, not as an everyday hobby. 36. What is the passage mainly about? A. Benefits of kids' TV shows

B. Effects of television on kids

C. Why kids love TV

D. Why kids shouldn't watch TV

37. According to the passage, watching a lot of TV may A. cause weight problems in children B. cause children to be more famous C. cause children to get better grades D. cause students to study more 38. The word "them" in paragraph 3 refers to A. programs

B. experts

C. kids

D. problems

39. The word "occasional" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to A. very often

B. not very often

40. What can be inferred from the passage?

C. always

D. everyday


A. TV is always bad for children. B. TV is only good for entertainment. C. Kids should watch only educational shows. D. Television has some benefits along with problems. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. We couldn't see the paper anywhere. The paper....................................... 34. Remember to check your luggage. Don't............................................. 35. No one could know her reaction to the problem. Her reaction.................................. 36. People say that the boy has been saved. The boy.......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.They think that he worked very hard last year. (THOUGHT) → ________________________________________ very hard last year. 38. I don't know what I should review first for the coming test. (TO) → ________________________________________ first for the coming test 39. The book is very interesting. I bought it yesterday. (WHICH) → ________________________________________ 40. They worked all night, but they couldn't finish their reports in time. (ALTHOUGH) → ______The end______

_____________________________________________


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 75) 1. D 9. B 17. A 25. B

2. A 10. B 18. B 26.C

3. A 11.B 19. B 27.B

4. A 12.D 20. B 28. B

5. C 13. D 21. D 29. A

6. D 14. A 22.B 30.C

7. A 15. C 23.B 31. A

33. The paper couldn't be seen anywhere. or: The paper could be seen nowhere. 34. Don't forget to check your luggage. 35. Her reaction to the problem couldn't be known. 36. The boy is said to have been saved. 37. It is thought that he worked very hard last year. 38. I don't know what to review first for the coming test. 39. The book which I bought yesterday is very interesting. 40. Although they worked all night, they couldn't finish his reports in time.

8. A 16. B 24. C 32. D


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 76 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 76

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. typhoon B. roof C. flood D. moon 2. Λ. collapsed

B. hiked

C. striped

D. claimed

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. tragedy B. tolerant C. productive D. socialize 4. A. receive

B. install

C. persuade

D. cover

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Energy-saving bulbs should use to save electricity. A. Energy-saving B. use

C. to save

D. electricity

6. He tried to go to work in spite of he was ill. A. tried

B. to work

C. in spite of

D. was

7. There were so much beautiful flowers that I couldn’t decide what to buy. A. were

B. so much

C. decide

D. to buy

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. She won’t get married until she......25 years old. A. is

B. will be

C. would be

D. can be

C. hasn't received

D. won't receive

9. He.......a letter from her yet. A. don't receive

B. didn't receive

10. Linda made me.......her next week.


A. promise to visit

B. to promise to visit

C. promise visiting

D. promising visit

11. I can't speak English well. I wish I.....English well. A. can speak

B. could speak

C. spoken

D. had spoken

12. I don't know what to do. If my mother.......here now, she would help me. A. is

B. be

C. will be

D. were

13. If you had arrived at the sale early, you......a better selection. A. would have found

B. found

C. had found

D. would find

14. I often come back to Hanoi, ......I grew up. A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. where

15. There is a cave in France.......is 1,490 meters deep. A. that

B. who

C. what

D. it

16. .......the solar system may seem big, it is a very small part of the universe. A. Despite

B. Although

C. Even though it

D. Because

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Kate: "I thought the film was really boring." Andy: "___" A. If you like 18.

Peter:

B. So did I "How

often

C. I'm afraid not do

you

D. I do too go

to

school?"

Harry:"_______" A. I go there early

B. Everyday except Sunday

C. I don't think so

D. I go there by bus

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Never put off until tomorrow what you can do today. A. do

B. let

C. delay

20. My father gave up smoking two years ago.

D. leave


A. liked

B. continued

C. stopped

D. enjoyed

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I drink some cups of tea, have a quick breakfast and then lead the buffalo to the field. A. weak

B. strict

C. slow

D. thin

22. I leave the house at a quarter past five and arrive in the field at exactly 5.30. A. quickly

B. weakly

C. successfully

D. wrongly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. It might sound strange to you but these are some important rules. If you want to pass examinations, then study grammar ____________(23), if you want to become fluent in English, try to learn English without studying too much grammar because that will only ____________(24) you down and confuse you. You will think about rules when creating sentences ____________ (25) than speaking naturally like a native speaker. Some native speakers do not know so many grammatical rules as non-native students. Everyone can speak at least one language whether they are intelligent or lack some brain power. This could be achieved by being surrounded by that language at all times. You may notice that there are also some people ____________(26) study abroad and learn very little. That is because they go to an English speaking school, but find friends from their own country and don't practice English. Some others can speak English well ____________(27) they live in an English speaking environment. 23. A. Therefore

B. However

C. Although

D. Though

24. A slow

B. make

C. get

D. think

25. A. more

B. better

C. rather

D. less

26. A. who

B. what

C. which

D. Whose

27. A. but

B. because

C. so

D. and


IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. One of the most devastating forces on Earth is a hurricane. A hurricane begins as a tropical storm. The storm winds blow in circles around a center, called the "eye." Gradually, the winds get stronger and stronger. A tropical storm becomes a hurricane when the winds are 120 kilometers per hour or more. The word "hurricane" comes from Huracan, an evil god of a Central American Indian tribe. In other parts of the world, hurricanes are known by different names. In East Asia, they are usually called typhoons, from the Chinese tai-feng, meaning "great wind." In Bangladesh, Pakistan, India, and Australia, they are known as cyclones. Finally, in the Philippines, they are called baguios. Few things in nature have as much power as hurricanes. They can destroy coastal areas with heavy rains and winds of 250 kilometers per hour or more. Sometimes a hurricane causes the ocean to flood onto land in an event called a storm surge. The total power of a hurricane may be equal to 10,000 nuclear bombs. Câu 28: The word devastating in the passage is closest in meaning to _______. A. powerful

B. destructive

C. natural

D. enormous

Câu 29: According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE? A. Hurricanes always cause a storm surge. B. Hurricanes have winds of 120 kilometers per hour or higher. C. All tropical storms become hurricanes. D. Hurricanes are most common in Central America. Câu 30: The word “hurricane” in the second paragraph comes from ______. A. the Philippines B. China

C. Central America

D. Bangladesh

Câu 31: The dangers of a hurricane include the following EXCEPT A. earthquake

B. storm surge

C. heavy rain

Câu 32: Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. How To Prepare For A Hurricane B. Some Facts About Hurricanes

D. strong winds


C. The Biggest Hurricanes In History D. The Difference Between Tropical Storms And Hurricanes B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The factory is producing more and more pollution. More and more............................................ 34. He drives carelessly, so he usually has accidents. He is such................................................... 35. He has been collecting stamps for three years. He started................................................... 36. I don't really want to go to the museum. I'd rather..................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She didn’t wake up early, but now she does. (USED) She _____________________________________________________________ early. 38. They haven’t talked to each other for two years. (SINCE) It’s ____________________________________________________ to each other. 39. She has never heard such a ridiculous lie. (MOST) It’s the ____________________________________________________ever heard. 40. He hasn’t been to school for four days. (ABSENT) He _____________________________________________ school for four days. ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 76) 1.C 9. C 17.B 25. C

2.D 10. A 18.B 26.A

3. C 11B. 19. C 27. B

4. D 12D. 20. C 28. B

5. B 13. A 21. C 29. A

6. C 14. D 22. D 30. C

33. More and more pollution is being produced by that factory. 34. He is such a careless driver that he usually has accidents. 35. He started collecting stamps three years ago. 36. I'd rather not go to the museum. 37. She used to wake up early. 38. It’s two years since They last talked to each other. 39. It’s the most ridiculous lie she has ever heard. 40 He has been absent from school for four days.

7. B 15.A 23. B 31. A

8. A 16. B 24.B 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 77 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 77

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. women B. love C. come D. some 2. A. wealth

B. head

C. bread

D. steal

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. organize B. conclusion C. available D. ambition 4. A. contain

B. achieve

C. improve

D. happen

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The teacher, together with 30 students, are going to attend a party this Saturday evening. B

. C

A

D

6. Mr. Lam, whom gave a lecture at our university last week, is a famous physicist. A

B

C

D

7. I used to stayed with my grandparents on a farm when I was a child. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. We went for coffee after we......breakfast. A. have

B. had had

C. have had

D. would have had

9. ......lots of difficulties, he ultimately succeeds in his project. A. Even though

B. However

C. Despite

D. Because of

10. If the bus to the airport weren't so late, they......the plane.


A. will catch

B. would catch

C. caught

D. can catch

11. The people to......I spoke vesterday were very friendly. A. them

B. that

C. who

D. whom

12 . .......her health is not good, she studies very hard. A. Because

B. When

C. If

D. Although

13. If you hurried, you...... A. will see your son off

B. saw your son off

C. would have seen your son off

D. would see your son off

14. Because of difficulties in getting a visa, we had to......the idea of visiting the States. A. take out

B. take up

C. give out

D. give up

15. Auld Lang Syne is a song......is sung on New Year's Eve. A. which

B. it

C. whose

D. whose

16. They have worked for the company for 5 years……………? A. haven't they

B. didn't they

C. have they

D. don't they

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Joanna: "What are you going to do this weekend?" - Mark: " __________ " A. I think it will be interesting

B.

C. I'm very busy now

D. I hope it isn't raining

18.

Mary:

"Thank

I

you

plan

for

to

a

visit

lovely

my

aunt

evening."

- Peter: " ______________." A.You're welcome

B. Have a good day

C. Cheers

D. Thanks

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I’ll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder. A. resemble

B. test

C. arrive

20. He resembles his father in many ways.

D. buy


A. turns off

B. takes on

C. goes over

D. takes after

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Gradually more children were sent to the class as their parents realized that the teacher was trying her best to help their poor kids. A. good

B. rich

C. strong

D. lucky

22. There was a lot of opposition from the parents of the disabled children as they did not believe that their children could learn anything. A. doubt

B. reply

C. regret

D. ignore

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC. If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned down in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected. Big Ben takes its (23)......from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible (24)......the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built. It is not only of immense size. (25)......is extremely accurate as well. Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked twice a day. On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (26).......to the clock tower. Big Ben has rarely gone wrong . Once, however, it failed to give the correct time. A painter who had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it (27)………….. 23. A. place

B. name

C. fame

D. time

24. A. to

B. with

C. for

D. on

25. A. but

B. however

C. and

D. so

26. A. connects

B. are connected

C. is connected

D. connect

27. A. down

B. up

C. with

D. time

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the


correct answer to each of the questions. Out in the Pacific Ocean, 3,700 kilometers from Los Angeles, are the islands of Hawaii, the fiftieth state of the United States, with its area of 16,700 square kilometers. The first Hawaiians arrived from other Pacific islands sometime around 100 AD. Then in 1778, Captain Cook visited Hawaii. He put the islands on his maps of the Pacific Ocean. Then more ships knew Hawaii and began stopping there for supplies. In 1820, a small group of people from the eastern United States came to teach the Hawaiian people about Christianity. They started farms to grow sugar cane and pineapples. Because there were not enough people to do all the farm work, farm owners brought in Asians - Chinese, Japanese, and Filipinos. Later Koreans, Portuguese, and Puerto Ricans also came. More people came from the US mainland and from other Pacific islands, and Hawaii became an island with traditions from several countries. People from the various nation groups have married each other, so today the groups are partly mixed. Hawaiians are very friendly and always welcome visitors. They celebrate traditional Chinese, Japanese, and Filipino holidays as well as holidays from The United states. Hawaii is known as the Aloha State. “Aloha” mean “hello”, “goodbye”, and “I love you” in Hawaiian. /. 28. Hawaii is ............... square kilometers in area. A. 3,700

B. 1,820

C. 16,700

D. 2,500

29. More ships knew Hawaii through .......... and stopped there for supplies. A. Japanese visitors.

B. Christopher Columbus.

C. Captain Cook’s maps

D. Christians.

30. In the early 19th century, many Asians were taken to Hawaii ............ A. to go fishing

B. to be holidaymakers

C. to visit attractions

D. to do the farm work.

31. Today the various national groups are ............. A. completely mixed

B. living in different societies.


C. partly mixed

D. completely separated.

32. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Captain Cook came to Hawaii in 1778. B. All Hawaiian people have come from Asia . C. Hawaii is the fiftieth state of the United States. D. Hawaii is in the Pacific Ocean 3,700 kilometers from Los Angeles. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Vicky is too young to join the club. Vicky is not.................................. 34. I wrote this essay in three hours. It took.......................................... 35. How long is it since you last saw Ann? When........................................... 36. You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry. Unless.......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. My brother failed his English test. He has to do the test again (therefore) ………………………………………………………………………………… 38. The weather was terrible. We couldn’t go to the beach (So) ………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Do you like coffee? Do you like coke?(or) ………………………………………………………………………………… 40. Nam got wet. He forgot his raincoat. (Because) ……………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 77) 1.A 9.C 17.B 25. A

2. D 10. B 18. A 26.B

3. A 11D. 19. B 27. A

4. D 12. D 20.D 28. C

5. B 13. D 21. B 29. C

6. A 14.D 22. A 30. D

7. A 15. A 23.B 31.C

33. Vicky is not old enough to join the club. 34. It took me three hours to write this essay. 35. When did you last see Ann? 36. Unless you keep your feet dry, you will catch a cold. 37. My brother failed his English test. Therefore, He has to do the test again. 38. The weather was terrible, so we couldn’t go to the beach . 39. Do you like coffee or coke? 40. Nam got wet because he forgot his raincoat.

8.B 16. A 24. C 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 78 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 78

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. think B. depth C. brother D. mathematics 2. A. laughter

B. caught

C. taught

D. daughter

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. contain B. achieve C. improve D. visit 4. A. exchange

B. invite

C. economic

D. embroider

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. My teacher of English said I should spend more time for my pronunciation. A. of

B. should

C. more time

D. for

6. In spite of John came to the show late due to the heavy rain, he could see the main part of the show. A. In spite of

B. to

C. due to

D. could see

7. Happiness is a most important thing in my life. A. a

B. in

C. thing

D. my

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I wish I ...... money to help the homeless and poor people. A. have much

B. had much

C. had any

D. don't have

9. Stormy weather prevented the ferry........the crossing. A. from making

B. to make

C. with making

10. It isn't necessary for students......uniforms today.

D. by making


A. wearing

B. worn

C. to be wearing

D. to wear

11. My sister studied hard, .......she completed her examination successfully. A. although

B. so

C. because

D. therefore

12. When she lived in the countryside, she.......in the river. A. used swim

B. used to swimming

C. used to swim

D. use to swim

13. Is that the man.............? A. you lent the money to

B. you lend the money

C. whom did you lend the money

D. whom you lent the money

14. Tet is a festival........occurs in late January or early February. A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. what

15. My teacher suggests..... ... lessons to poor children. A. gave

B. giving

C. having given

D. given

16. I don't know how you can put up.......such bad working conditions. A. to

B. on

C. with

D. in

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. "How was your trip?" - "_____________" A. Wonderful.

B. Thanks. That's very kind of you.

C. That would be great.

D. It's my pleasure.

18. 23. "I think we should take a shower instead of a bath to save energy." - "_____________" A. Yes, I'd love to.

B. Great! Let's do that.

C. Yes, thanks.

D. I'm sorry, I can't.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assumed the duties and responsibilities of a national relief society.


A. took on

B. got off

C. went about

D. put in

20. She didn’t get along with her two brothers. A. agree with

B. hate

C. please with D.have a good relationship with VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Fill each of the blanks below with a suitable word from the reading passage. A. unimportant B. irrelevant

C. uninteresting

D. impossible

22. Work with a partner and fill in the blanks with the right questions. A. sick

B. liberal

C. unhealthy

D. improper

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Water is necessary for life. People can live only a few days (23) _____ it. Yet nearly 25 million people die each year because of it. Both industrial nations and lessdeveloped countries are worried about the (24) ______ and quantity of water in the world. Even though people, animals, agriculture, and industry use a lot of water, there is more than enough on the Earth. Water covers about three-fourths of the Earth's surface. However, 97.4 percent of it is salt water. Three-fourths of the Earth's fresh water is frozen in glaciers and in the great polar ice caps. Most of the water we use (25) _____ from rivers, lakes, and the atmosphere. Less than one percent of the Earth's water is usable, and we use it over and over again. One of the (26) ______ about water is distribution. Water is not always distributed where the large (27) ______ centers are. Some regions get enough rain, but it is all in one or two short rainy seasons. Question 23:

A. in

B. without

C. for

Question 24:

A. quality

B. condition

C. situation

D. with D. characteristics

Question 25:

A. gets

B. arrives

C. goes

D. comes

Question 26:

A. facts

B. things

C. problems

D. cases

C. women D. people Question 27: A. population B. men IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.


The Beatles In the 1960s, the Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is difficult now to imagine how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs. The Beatles did not have a long career. Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up in 1970. They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them – their fans were so excited that they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as famous as they were when they first came out. Throughout the world, many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them. 28. The passage is mainly about A. how the Beatles became more successful than other groups. B. why the Beatles split up after 7 years. D. The Beatles’ fame and success. D. many people’s ability to sing a Beatles song. 29. The four boys of the Beatles A. came from the same family

B. came from a town in the north of England

C. were at the same age.

D. received good training in music.

30. What is not true about the Beatles. A. The members had no training in music. B. They had long stable career. C. They became famous when they wrote their own songs.


D. They changed pop music. 31. The word “sensational” is closest in meaning to A. notorious

B. bad

C. shocking

D. popular

C. neutral

D. sarcasm

32. The tone of the passage is that of A. admiration

B. criticism

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The police let him leave after they had questioned him. He was.................................................................. 34. I haven’t seen that man here before. It's ....................................................................... 35. The furniture was so expensive that I didn't buy it. The furniture was too............................................. 36. I'm always nervous when I travel by air. Travelling............................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She can’t understand me. She is my old acquaintance. (Although) ............................................................ 38. We are always proud of my dad. He is the best person in the world. (who) ............................................................ 39. He drove very fast. He had an accident. (because of) ............................................................ 40. This problem is very difficult. We can’t solve it now. (so) ............................................................ ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 78) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25.D

2.A 10. D 18. B 26.C

3.D 11.B 19. A 27.A

4. C 12. C 20. D 28. D

5.D 13. D 21.B 29.B

6.A 14. C 22. D 30. B

7.A 15. B 23. B 31. C

33. He was released after he had been questioned by the police. 34. It's the first time I have seen that man here. 35. The furniture was too expensive for me to buy. (or) The furniture was too expensive, so I didn't buy it. 36. Travelling by air always makes me nervous. 37. She can’t understand me although she is my old acquaintance. 38. We are always proud of my dad, who is the best person in the world. 39. Because of driving very fast, He had an accident. 40. This problem is very difficult, so we can’t solve it now.

8. B 16. C 24.A 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 79 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 79

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. ready B. please C. Easter D. beach 2. A. amount

B. shout

C. round

D. route

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 1. A pattern B. conserve C. revise D. correct 2. A institute

B. distinctive

C. defensive

D.

division III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. We are having my house paint. That is why there is all this mess. A

B

C

D

6. I think Helen is accustomed to work eight hours a day. A

B

C

D

7. After said goodbye to my parents, I went to school with my sister. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You have to pass the examination.......you want to attend the course. A. if

B. or

C. in order to

D. so

9. She suggested.......to music. A. listen

B. listening

C. to listen

10. Your friends won't be here for long, .......?

D. listened


A. do they

B. won’t they

C. would they

D. will they

11. If yοιι.......do that exercise. I'll explain it to you. A. can

B. could

C. can't

D. couldn't

12. This is the house.......Nam was born. A. where

B. which

C. that

D. when

13. If I were you, I......stay here longer. A. didn't

B. can't

C. would

D. will

C. didn't

D. did

14. I wish it......rain so often here. A. doesn't

B. don't

15. He told me he......leave the city the following day. A. Will have to

B. would have to C. has to

D. had to

16. By learning English, you can get access.....the world's development. A. with

B. into

C. to

D. for

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17"Let me congratulate you on winning the first prize."- "____________" A. It's vey good.

B. You're welcome.

C. Never mind.

D. That's very kind of you to say so.

18. Mai: “ What are you going to do this weekend, Lan?” - Lan: “

A. I don’t feel like going out.

B. What a great idea!

C. I haven’t planned yet.

D. I went to the beach with my dad.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. You don't need a computer. You can get by with the typewriter. A. understand

B. manage with

C. buy

20. I fell into the water when I tried to get out of the canoe.

D. pass with


A. enter

B. start

C. climb

D. exit

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Look at the illustrations of different parts of a computer system. A. together

B. similar

C. average

D. pure

22. She was wearing a beautiful dress. A. unsightly

B. dirty

C. dusty

D. bad

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Two British policemen were sent to investigate a flying saucer on March 31, 1989, the day before April Fool’s Day. When the policemen arrived at a field in Survey, they saw a small figure wearing a silver space (23)________ walking out of a spacecraft. Immediately the police ran off in the opposite direction. Reports revealed that the alien was in fact a small person, and the flying saucer was a hot air balloon that had been specially built to look (24)________ a UFO by Richard Branson, the 36-yearold chairman of Virgin Records. Branson had planned to (25) _______ the balloon in London’s Hyde Park on April 1. However, a wind change had brought him down in a Survey field. The police received a lot of phone calls from terrified motorists as the balloon drifted over the motorway. One lady was so (26)_____ by the incident that she was crying as she was (27)______ the UFO to a radio station. 23.

A. suit

B. cloth

C. denim

D. linen.

24.

A. like

B. as

C. for

D. after

25.

A. fly

B. land

C. erupt

D. collapse

26.

A. pleasing

B. terrific

C. shocked

D. amazed

27.

A. telling

B. saying

C. phoning

D. describing

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.


Smog is a combination of smoke and fog It occurs when gases from burnt fuel mix with fog on the ground. When heat and sunlight get together with these gases, they form fine, dangerous particles in the air. Smog occurs in big cities with a lot of traffic. Particularly, in the summertime, when it is very hot, smog stays near the ground. It is dangerous to our breathing, and in smoggy areas, we cannot see very well. Smog was first discovered in Great Britain in the 19th century, during the beginning of the Industrial Revolution. At that time, people used coal for heating and cooking. Factories also used coal to produce iron and steel. Smoke mixed with wet, foggy air and turned yellow. The smog often hung over cities for many days. It caused lung diseases and breathing problem. Thousands of people died in London every year. Today, cities that have a large population and are located in hot, subtropical areas have the biggest smog problems - for example, Los Angeles, Mexico City and Cairo. 28. Where can smog possibly be found? A. At a place where it is rainy B. At a place where the traffic is heavy and the weather is foggy C. In a city where many people smoke D. Underground 29. In the first paragraph, the word fine is closest in meaning to A. tiny

B. good

C. harmful

D. shiny

30. What will happen if smog stays close to the ground ? A. It will disappear in a shot time

B. It will make the sky cleaner.

C. It will harm our health and block our sight.

D. It will cause many storms.

31. What probably caused the smog in Britain at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution? A. There were too many cars in the country. B. The weather there was too foggy. C. People smoke a lot at that time.


D. Factories and people used coal as energy. 32. In the third paragraph, the word it refers to ______. A. iron

B. smog

C. steel

D. smoke

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges. Apples are not..................................... 34. That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. It is such.............................................. 35. Tim will be eighteen next week. It's Tim's.............................................. 36. John and Ann didn't tell the truth. Neither................................................. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. It was raining heavily outside. We postponed the picnic. (as) ............................................................ 38. The girl is very beautiful. Her dress is red. (whose) ............................................................ 39. She learns English well. She plays sports well, too. (not only ) ............................................................ 40. She is intelligent. She can do this exercise by herself. (enough ............................................................ ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 79) 1.A 9.B 17.D 25. B

2. D 10.D 18. C 26. C

3. D 11.C 19.B 27. D

4. C 12.A 20. D 28. B

5. B 13. C 21.B 29. D

6.C 14. C 22.D 30.C

33. Apples are not as/ so expensive as oranges. 34. It is such a dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there. 35. It's Tim’s eighteenth birthday next week. 36. Neither John nor Ann told the truth. 37. As it was raining heavily outside, We postponed the picnic. 38. The girl whose dress is red is very beautiful. 39. She not only learns English well but also plays sports well. 40. She is intelligent enough to do this exercise by herself.

7. A 15.B 23. A 31.D

8. A 16.C 24. A 32.B



SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 80 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 ………... NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) (Đề thi có 04 trang) Mã đề thi 80

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. charity B. teacher C. Christmas D. children 2. A. history

B. disaster

C. extensive

D. beside

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. damage B. destroy C. erupt D. describe 4. A. family

B. practical

C. conclusion

D. uniform

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The house painted more than three years ago, but I’m not going to have it done again for a while. A. painted

B. three years ago

C. going to

D. it

6. If the question were not so difficult, I will be able to answer it. A. the

B. so

C. will be

D. it

7. If I were you, I didn’t buy that old building. A. were

B. didn't

C. buy

D. old building

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. The problem.......never happened. A. that I expected it

B. who I had expected

C. I had expected it

D. I had expected

9. How long is it since vou.......smoking? A. gave in

B. gave out

C. gave away

D. gave up


10. We.......go fishing with him when we......in the village. A. used to - lived

B. are used to - lived

C. used to - live

D. get used to - lived

11. I suggested......for a walk. We had a lot of free time. A. go

B. to go

C. going

D. being gone

12. I remember......him somewhere. A. seeing

B. see

C. to be seen

D. saw

13. I......in heavy traffic every day. A. used to drive

B. am used to driving

C. get used to drive

D. used to driving

14. This is the only one of the novels published recently......translated in English. A. that has ever been

B. which has ever

C. that have ever been

D. has ever been

15. Tom hasn't got a ticket. If he......, he....... A. have - will get in

B. had - can get in

C. had - could get in

D. have - could get in

16. It is 10 years......we first met together. A. after

B. while

C. when

D. since

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17 . - Uncle Tom: “ Remember to give my best regards to your parents, Bob.” - Bob: “

A. That’s very kind of you to say so. B. That was at least I could do. C. Sure, I will.

D. Yes, let’s.

18. Liz is asking Andrew about the seat. Liz: " Do you mind if I sit here? "

Andrew: "Not at all._________ "

A. Be my guest.

B. I’d be glad to.

C. Fire away, I’m all ears.

D. Now you’re taking.


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. GCSE are not compulsory, but they are the most common qualifications taken by students. A. required

B. Applied

C. fulfilled

D. specialized

20. I received housing benefit when I was unemployed. A. out of order

B. out of fashion

C. out of work

D. out of practice

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. His rude comments made other Facebookers very angry. A. pleasant

B. Honest

C. polite

D. kind

22. And we can even learn foreign languages on computers. A. known

B. native

C. natural

D. expected

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. There have been concerns about health problem in the area recently as the last reported to cause the pollution. To stay from worries, we decided (23)

______a

health check with the local doctor. We phoned to make an (24)________at 9 o'clock the next morning, the doctor welcomed us (25)_____ the door with a lovely smile. After (26) ___ necessary forms, we were given different tests. All the tests were done very quickly with the net of modern (27)_____ . As she did the checks, the doctor said that a lot of people were worried about air pollution and came to help for health checks like us. 23. A. have

B. to have

C. having

D. had

24. A. arrange

B. arranging

C. arranged

D. arrangement

25. A. at

B. in

C. of

D. on

26. A. fill

B. filled

C. filling

D. to fill


27. A. tools

B. equipment

C. work

D. materials

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Charlie Chaplin was an English actor, director, producer, and a composer. He is known as the most creative person of the silent-film era. Charlie Chaplin’s portrayal of the tramp won the hearts of people all over the world. Charlie was born in London on the 16th of April, 1889. He spent his childhood in Poverty and hardship. In 1910 he began to perform pantomime in the United States. He first appeared on screen in 1914. He created his world-famous character, the Tramp, and he played this classic role in more than 70 films during his career. He also composed background music for most of his films. In 1972 Chaplin received an Honorary Academy Award for ‘ the incalculable effect he has had in making motion pictures the art form of this century’. Chaplin died on the 25th of December, 1977, at his home in Switzerland. 28. In 1910 he began to perform pantomime in __________________. A. the US

B. London

C. Switzerland

D. England

C. in 1972

D. in 1977

29. When did he start appearing in films? A. in 1910

B. in 1914

30. Charlie Chaplin is very famous for _______________. A. his state performance

B. his background music

C. his character “the Tramp”

D. his composing background music

31. Which of the following is not true? A. Charlie Chaplin was an English artist

B. He played classical music

C. Charlie Chaplin died at the age of 88

D. He received an award in 1972.

32. The word “carrer” is the closest meaning to ________________ A. pantomime

B. play

C. life

D. life-work

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. He could not afford to buy the car.


The car...................................................... 34. "Why don't you put your lugtiage under the seat?" he asked me. He suggested............................................. 35. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job. In spite....................................................... 36. I advise you to put your money in the bank. You'd......................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. That is the forest. They are living and working in the forest. (where) ............................................................ 38.

The

weather

is

not

fine.

We

won’t

take

photographs.

(If)

............................................................ 39.

She

went

to

bed

early.

She

was

tired

............................................................ 40. She is an active girl. Everyone dislikes her. (though) ............................................................ ______The end______

last

night.

(because)


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 80) 1. C 9. D 17.C 25.A

2.B 10. A 18. A 26. C

3. A 11. C 19. A 27.B

4. C 12. A 20. C 28. A

5. A 13. B 21. C 29. B

6. C 14. A 22. B 30. C

33. The car was too expensive for him. (or) The car was so expensive that he couldn't afford / buy it. 34. He suggested that I should put my luggage under the seat. 35. In spite of his good salary, he was unhappy in his job. 36. You'd better put your money in the bank. 37. That is the forest where They are living and working 38. If The weather were fine. We would take photographs. 39. She went to bed early because she was tired last night. 40. Though she is an active girl, everyone dislikes her.

7. B 15. C 23. B 31. B

8. D 16.D 24. D 32. D


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 81 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 81

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. necessary B. celebrated C. special D. receive 2. A. bone

B. only

C. lonely

D. son

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. follow B. exist C. really D. borrow 4. A. wander

B. helmet

C. access

D. about

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. If there is no water, there would be no life on the earth. A. is

B. be

C. on

D. the

6. We are looking forward to spend our summer vacation in the country. A. are

B. to spend

C. summer vacation

D. in

7. There are so much chickens in the garden that I can't count them all. A. so much

B. chickens

C. in the garden

D. count them all

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. My class are lucky......a chance to visit the capital. A. having

B. to have

C. to be

D. being

9. Would you like......and visit our country Vietnam? A. come

B. to come

C. coming

10. I've been......a cup to match the one I broke.

D. came


A. looking for

B. looking over

C. looking through

D. looking

11. We wish our team......lose this language game. A. won't

B. didn't

C. don’t

D. doesn't

12 . Manchester is the......and most beautiful city in England. A. most clean

B. cleaner

C. more clean

D. cleanest

13. The building at the end of the street......in the early 20th century. A. is built

B. will build

C. was built

D. has been built

14. If you smoke twenty cigarettes a day, you......of lung cancer. A. died

B. will die

C. would die

D. had died

15. Your hair is so long. You'd better have it......tomorrow morning. A. cut

B. to be cut

C. to be done

D. to cut

C. about

D. on

16. Scotland is rich......coal and iron. A. in

B. of

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Jack: "Would you like to join our volunteer group this summer?" - Jill: “_______.” A. I wouldn't. Thank you.

B. Yes, I'd love to. Thanks.

C. Do you think I would?

D. Yes, you're a good friend

18. Jimmy: "You must have found reading my essay very tiring". - Kate: “__________.” A. Not in the least

B. At all costs

C. Just in case

D. You are welcome

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Now, Peter has become accustomed to driving to the left A. has got used to

B. has become upset with


C. has become angry with

D. all are correct

20. If the world’s tropical forests continue to disappear at their present rate, many animal species will be extinct. A. die from B. die out C. die of D. die for VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Each time you turn it on, with appropriate hardware and software, it is capable of doing almost anything you ask. A. unsuitable

B. unimportant

C. ill-prepared

D. irregular

22. The man understood the lessons very well. A. ill

B. hardly

C. poorly

D. wrong

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Every season there are new clothes and new fashions in the shops. Colours and styles keep (23)_________. One season black is the 'in' colour, but the next season everyone is wearing orange or pink or grey. The length of women's skirts goes up and down from year to year. A shirt (24) _____ you once thought was very trendy can look (25)____old-fashioned a few years later. And your father's shirts, you always thought were very conservative and traditional, can suddenly become (26)____. Keeping up with the fashions can be very expensive. So one way to save money is never to throw your old clothes out. If you wait long enough, the clothes are out of fashion today will be (27)_____ in fashion tomorrow. Yesterday's clothes are tomorrow's new fashions. 23: A. to change

B. changed

C . changing

D. change

24: A. whom

B. that

C. what

D. who

25: A. stranger

B. strangeness

26: A. outdated

B. old

C. useless

D. stylish

27: A. out

B. away

C. back

D. up

C. strange

D. strangely

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.


Paper is named for papyrus, a reed like plant used by ancient Egyptians as writing material more than 5000 years ago. The Chinese invented the paper that we use 2000 years ago. A piece of paper is really made up of tiny fibers, unlike a piece of material. The fibers used in paper, however, are plant fibers, and there are millions of them in one sheet. In addition to the plant fiber, dyes and additives such as resin may be used. Dyes can make the paper different colors; resin may add weight and texture. Where do these fibers come from ? The majority of paper is made from the plant fiber that comes from trees. Millions are cut down, but new trees are planted in their place. Paper may be also made from things like old rags or pieces of cloth. Wastepaper, paper that has been made and used, can be turned into recycled paper. This recycling process saves forest, energy and reduces air and water pollution. 28. According to the passage, the paper that we use was first invented by A. the Chinese

B. the Egyptians

C. ancient cultures

D. foresters

C. plant fiber

D. papyrus

29. What is the main ingredient in most paper ? A. resin

B. cardboard

30. According to the passage, the primary source of the plant fiber used in paper is A. rags

B. trees

C. fabric

D. wastepaper

31. According to the passage, recycling paper is A. bad for the environment

C. good for the environment

B. wasteful

D. economical

32. According to the passage, recycling paper does all of the following EXCEPT A. reduce the need for ink

C. save energy

B. save forests

D. reduce air pollution

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Although he wasn,t experienced, he got the job. Despite..…………………………………………


34. If you are a student, you can always get special reduced prices. Unless……………………………………… 35. Nowhere is more expensive than this restaurant. This restaurant…………………………………………… 36. All the other players on the field were better than Jim. Jim was the…………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. My sister is not old enough to ride a bicycle. too  ……………………………………… 38. A knock at the door interrupted Dad,s story

telling

 ……………………………………………………………… 39. The total sales for this video are already over a million copies.

sold

 …………………………………………….. 40. After sitting in front of the computer all evening I felt sleepy.

been

 ………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 81) 1.C 9.B 17.B 25.D

2. B 10. A 18. A 26.C

3. B 11.B 19. A 27. C

4. D 12.D 20. B 28. A

5. A 13. C 21. A 29.C

6. B 14. B 22. C 30. B

33. Despite his inexperience, he got the job. 34. Unless you are a student, you can,t get special reduced prices 35. This restaurant is the most expensive. 36. Jim was the worst player on the field. 37 My sister is too young to ride a bicycle.

7. A 15. A 23. C 31. C

8. B 16.A 24.B 32. A


38. Dad was telling a story when there was a knock at the door. 39. This video has sold over a million copies already. 40. I felt sleepy because I had been sitting in front of the computer all evening.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 82 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 82

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. charge B. champagne C. exchange D. champion 2. A. ethnic

B. think

C. gather

D. earth

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. attendance B. interesting C. department D. apprentice 4. A. several

B. particular

C. construction

D. eruption

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Because of the light, the city seemed to be differently from the way I had remembered it. A. Because of

B. differently

C. from

D. had remembered it

6. I want to do it on myself because other people make me nervous. A. want

B. on myself

C. other

D. nervous

7. Her parents don’t allow her go out in the evening. A. Her

B. don’t

C. go out

D. in

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is raining very hard. I wish I......a raincoat. A. bad had

B. will have

C. am having

D. had

9. Her aunt suggests that she......harder on her examination. A. worked

B. should work

10. The bridge......recently.

C. would work

D. works


A. is built

B. is being built

C. has been built

D. has built

11. Her father has promised......her a new pairs of shoes before Christmas A. buy

B. to buy

C. buying

D. buys

12. Would you.......the gas when the kettle boils? A. turn in

B. turn down

C. keep on

D. keep up

13. Let's go into the room......we'll be protected from the strong winds. A. which

B. that

C. who

D. where

14. If he had known the new words, he.......the passage. A. would understand

B. understood

C. had understood

D. could have understood

15. They are tired......they stayed up late watching football last night. A. if

B. while

C. because

D. although

16. My sister is getting married......a singer. A. for

B. with

C. on

D. to

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. -“ Would you mind lending me you bike?” – “ ……” A. Yes. Here it is

B. Not at all

C. Great

D. Yes, let’s

18. Havy: “Thanks for your help, Judy.” Judy: “……..” A. With all my heart C. It’s my pleasure

B. Never remind me D. Wish you

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport. A. use up

B. do with

C. take up

D. go on

20. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents the entire garden.


A. release

B. stop

C. end

D. me

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Places of scenic beauty are places where the scenes are interesting and beautiful. A. incorrect

B. tiresome

C. irrelevant

D. unlucky

22. Why is computer a miraculous device? A. ordinary

B. improper

C. false

D. ugly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Every day, in homes all over the world, people waste huge (23) __________ of energy and water. Hong Kong is estimated to waste about $ 5 billion worth of energy a year. This is due to their bad habits. (24) __________ caving lights, air-conditioners and television on when no one is in the room wastes a lot of energy. Using too (25) __________ water or not fixing dripping taps also contributes to the problem. Most people do not realize that saving energy in the home will actually save them money. If people _______(26) less energy, gas and electricity bills will become lower. Most of the ways we can use to decrease energy consumption in the home are very use, or simple. The most obvious one is turning off household appliances when they are not (27) __________

equipping

our

homes

with

energy-saving

bulbs.

23. A. numbers

B. sums

C. amounts

D.

qualities

24. A. For example

B. In addition

C. In contrast

D. On the contrary

25. A. many

B. much

C. little

D. few

26. A. use

B. using

C. used

D.

27. A. in

B. on

C. by

D. at

to

use

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times. Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently to the music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music


we hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not make him feel good. A happy song might appear to make an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect of the music. The angry person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it, our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music. In fact, Pathagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them. Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects, they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music around us, and what effect it is actually having. 28. The text is about_____. A. The science of music

B. Understanding music

C. The effects of music on human feelings

D. Music and an angry person

29. Music_____. A. cannot be chosen

B. affects everybody in the same way

C. affects us in different ways

D. never make us angry

30. According to the text,_____. A. Everybody likes jazz B. Jazz always makes us feel better C. No one likes jazz D. a very angry person sometimes do not accept music 31. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the effects of music in_____. A. China

B. India

C. Turkey

D. Greece

32. The word "Once" has a close meaning to_____. A. on time

B. when

C. because

D. if


B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. "Please sit down,” the teacher said to me. => The teacher asked me ............................................................... . 34. I fell asleep because the film was boring. => The film was so .......................................................................... . 35. “ What are you doing?”, she asked me. => She wondered ................................................................................. 36. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning. => I am used .................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She never stops saying how much she dislikes public transport. (complaining)  …………………………………………………………………. 38. The bus service in our city brcomes more inefficient every year.

(getting)

 ……………………………………… 39. Why don,t we go to the cinema tonight ?

(film)

 ……………………………………………………… 40. Italy is where we went for a holiday last year.  ……………………………………………… ______The end______

(on)


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 82) 1. B 9. B 17. B 25. B

2. C 10. C 18.C 26. A

3. B 11. B 19.C 27. A

4. A 12. B 20. A 28C.

5. B 13.D 21. B 29. D

6. B 14.D 22.A 30. D

7. C 15. C 23. C 31. C

33. The teacher asked me to sit down. 34. The film was so boring that I fell asleep. 35. She wondered what I was doing. 36. I am used to getting up early in the morning. 37. She is always complaining about public transport. 38. The bus in our city is getting more and more inefficient. 39. Let’s go and see/ to see a film tonight . 40. We went on a holiday to Italy last year/ to Italy on a holiday last year.

8. D 16. D 24.A 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 83 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 83

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. likes B. days C. lives D. listens 2. A. meat

B. great

C. mean

D. teacher

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. happy B. early C. allowed D. injured 4. A. inspiration

B. economic

C. situation

D. material

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Most students were able of finding good jobs three to six months after graduation. A

B

C

D

6. We were made learning fifty new words every week. A

B

C

D

7. Suzy had better to change her study habits if she hopes to be admitted to a good university. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. May I watch the game________ we are having lunch? A. while

B. during

C. between

9. She couldn't reach the phone because she________ a bath. A. had

B. had been having

C. was having

D. is having

D. just


10. It is 10 p.m, she________ for nearly four hours. A. is studying C. studies

B. was studying D. has been studying

11. The thing I hate most about________ is the boredom. A. employ

B. unemployed

C. employment

D. being unemployed

12. In developed countries unemployed people can get________. A. employment

B. benefit

C. employment benefit

D. unemployment benefit

13. Her________ include swimming and reading. A. interesting

B. interests

C. interested

D. interest

14. Ask him________ in. Don't keep him standing at the door. A. to come

B. come

C. coming

D. came

C. Because

D. Unless

15. ________ you work hard, you'll fail the exam. A. If

B. While

16. Forests will disappear________ we stop cutting down trees. A. unless

B. if

C. when

D. whole

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Teacher: “ Janet, you’ve written a much better essay this time”. Janet: “ ……………………………” A. Writing? Why? C.You’re welcome.

B. Thank you. It’s really encouraging D. What did you sya? I’m so shy.

18. Ken and Tom are high-school students. They are discussing where their study group will meet. Select the most suitable response to fill in the blank. Ken: “ Where is our study group going to meet next weekend?”

Tom: “_____”

A. We are too busy on weekdays.

B. Why don’t you look at the atlas.

C. The library would be best.

D. Studying in a group is great fun.


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. When you cross the street, be careful and be on the alert for the bus. A. Look for

B. watch out for

C. search for

D. watch for

20. Both Mary and her brother look like her mother. A. take after

B. take place

C. take away

D. take on

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. As a brilliant and mature student with a rare gift of concentration, Marie harbored the dream of a scientific career which was impossible for a woman at that time. A. ugly

B. dark

C. dull

D. dirty

22. As a brilliant and mature student with a rare gift of concentration, Marie harbored the dream of a scientific career which was impossible for a woman at that time. A. important

B. likely

C. unreal

D. maybe

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Everyone wants to reduces pollution but the pollution ‌(23) is as complicated as it is serious. It is complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For example, ‌(24) from automobiles causes a large percentage of air pollution. But the automobile provides transportation for millions of people. Factories ...(25) many of materials that pollute the air and water, but factories give employment to a large number of people. Thus, to end or greatly reduce pollution immediately, people would have to stop using many things that ‌(26) them. Most of the people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be gradually reduced in several ways. Scientists and engineers can work to find ways to lessen the amount of pollution that such things as automobiles


and factories cause. Governments can pass and enforce laws that …(27) businesses and individuals to stop, or cut down on certain polluting activities. 23. A. work

B. problem

C. accident

D. event

24. A. exhaust

B. fire

C. gas

D. liquid

25. A. offer

B. bring

C. discharge

D. cause

26. A. benefit

B. harm

C. motivate

D. encourage

27. A. require

B. forbid

C. prevent

D. request

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language, in film, on television, in the office, or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language Learning another language! Learning English! Why do all these people want to learn English?. Is it difficult to answer that question?. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language and Mathematics…and English (In England, or America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their own language, which is English, and Mathematics, .and another language, perhaps French, or German, or Spanish) Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English. 28. According to the writer, …………….. A. only adults learn English

B. no children like learning English

C. English is only useful to teenagers D. English is popular in much of the world 29. Many people learn English by ………. A. watching videos only

B. hearing the language in the office


C. working hard on their lessons

D. talking with the film stars

30. Many boys and girls learn English because …………. A. English can give them a job

B. It is included in their study courses

C. their parents make them

D. they have to learn their own language

31. In America or Australia many school children study ……………. A. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish B. English as a foreign language C. English and Mathematics only D. their own language and no foreign language 32. Many adults learn English because ………… A. their work is useful

B. they want to go abroad

C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “ I’m sorry that I broke the glass” said Peter. => Peter apologized............................ 34. We can’t afford sorry to buy the house. =>The house........................ 35. That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. => It is.................................. 36. Why don’t you ask her yourself? => I suggest......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. The day was too hot. He had to cancel the tennis game. (such … that) ........................................................................................................................ 38. You’d better take a sweater. It might get cold. (in case) ........................................................................................................................


39. Most of the audience didn’t know the result of the match. The television was interrupted in the middle of the game. (Therefore) » ........................................................................................................................ 40. Tom has continued to smoke two packs of cigarettes a day. The doctor warned him. (Even though) » ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 83) 1.A 9.C 17.B 25C.

2.B 10. D 18.C 26.A

3.C 11.D 19. B 27. A

4.D 12. D 20. A 28. D

5. C 13. B 21. C 29. C

6. C 14. A 22. B 30. B

7. B 15. D 23.B 31. A

8. A 16.A 24. A 32. D

33. Peter apologized for breaking the glass. 34. The house is too expensive for us to buy. 35. It is such a dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there. 36. I suggest that you should ask her yourself. 37. It was such a hot day that he had to cancel the tennis game. 38. You’d better take a sweater in case it gets cold. 39. The television was interrupted in the middle of the game, therefore most of the audiences didn’t know the result of the match. 40. Tom has continued to smoke two packs of cigarettes a day, even though the doctor warned him.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 84 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 84

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. ought B. thought C. brought D. though 2. A. thick

B. think

C. thus

D. thin

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 1. A. dormitory B. category C. priority D. ordinary 2. A. pesticide

B. separate

C. slavery

D. efficient

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Jason’s professor had him to write his thesis many times before allowing him to present it to the committee.

A

B

C

D 6. I think Helen is accustomed to work eight hours a day. A

B

C

D

7. The more frequent you exercise, the greater physical endurance you will have. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. One of the major causes _________ heart disease is lack of exercise. A. for

B. to

C. of

D. by

9. On March 27, a lot of firework is _________ off in Danang city. A. set

B. gone

C. placed

D. burned


10.

He

_________

A. used to 11.

Can

I

overdose

B. used you

A. formula 12.

an

C. was used to

give

me

the

B. recipe must

of

go

A. get my teeth to take care of

_________

for

dentist

take

C. my teeth be taken care of

died.

tomato

soup?

D. method

the B.

and

D. was used

C. order to

heroin

and

care

of

_________ my

teeth

D. get my teeth taken care of

13. The two cars for sales were in poor condition, so I didn’t buy _________ . A. either of them

B.

C. neither of them

D. each of them

14.

_________

A. Although

his

financial

B. Because

both

problem,

Mark

C. Despite

of

bought

a

new

them

motorbike.

D. Instead of

15. The first time I noticed something was wrong was _________ I got home. A. since

B. when

C. for

D. until

16. Let’s go to the beach this weekend, ………… ? A. shall we

B. do we

C. don’t we

D. will we

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Mary: “I will never go mountaineering again.” – Linda: “Me ______.” A. so

B. Either

C. too

D. neither

18. Mary: “Thanks a lot for your help.” – John: “______.” A. My excitement

B. My delight C. My happiness

D. You are welcome

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I’ll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder. A. resemble

B. test

C. arrive

D. buy

20. It takes me 15 minutes to get ready. A. to prepare

B. to wake up

C. to go

D. to get


VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. She received a general education in local schools and some scientific training from her father. A. offered

B. had

C. gave

D. asked

22. And in 1891, the shy Marie, with very little money to live on, came to Paris to continue her studies at the Sorbonne. A. many

B. a lot

C. few

D. much

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. About 50 or so kinds modern plastic are made from oil, gas, or coal-nonrenewable natural resources. We (23)___ well over three million tons of the stuff in Japan each year and, sooner or later, most of it is thrown away. A high proportion of our animal consumption is in the (24)____ of packaging and this constitutes about seven percent by weight, of our domestic(25) ____ . Almost all of it can be recycled, but very little of it is, though the plastic recycling industry is growing fast. The plastics themselves are extremely energy - rich – they have a higher calorific(26) ____ than coal and one methodn of “recovery” strongly (27)____ by plastic manufacturers if the conversion of waste plastic into a fuel. Question 23:

A. consign

B. import

C. consume

D. remove

Question 24:

A. form

B. way

C. type

Question 25:

A. goods

B. refuse

C. rubble

D. kind D. requirements

Question 26:

A. effect

B. degree

C. value

D. demand

B. presented C. desired D. favored Question 27: A. argued IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. A recent investigation by scientists at the US Geological Survey shows that strange animal behavior might help predict future earthquake.


Investigators found such occurrences in a ten-kilometer radius of the center of a fairly recent quake. Some birds screeched and flew about wildly. Dogs yelped and ran uncontrollably. Scientists believe that animals can perceive these environmental changes as early as several days before the disaster. In 1976 after observing animal behavior, the Chinese were able to predict a terrible quake. Although hundreds of thousands of people were killed, the government was able to evacuate millions of people and thus keep the death toll at a lower rate. 28. What prediction may be made by observing animal behavior ? A. the number of people who will die. B. environmental changes. C. a coming earthquake. D. the ten-kilometer radius of an earthquake. 29. Why can animals perceive these changes when humans can not ? A. Animals are more intelligent than humans. B. Humans don’t know where to look. C. By running around, they can feel the vibrations. D. Animals have certain instincts that humans don’t possess. 30. If scientists can accurately predict earthquakes, there will be .......... A.a lower death rate.

B.fewer animals going crazy.

C.fewer people evacuated.

D.fewer environmental changes.

31. Which of the following statements is not true ? A. Some animals may be able to sense an approaching earthquake. B. All birds and dogs in the ten-kilometer radius of an earthquake center become wild before the quake. C. The Chinese have successfully predict an earthquake and saved many lives. D. By observing animal behavior scientists perhaps can predict earthquake. 32. In the passage, the word “evacuate” most means ..............


A. save

B. exile

C. destroy

D. remove

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. They have just opened a new super market in our town.  A new super market ………………………………………..……….… 34. I can’t go to the party tonight night because I am very busy. 

If …………………………………………………………………..….…

35. This morning we met a man. He is my uncle.  The man ………………………………………….….……..……….… 36. “ Do you live in this flat with your parents?” Nam asked me  Nam asked me ……………………………………………….…….… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. We take you up Da Lat. You can enjoy pure air there. (where) ........................................................................................................................ 38. Jim doesn’t study hard. He doesn’t get better grades. (if) ........................................................................................................................ 39.

Tuan

is

very

active.

He

studies

the

best

of

us.

........................................................................................................................ 40. The oil washed from land will also lead to the death of fish. People are worried. (adjective + that) » ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______

(who)


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 84) 1. D 9. A 17. D 25.B

2.C 10. B 18. D 26. C

3. C 11. B 19. B 27. D

4. D 12. D 20. A 28. C

5.A 13. A 21. C 29. D

6. C 14.C 22. D 30. A

7. A 15. B 23. B 31. B

8. C 16. A 24. A 32. D

33. A new supermarket has just been opened in our town. 34. If I were not busy/ were free tonight, I would / could go to the party. 35. The man (who(m)) we met this morning is my uncle. 36. Nam asked me if / whether I lived in that flat with my parents. 37. We take you up Da Lat where you can enjoy pure air. 38. If Tim studied hard, he could get better grades. 39. Tuan, who studies the best of us, is very active. 40. People are worried that the oil washed from land will also lead to the death of fish.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 85 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 85

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. leisure B. pressure C. treasure D. pleasure 2.A. laugh

B. plough

C. enough

D. cough

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. practicality B. politician C. uncontrollable D. comfortable 4. A. managerial

B. determination

C. unbelievable

D. inability

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They wish they are able to spend more time in the countryside. A. are

B. to

C. more

D. in

6. We studied very hard for the exam, because we passed it very easily. A. studied

B. hard

C. because

D. very easily

7. Staying in bed all day is not good for our health, hasn't it? A. in

B. all day

C. for

D. hasn't it

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is the most beautiful building ................... the world. A. around

B. of

C. in

D. at

9. If you come to the cinema, ................... your friend with you. A. bring

B. get

C. invite

D. take

10. I’m sorry I missed the meeting yesterday. I didn’t ................... well. A. feel

B. fell

C. felt

D. feeling


11. We discussed the problem but we ................... a final decision. A. don’t reach

B. won’t reach

C. hadn’t reached

D. didn’t reach

12. Tom, write carefully and don’t ................... any mistakes! A. do

B. have

C. give

D. make

13. Sue can’t come to the party ...................she’s broken her leg. A. although

B. because

C. because of

D. so

14. ................... rush hour, the roads in the city are very busy. A. While

B. During

C. Through

D. On

15. Kate ...................a great time in France and doesn’t want to come back. A. is having

B. has

C. had

D. had had

16. If you ................... forty cigarettes a day, you would cough a lot. A. smoke

B. smoked

C. would smoke

D. smoking

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Bush: “______________.” Clinton: “No, but thanks all the same.” A. Another cup of coffee?

B. May I help you?

C. Would you like a slice of salad?

D. How about having dinner out?

18. Tom: “Would you please drive me to class today?” Thuy: “________________.” A. No, I don’t mind

B. You are welcome

C. Yes, I’d be glad to

D. Thank you for all

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. The repeated commercials on TV distract many viewers from watching their favorite films. A. economics

B. Businesses

C. contests

D. advertisements


20. It is an occasion when strength and sports are tested, friendship and solidarity was built and deepened. A. practice

B. power

C. will

D. competence

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. In some societies, language is associated with social class and education. People judge one’s level in society by the kind of language used. A. connected with

B. not allowed by

C. separated from

D. dissimilar to

22. There was a long period without rain in the countryside last year so the harvest was poor. A. epidemic

B. Drought

C. famine

D. flood

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. We are using up the world's petroleum. We use it in our cars and to heat our building in winter. Farmers use petro-chemicals to (23).....the soil rich. They use them to kill insects eating plants. These chemicals go into rivers and lakes and kill the fish there. Thousands of pollutants also go into the air and pollute it. Winds carry this (24).....air to other countries and other continents. Poor fanners use the same land over and (25)..... . The land needs a rest so it will be better next year. However, the farmers must have food this year. Poor people cut down forests for firewood. In some areas when the trees are gone, the land (26).....desert. Poor people can't save the environment for the future. This is not a problem for one country or one area of the world. It is a problem for all humans. The people and the nations of the world must work together to (27)......the world's resources. 23. A. enrich

B. change

C. make

D. let

24. A. pollute

B. polluting

C. polluted

D. pollution

25. A. over

B. again

C. repeated

D. repeating


26. A. gets

B. changes

27. A. recycle

C. turn

B. preserve

D. becomes

C. keep

D. use

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Devastating floods along the coast have left many people homeless. People are asked to help by donating food, clothes, furniture, and other supplies to the Assistance Fund. Donations of bottled water are especially needed, since the floods have disrupted the local water supply. In addition, volunteers are needed to travel to the flooded area to help distribute the donations. 28. What does this notice concern? A. Help for flood victims

B. Safety precaution

C. Dangerous roads

D. Warning about weather

29. What kind of supplies is NOT mentioned? A. Furniture

B. Clothing

C Food.

D. Medicine

C. Places to stay

D. Teacher

30. In addition to supplies, what is needed? A. Volunteers

B. New bridges

32. “Devastating floods” in line 1 refer to those that_________. A. happen suddenly

B. are very short

C. last for a long time

D. cause a lot of damage

32. The word “donating” in line 2 is closest in meaning to_________. A. selling

B. buying

C. giving

D. taking

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. I can’t remember the answers to these questions. -

I wish_________________________________________________________ .

34. “I must go to Ha Noi tomorrow.” said Nam. -

Nam said_______________________________________________________ .


35. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends. -

It takes_________________________________________________________ .

36. We take our umbrellas because it is raining heavily. -

It is________________________________________________________.

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. He was advised to stop smoking. His health was very poor. (because of) → ........................................................................................................................ 38. The book was very interesting. He read it from cover to cover. (so … that) → ........................................................................................................................ 39. I was careless. I broke the cup. (since) → ........................................................................................................................ 40. He failed the examination. He made preparation for it carefully. (even though) → ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 85) 1. B 9. A 17.A 25.A

2. B 10. A 18. C 26. D

3. D 11D. 19. D 27. B

4. B 12. D 20. B 28. A

5. A 13. B 21.C 29. D

6. C 14. B 22.D 30. A

7. D 15. A 23.C 31. D

8. C 16. B 24.C 32. C

33. I wish I could remember the answers to these questions. 34. Nam said he had to go to Ha Noi the next/following day . 35. It takes Nga 4 hours a day to practice English with her friends. 36. It is raining heavily, so we take our umbrellas. 37. He was advised to stop smoking because of his poor health. 38. The book was so interesting that he read it from cover to cover. 39. Since I was careless. I broke the cup. 40. He failed the examination even though he made preparation for it carefully.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 86 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 86

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 pts ) Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1. A. place B. great C. basic D. artisan Question 2. A. sunbathe B. theater C. father D. weather Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in the position of second stress in each of the following questions. Question 3. A. surface B. attraction C. bamboo D. technology Question 4. A. convenient B. encourage C. material D. modernize Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. Question 5. It has been raining much these days. We wish it stop raining now so that we could have a nice picnic tomorrow. A B C D Question 6. Mrs. Brown got used to use chopsticks during meals after living in Vietnam for a month. A B C D Question 7. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and unenjoyable. A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8. After the tourists ………. two hours in the gallery, they ………. to a craft village. A. had spent/ travelled B. spent/ travelled C. had spent/ travelling D. spent/ had travelled Question 9. It’s not easy to give up………. . My uncle has tried ………. it lots of times without success.


A. smoke/ to do

B. to smoke/ doing C. smoking/ to do D.

smoking/

doing Question 10. ………. university has been built in our area. A. An B. A C. The D. X Question 11. Air pollution has a bad influence ………. the environment. A. at B. in C. on D. to Question 12. My sister is a poet. She often takes ………. from the natural beauty. A. inspiration B. inspire C. inspiring D. inspirational Question 13. Look! The children are playing ………. in the school yard. A. happy B. happiness C. happier D. happily Question 14. My brother is a famous artisan in the village, ………. he is still very young. A. because B. although C. when D. however Question 15. We live in the mountainous area so we often go climbing ………. we have free time. A. whenever B. however C. whatever D. wherever Question 16. The artisans in my village can ………. basket weaving. They earn enough money from it. A. deal with B. come back C. live on D. pass down Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond to complete each of the following exchanges. Question 17. - Peter: It’s very kind of you to help us. Thanks a lot, Daisy! - Daisy: ………. . A. It doesn’t matter. B. That’s right. C. You’re welcome! D. Thanks! Question 18. - Paul: Hi, John! How’s it going? Getting over jet lag? John: Yes, ………. . A. Yes, I ate pretty much last night. B. Yes, I read pretty much last night C. Yes, I slept pretty well last night. D. Yes, I studied pretty well last night. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 19. Students in our class always have a good relationship with one another. A. get on with B. know C. look after D. think about Question 20. At the weekends, the city is always crowded with people. A. full B. busy C. quiet D. packed


Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 21. When you come inside a temple, you should take off your shoes and hat. A. go on B. put on C. get on D. turn on Question 22. In developing countries, a lot of people are still living in poverty. A. difficulty B. illiteracy C. health D. wealth Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each numbered blank. Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (23) ………. they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (24) ………. Specialized products and so particular villages became famous (25) ………. such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products. With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained (26) ………. craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (27) ………. crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society. Question 23. A. where B. when C. how D. Why Question 24. A. do B. get C. give D. make Question 25. A. for B. at C. in D. after Question 26. A. her B. his C. their D. our Question 27. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sedney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sedney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sedney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sedney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sedney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sedney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sedney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. Question 28. Where did Captain Athur Philips arrive in 1788? A. Britain B. South Pacific C. Sedney Question 29. The first population of Sedney was ………. .

D. Australia


A. 1624

B. 770

C. 3.600.000

D.

2394 Question 30. The things that make Sedney famous are ………. . A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife B. beaches C. Sedney Harbor Bridge and Sedney Opera House D. harbors Question 31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sedney? A. Sedney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. B. Sedney is the most exciting city in Australia. C. Sedney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into. D. Sedney is the busiest port in the South Pacific. Question 32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sedney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney. C. Sedney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sedney II. WRITING (2.0 pts ) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning each new one with the given word(s). Write the new sentences on your answer sheet. Question 33. We started learning English when we were in grade 3. We have …………………………………………………………………………………………… …... Question 34. Ba doesn’t learn hard so his marks at school are always bad. If …………………………………………………………………………………………… …………... Question 35. “ Please, come to see us whenever you have free time, Mary.”. Daisy said. Daisy invited …………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 36. The children are listening to music in their room. Music …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……… Combine two sentences into a new one, using the words in brackets. Do not change the given words in any way. Write the new sentences on your answer sheet. Question 37. This book is so interesting that I have read it twice. (such) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………...


Question 38. I’ll give you a call immediately after I have finished my work. (as soon as) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………... Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English. They can communicate with foreign customers. (order) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………... Question 40. The children are eager to visit Hue next week. (forward) …………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………...________The end ________

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 86) I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (from question 1 to question 32 ) 1. D 9. B 17. C 25. A

2. B 10. B 18. C 26. C

3. A 11. C 19. A 27. B

4. D 12. A 20. D 28. C

5. B 13. D 21. B 29. A

6. B 14. B 22. D 30. C

7. D 15. A 23. B 31. C

8. A 16. C 24. D 32. D

II. WRITING ( from question 33 to question 40 ) Question 33. We have learnt (have been learning) English since we were in grade 3. Question 34. If Ba learned hard, his marks at school wouldn’t be bad. (…. would be good) Question 35. Daisy invited Mary to come to see her whenever she had free time. Question 36. Music is being listened to by the children in their room. Question 37. It is such an interesting book that I have read it twice. Question 38. As soon as I have finished my work, I’ll give you a call. I’ll give you a call as soon as I have finished my work Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English in order to communicate with foreign customers The villagers are trying to learn English in order that they can communicate with foreign customers Question 40. The children are looking forward to visiting Hue next week.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 86 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 86

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE ( 8.0 pts ) Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1. A. place B. great C. basic D. artisan Question 2. A. sunbathe B. theater C. father D. weather Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in the position of second stress in each of the following questions. Question 3. A. surface B. attraction C. bamboo D. technology Question 4. A. convenient B. encourage C. material D. modernize Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions.


Question 5. It has been raining much these days. We wish it stop raining now so that we could have a nice picnic tomorrow. A B C D Question 6. Mrs Brown got used to use chopsticks during meals after living in Vietnam for a month. A B C D Question 7. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and unenjoyable A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8. After the tourists ………. two hours in the gallery, they ………. to a craft village. A. had spent/ travelled B. spent/ travelled C. had spent/ travelling D. spent/ had travelled Question 9. It’s not easy to give up………. . My uncle has tried ………. it lots of times without success. A. smoke/ to do B. to smoke/ doing C. smoking/ to do D. smoking/ doing Question 10. ………. university has been built in our area. A. An B. A C. The D. X Question 11. Air pollution has a bad influence ………. the environment. A. at B. in C. on D. to Question 12. My sister is a poet. She often takes ………. from the natural beauty. A. inspiration B. inspire C. inspiring D. inspirational Question 13. Look! The children are playing ………. in the school yard. A. happy B. happiness C. happier D. happily Question 14. My brother is a famous artisan in the village, ………. he is still very young. A. because B. although C. when D. however Question 15. We live in the mountainous area so we often go climbing ………. we have free time. A. whenever B. however C. whatever D. wherever Question 16. The artisans in my village can ………. basket weaving. They earn enough money from it. A. deal with B. come back C. live on D. pass down Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond to complete each of the following exchanges. Question 17. - Peter: It’s very kind of you to help us. Thanks a lot, Daisy! - Daisy: ………. .


A. It doesn’t matter. B. That’s right. C. You’re welcome! D. Thanks! Question 18. - Paul: Hi, John! How’s it going? Getting over jet lag? John: Yes, ………. . A. Yes, I ate pretty much last night. B. Yes, I read pretty much last night C. Yes, I slept pretty well last night. D. Yes, I studied pretty well last night. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 19. Students in our class always have a good relationship with one another. A. get on with B. know C. look after D. think about Question 20. At the weekends, the city is always crowded with people. A. full B. busy C. quiet D. packed Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 21. When you come inside a temple, you should take off your shoes and hat. A. go on B. put on C. get on D. turn on Question 22. In developing countries, a lot of people are still living in poverty. A. difficulty B. illiteracy C. health D. wealth Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each numbered blank. Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (23) ………. they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (24) ………. specialised products and so particular villages became famous (25) ………. such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products. With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained (26) ………. craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (27) ………. crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society. Question 23. A. where B. when C. how D. Why Question 24. A. do B. get C. give D. make Question 25. A. for B.at C. in D. after Question 26. A. her B. his C. their D. our Question 27. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial


Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sedney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain ( including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sedney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sedney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sedney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sedney famous: It’s beautiful harbor, the Sedney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sedney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. Question 28. Where did Captain Athur Philips arrive in 1788? A. Britain B. South Pacific C. Sedney D. Australia Question 29. The first population of Sedney was ………. . A. 1624 B. 770 C. 3.600.000 2394 Question 30. The things that make Sedney famous are ………. . A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife B. beaches

D.

C. Sedney Harbor Bridge and Sedney Opera House D. harbors Question 31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sedney? A. Sedney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. B. Sedney is the most exciting city in Australia. C. Sedney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into. D. Sedney is the busiest port in the South Pacific. Question 32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sedney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney. C. Sedney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sedney II. WRITING ( 2.0 pts ) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning each new one with the given word(s). Question 33. We started learning English when we were in grade 3. We have learnt (have been learning) English since we were in grade 3. Question 34. Ba doesn’t learn hard so his marks at school are always bad. If Ba learned hard, his marks at school wouldn’t be bad. (… would be good) Question 35. “ Please, come to see us whenever you have free time, Mary.”. Daisy said. Daisy invited Mary to come to see her whenever she had free time. Question 36. The children are listening to music in their room. Music is being listened to by the children in their room.


Combine two sentences into a new one, using the words in brackets. Do not change the given words in any way. Question 37. This book is so interesting that I have read it twice. (such) It is such an interesting book that I have read it twice. Question 38. I’ll give you a call immediately after I have finished my work. (as soon as) As soon as I have finished my work, I’ll give you a call. I’ll give you a call as soon as I have finished my work Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English. They can communicate with foreign customers. (order) The villagers are trying to learn English in order to communicate with foreign customers The villagers are trying to learn English in order that they can communicate with foreign customers Question 40. The children are eager to visit Hue next week. (forward) The children are looking forward to visiting Hue next week. ________ The end ________


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 87 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 ………... NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) (Đề thi có 03 trang)

Mã đề thi 87

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points ) Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. passage B. village C. message D. massage Question 2: A. century B. convenient C. consist D. comfortable Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. admire B. honour C. title D. difficult Question 4: A. chemical B. effective C. experience D. biology Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. Question 5: Every year Tom and Mary spend a few day at the same hotel by the sea. A B C D Question 6: Harry, alike his colleagues, is trying hard to finish his work early. A B C D Question 7: Vietnam National anthem, calling “Tien Quan Ca”, was written in 1954. A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8: Peter is sometimes unsuccessful because he's not_____ of other people's opinions. A. tolerate B. tolerable C. tolerant D. tolerance Question 9: He tried to walk ________ so as not to be late for school. A. fast B. quick C. rapid D. slowly Question 10: Lan is very tired. _____, she has to finish her assignment before going to bed A. Although B. However C. So D. Therefore Question 11: I think I’ve lost my new hat. I’ve ________it everywhere but I can’t find it. A. looked out B. looked in C. looked for D. looked on


Question 12: Many people are concerned ______ the pollution of the environment. A. about B. on C. to D. over Question 13: I wish I _______ all about this some weeks ago. A. knew B. had known C. have known D. would know Question 14: The 21st century has already seen considerable _____ in computer technology. A. progress B. progressing C. progresses D. process Question 15: She goes to school late because she lives very far from school. A. Unless she lives far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. B. Unless she lived far from school, she would go to school late. C. If she lived far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. D. If she didn’t live far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. Question 16: "Stay in bed for a few days", the doctor said to me. A. The doctor said me to stay in bed for a few days. B. The doctor told me to stay in bed for a few days. C. The doctor told me stay in bed for a few a days. D. The doctor told to me to stay in bed for a few days. Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 17: Many people feel nervous when they first make a speech in public A. impressed B. fearful C. confident D. upset Question 18: Today students are under a lot of pressure due to the high expectation from their parents and teachers. A. relaxation B. nervousness C. emotion D. stress Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 19: After seeing movie in the theater, we went window shopping. A. grazing B. buying C. just looking D. purchasing Question 20: Another word for fortune is ________ A. richness B. luck C. wealth D. goodness Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each of the following exchanges. Question 21: Hoa: “I suggest going camping next Sunday”. Lan: "______" A. That’s a fine day. B. That’s a good idea. C. That’s a reason. D. That’s a good trip Question 22: Tom: “When are we leaving for the concert?” Kyle: "______" A. No problem B. Certainly C. That’s right D. Straight away Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks


Television is one of man's most (23) _____ means of communication. It brings events and sounds (24) _____ around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (25) _____ or visit a foreign country. He can see a war being (26) _____ and watch statesmen try (27) _____ about peace. Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people places and things all over the world. TV even takes its viewers out of the world. It brings them coverage of American's astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space. Question 23: A. important B. importance C. unimportant D. unimportance Question 24: A. at B. in C. to D. from Question 25: A. speak B. speech C. speaking D. spoken Question 26: A. happen B. happens C. happened D. happening Question 27: A. bring B. to bring C. brought D. bringing

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times. Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently to the music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not make him feel good. A happy song might appear to make an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect of the music. The angry person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it, our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music. In fact, Pathagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them. Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects, they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music around us, and what effect it is actually having. Question 28. The text is about__________. A. The science of music B. Music and an angry person C. Understanding music D. The effects of music on human feelings Question 29. Music__________. A. cannot be chosen B. affects us in different ways C. affects everybody in the same way D. never makes us angry Question 30. According to the text, __________.


A. Everybody likes jazz B. a very angry person sometimes do not accept music C. No one likes jazz D. Jazz always makes us feel better Question 31. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the effects of music in__________. A. Greece B. China C. India D. Turkey Question 32. The word "Once" has a close meaning to__________. A. on time B. because C. when D. if II. WRITING (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words. Question 33: My brother often goes to bed late.  My brother gets used to…………………….…………………………………… Question 34: Were you at home last night?  You …….....…………………………………………..………………...……….. Question 35: Nobody can do this test because of its difficulty  Nobody can do this test because it ……………………………………………... Question 36: You can’t go into this restaurant without a jacket and a tie.  Unless ……………………………………………………………………………..

Put these words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences Question 37: isn’t / necessary/ finish/ you/ it/ Saturday/ by/ to/ for.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: for/ Mr. Hung/ worked/ for/ company/ has/ the/ ten/ years.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 39: the USA/ the/ Kingdom/ and/ United/ New Zealand/ are/ English/ all/ countries/ speaking.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: upcoming/ excited/ I’m/ workshop/ about/ the/ really/ pottery.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… _____The end_____


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 87) I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (from question 1 to question 32 ) 1. D 9. B 17. C 25. B

2. A 10. B 18. A 26. C

3. A 11. C 19. C 27. B

4. A 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. B 13. B 21. B 29. B

6. A 14. A 22. D 30. B

7. B 15. D 23. A 31. A

8. C 16. B 24. D 32. C

II. WRITING (2.0 points) Question 33: My brother gets used to going to bed late. Question 34: You were at home last night, weren’t you? Question 35: Nobody can do this test because it is difficult. Question 36: Unless you wear a jacket and a tie, you can’t go into this restaurant. Question 37: It isn’t necessary for you to finish by Saturday Question 38: Mr. Hung has worked for the company for 10 years. Question 39: The USA, the United Kingdom and New Zealand are all English speaking countries. Question 40: I’m really excited about the upcoming pottery workshop. _____The end_____


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 88 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 88

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. killed B. cured C. crashed D. waived Question 2: A. bush

B. rush

C. pull

D. lunar

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. conserve B. conquer C. conceal D. contain Question 4: A. compulsory

B. influential

C. oceanic D. advantageous

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. Question 5: At the moment I am spending my weekend go to camping with my friends. A B C D Question 6: . My father asked me to pay much attention to English next year. A B C D Question 7. When she came to my house I lied in bed listening to music. A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Question 8: I don’t have a computer. I wish I………….a new one. A. have B. have had C. had D. will have Question 9: When my father was young, he ……………get up early to do the gardening. A. was used to B. use to C. got used to D. used to Question 10: What would you do if you______________me? A. are B. have been C. were D. will be Question 11: A country which exports a lot of rice is called a(n)…………..country. A. rice-export B. exporting-rice C. export-rice D. rice-exporting Question 12: The boy_________eyes are brown is my friend. A. whose B. who C. whom D. which Question 13: I don’t have a computer. I wish I…………..a new one. A. have B. have had C. had D. will have


Question 14: The teacher told his students…………….laughing. A. stop B. stopping C. to stop D. stopped Question 15: I suggest________________a picnic on the weekend. A. to have B. having C. had D. have Question 16: She felt tired. ______________, she had to finish her homework. A. However B. Therefore C. So D. Although V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Question 17: Peter was late for his meeting with Daisy. -Peter: “I apologize for keeping you waiting for 2 hours. My car broke down on the way.” -Daisy: “………………………………….” A. You are very welcome. B. your apology is accepted C. thank you. D. it is my pleasure. Question 18: David and Linda are talking about the environmental problem. -David: “ I think to reduce pollution people should use public transport instead of their own cars.” -Linda: “……………………..” A. I don’t know. I just don’t think it’s for me. B. What nonsense! C. Yes, let’s. D. I can’t agree with you more. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 19: By the end of the storm, the hikers had depleted their emergency stores. A. lost

B. greatly dropped C. destroyed

D. used almost all of

Question 20: Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving devices. A. Official

B. Household

C. Foreign

D. Schooling

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 21: After her husband's tragic accident, she took up his position at the university. A. incredible

B. boring

C. mysterious

D. comic


Question 22: Doctors have criticized the government for failing to invest enough in the health service. A. praised

B. blamed

C. accused

D. commented

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. More and more people are discovering that sharing and talking about their favorite books with others can be as rewarding as the act of reading (23)…… . For people who feel that they are too busy to sit down with a book, a book club helps them schedule time to read , others have gained self-confidence by (24)……. in or leading a discussion. And most people enjoy the chance to (25)…….… new friends. A successful book club should have a group that is small enough so even the quiet people can be heard, but also big enough for many different (26)…… . The best arrangement is a (27)….… of ages, sexes, and backgrounds for more reading variety and livelier discussions. Question 23. A. it B. itself C. themselves D. oneself Question 24. A. participating B. taking C. talking D. sitting Question 25. A. do B. make C. from D. gather Question 26. A. characters B. issues C. attitudes D. opinions Question 27. A. mixture B. range C. number D. lot IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The invention of the phonograph happened quite by accident. Thomas Edison moved to Menlo Park, New Jersy in 1876, where he established an industrial research laboratory. There, Edison was working on a carbon telephone transmitter to improve the existing Bell telephone system. In that laboratory a year later, Edison invented the phonograph while he was trying to improve a telegraph repeater. He attached a telephone diaphragm to the needle in the telegraph repeater; in this way, he was able to reproduce a recording that could be played back. After he made some improvements to the machine, he tested it. He recited “Mary Had a Little Lamb” into the machine and played his voice back to a very surprised audience. Question 28. What is the best title for the passage? A. Thomas Edison’s many inventions B. Improvements in telephone and telegraph C. The History of Menlo Park D. An accidental invention Question 29. In what year did the invention of phonograph occur? A. 1876 B. 1877 C. 1878 D. the article does not say Question 30. What was Edison working on when he created the phonograph? A. A telegraph repeater B. A telegraph diaphragm C. A telephone repeater D. A telephone diaphragm


Question 31. According to the passage, how was the phonograph made? A. With a telephone needle and a recorder B. From a recording of a telegraph C. With only a telegraph repeater D. From a combination of telephone & telegraph part Question 32. According to the passage, how did Edison test his new invention? A. He made improvements to the machine. B. He used a carbon transmitter. C. He read a children’s rhyme. D. He produced the audience voice. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: She doesn’t know how to get access to the Internet =>………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Question 34: That man used to work with me when I lived in New York. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 35: Although it was raining heavily, the match continued until the last minute. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 36: The mechanic is repairing his car. => ………………………………………………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37: My father was very pleased. I passed the entrance exam with high points. (Adjective+ that clause) => ………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: The student writes well. I’ve read her composition. ( whose ) => ………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 39: the house is so large that they can’t paint in a week.( if) => ………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: She visited many countries. She had lots of friends. (the more…………the more) ………………………………………………………………………………………… .______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 88) 1. C 9. D 17. B 25.B

2D 10. C 18.D 26. D

3. B 11. D 19. D 27. A

4. A 12.A 20. B 28. A

5C. 13. C 21. D 29. B

6. D 14. C 22. A 30. A

7. C 15. B 23.B 31. D

8.C 16. A 24. A 32.C

Question 33: => She wishes she knew how to get access to the Internet. Question 34: => That is the man who used to work with me when I lived in New York. Question 35: => Despite the heavy rain, the match continued until the last minute. Question 36: => His car is being repaired by the mechanic. Question 37: => My father was pleased that I passed the entrance exam with high points Question 38: => The student whose composition I’ve read writes well Question 39=> If the house were not so large they could paint in a week Question 40: The more countries she visited, the more friends she had.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 89 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 89

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Câu 1: A. wounded B. combined C. considered D. believed Câu 2: A. research B. resent C. resemble D. resist II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Câu 3: A. describe B. descent C. design D. descant Câu 4: A. disappear B. recommend C. understand D. volunteer III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. Câu 5: Mrs Phuong, along with her students from Ha Noi, are planning to take part in charity in remote areas A. along with B. from C. are D. remote areas Câu 6: Thai Nguyen High School is a place in that I used to study when I was a child. A. in that B. to study C. when D. a child Câu 7: Helen Killer, who was both blind and deafness, overcame her inabilities with the help of her teacher, Ann Sulivan A. who B. blind C. deafness D. inabilities IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Câu 8: Gold_____________ in California in the 19 century A. has been discovered B. was discover C. they discovered D. was discovered Câu 9: She has read ______ interesting book. A. a B. an C. the D. no article Câu 10: Jupiter is _______ planet in the solar system. A. the biggest B. the big C. the bigger D. biggest Câu 11: Tommy wanted to know ______ . A. why his friends laughing B. why did his friends laugh C. the reason why his friends laughing D. why his friends were laughing Câu 12: He was believed ______ 3 years ago. A. to have gone back hometown B. to go back hometown


C. to be go back hometown D. to have been gone back hometown Câu 13: Education in England puts ______ force for children from 9 to 16 years old. A. into B. on C. off D. through Câu 14: I am _______ at paying my bills on time. A. hopeful B. hopeless C. hope D. hoping Câu 15: Students who study far from home often have problems with _______. A. houses B. rooms C. flats D. accommodation Câu 16: In his latest speech, the Secretary General_______ the importance of wildlife conservation. A. stressed B. excused C. extorted D. remained V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Câu 17: Mrs Quyen: “Word hard! Otherwise, you may fail the exam” Anna: “__________________” A. Ok, I will B. I think you have to C. I can’t fail it D. I see Câu 18: Teddy: “I’m very sorry for letting you wait for so long” Maria: “_______________” A. Don’t apologize. I’ve just arrived here. B. You’re welcome C. It doesn’t matter. Thank you D. My pleasure. Don’t worry about it VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 19: During their five-decade history the Asian Games have been advancing in all aspects. A. going off B. going over C. going by D. going ahead Câu 20: The International Union for Conservation of Nature Red List is a comprehensive catalogue of the conservation status of species. A. complete B. rational C. understandable D. valuable VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 21: Your experience with oil well fires will be invaluable to the company in case of trouble A. precious B. priceless C. important D. worthless Câu 22: A thrifty buyer chases fruits and vegetables in season. A. professional B. economical C. careful D. extravagant VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When is the Spring season? Spring is the season succeeding Winter and preceding Summer. Spring (23)________ to the season as well as to ideas of rebirth, rejuvenation, renewal, resurrection, and


regrowth. During Spring an important celebration (24)________: Easter Day. It varies between March 22 and April 25 in Western (25)________, and between April 4 and May 8 in Eastern Christianity. What happens in spring? Spring is a time when flowers bloom and trees begin to grow and (26)________. The days grow longer and the temperature in most areas become more (27)________. You can also contemplate the melting of ice and thawing of the ground. The weather during this period becomes much sunnier while hibernating animals begin to come out of hibernation. Question 23. A. takes B. has C. means D. refers Question 24. A. takes part in B. takes note C. takes into D. takes place Question 25. A. hope B. interest C. tradition D. belief Question 26. A. recall B. reproduce C. repeat D. remove Question 27. A. hot B. scorching C. temperate D. cold

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. These stories of killer bees in the news in recent years have attracted a lot of attention as the bees have made their way from South America. Killer bees are reputed to be extremely aggressive in nature, although experts that their aggression may have been somewhat inflated. The killer bee is a combination of the very mild European strain of honeybee and the considerably more aggressive African bee, which was created when the African strain was imported into Brazil in 1955. The African bees were brought into Brazil because their aggression was considered an advantage: they were far more productive than their European counterparts in that they spent a higher percentage of their time working and continued working longer in inclement weather than did the European bees. These killer bees have been known to attack humans and animals, and some fatalities have occurred. Experts point out, however, that the mixed breed known as the killer bee is actually not at all as aggressive as the pure African bee. They also point out that the attacks have a chemical cause. A killer bee stings only when it has been disturbed; it is not aggressive by nature. However, after a disturbed bee stings and flies away; it leaves its stinger embedded in the victim. In the vicera attached to the


embedded stinger is the chemical isoamyl acetate, which has an odor that attracts other bees. As other bees approach the victim of the original sting, the victim tends to panic, thus disturbing other bees and causing them to sting. The new stings create more of the chemical isoamyl acetate which attracts more bees and increases the panic level of the victim. Killer bees tend to travel in large clusters or swarms and thus respond in large numbers to the production of isoamyl acetate. Question 28. The subject of the paragraph before paragraph 1 was mostly likely_________. A. the creation of the killer bee B. the chemical nature of killer bees attacks C. stories in the media about killer bees D. ways of producing honey Question 29. The word "inflated" in paragraph 1 means_________. A. aired B. exaggerated C. blown D. burst Question 30. The word 'their' in paragraph 2 refers to_________. A. the European bees' B. the African bees' C. the killer bees' D. the honey bees' Question 31. Which is NOT mentioned in the passage as a contributing factor in an attack by killer bees? A. Panic by the victims B. The odor of isoamyl acetate C. Disturbance of the bees D. Inclement weather Question 32. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of killer bees? A. attack humans and animals B. are aggressive by nature C. travel in large clusters D. are a combination of European honeybee and African bee

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: Tom hasn’t watched a football match for 2 months. →……………………………………………………………………………..


Question 34: “You should apply for that job. It is suitable for you.” Kevin said to me. → ………………………………………………………………………………… Question 35: I didn’t have time so I was late. →………………………………………………………………………………………. Question 36: It is necessary to give the employee a full bonus. → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37. I like the essay. You wrote it yesterday.(which) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 38. Tokyo is bigger than Ho Chi Minh City. (as….as) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 39. I think we should put different kinds of wastes in different places. (suggested) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 40. It took me half an hour to write that letter (spent) → ………………………………………………………………………………………. .______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 89) 1.A 9. B 17. A 25. C

2A. 10.A 18.A 26. B

3. D 11. D 19. D 27. C

4.D 12. B 20.A 28. C

5. C 13. A 21. D 29. B

6. A 14. B 22. D 30. B

7. C 15. D 23.D 31. C

8D. 16. A 24. D 32. B

Question 33: → The last time Tom watched a football match was 2 months ago. Question 34: → Kevin advised me to apply for that job. Question 35: → If I had had time, I wouldn’t have been late. Question 36 → It is necessary for the employee to be given a full bonus. (It is necessary that the employee should be given a full bonus.) Question 37. => I like the essay which you wrote yesterday. Question 38. => Ho Chi Minh City isn’t as big as Tokyo. Question 39. => I suggested putting different kinds of wastes in different places. Question 40=> I spent half an hour writing that letter.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 90 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 90

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. angle B. capable C. ancient D. danger Question 2: A. goose B. horse C. oases D. crisis II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. admirable B. television C. advantageous D. vegetable Question 4: A. eschar B. escape C. eschew D. escheat III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. Question 5: My computer doesn’t work. I think that it is broke. A B C D Question 6. Everybody I know like to eat chocolates and ice-cream. A B C D Question 7. The teacher is telling the pupils what to use the new equipment. A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Question 8: I telephoned the station to make________of the time of the train. A. sure B. true C. real D. right Question 9: Several people were hurt in the accident but only one________to hospital. A. was taken B. was taking C. has taken D. has been taking Question 10: Mr. John will be leaving________Son La on Sunday. A. in B. at C. from D. for Question 11: The policeman explained to us________to get to the airport. A. how B. how can we C. how can D. how we can Question 12: He________his grandparents every Sunday. A. has visited B. visits C. is visiting D. was visiting


Question 13: The college got some money by selling one of its________old pictures. A. useful B. usual C. valuable D. helpful Question 14: He________in the cafe when she came. A. sat B. has sat C. has been sitting D. was sitting Question 15: ________you let me take a photograph of you? A. Will B. Shall C. May D. Must Question 16: All of us were________that he came first. He hasn’t been working hard so far. A. surprising B. to surprise C. surprised D. to be surprised V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Question 17: Today, there is going to be a good film on at the cinema, Mary suggests that her friend –Jane and she should watch it. -Mary. “ why don’t we go to the cinema now”? - Jane: “_____________” A. will you join us? B. yes, lets! C. I’d like it D. what play is it? Question 18: Hary was busy repainting his room. Lucy helped him a lot. Then, he thanked for her help. Hary: “Thanks for your help.Judy.” Judy: “_______________.” A. With all my heart B. Never remind me C. it’s my pleasure D. wish you VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 19: Old buildings should be razed to make space for new and modern ones. A. renovated B. demolished C. remodeled D. built Câu 20: This special offer is exclusive to readers of this magazine. A. presentable B. rewarding C. attractive D. limited VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 21: An employer must be very careful in dealing with subordinates and documenting their files in order to avoid complaints. A. bosses B. coordinators C. outside help D. employees Câu 22: My friend and his soccer coach are incompatible. They are always arguing. A. too different to work together B. almost exactly the same type C. really disliking each other D. getting on very well


VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Have you ever stopped (23)……… why people give each (24)……….. eggs at Easter ? - The Christian festival of Easter celebrates the return of Christ from the dead, but the festival is actually name (25)……….. the goddess of the sun, Eostre, whose name is taken from the East where she (26)……….. In very ancient times, Easter was a celebration that winter was (27)……… and that a new life was about to begin. Question A to wonder B. wondering C. wonder D. wander 23 . D. other Question A else B. person C. others 24 . Question A for B. about C. after D. with 25 . D. raises Question A goes B. sets C. rises 26 . Question A finish B. conclusion C. up D. over . 27 IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to . They often seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal development at this age , though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up . Young people are usually more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them . Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but should not push them to talk if they don't want to . Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if necessarry. Question 28.This passage is taken from a A. handbook for parents B. school timetable C. teenage magazine. C. book for children Question 29. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to. A. because most teenagers dislike being questioned. B. because teenagers don't want to talk to other people. C. because teenagers think adults are not honest D. because most teenagers hate adults. Question 30. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual.


A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them. B. When adults give them a lot money to spend. C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school. D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs. Question 31. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere. B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap C. women like smoking and drinking men D. they regard them as a mark of eduthood Question 32. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means A. feeling B. manners C. activities D. reaction. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: David has read a lot of books, however, he cannot find a good solution. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Question 34: People all over the country have helped the poor people in the flood region. => …………………………………………………………………………………………… … Question 35: Bill and Peter are not old enough to ride motor-cycles. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Question 36: Jack is stopped by the police because he passes the speed limit. => …………………………………………………………………………………………… … XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37: I don’t think he is strong. He can’t lift the box.(Enough) =>………………………………………………………………………………………… ………… Question 38: I am very buzy. I can’t go with you (if ) => …………………………………………………………………………………………… … Question 39: His house is big. It is not very far from here.(Which) =>………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Question 40: The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night. (whom)


…………………………………………………………………………………………… …. ______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 90) 1. A 9. A 17.B 25.C

2C 10. D 18. C 26. D

3. C 11. A 19. B 27. D

4. A 12.B 20. D 28. A

5. D 13.C 21. A 29. A

6. B 14. D 22.D 30. A

7. C 15. A 23.A 31D

8. A 16.C 24.D 32. B

Question 33: => Although David has read a lot of books, he cannot find a good solution Question 34: => The poor people in the flood region have been helped by people all over the country. Question 35=> Bill and Peter are not old enough to ride motor-cycles. Question 36: => If Jack didn’t pass the speed limit, he wouldn’t be stopped by the police. Question 37: => He is not strong enough to lift this box Question 38: => If I were free, I would go with you Question 39: =>His house which is not far from here is big Question 40: The man, whom you met at the party last night, is a famous actor.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 61 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP ………... 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 61

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. volcano B. make C. tidal D. crazy 2. A. visited

B. looked

C. needed

D. persuaded

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. exchange B. invite C. economic D. embroider 4. A. intermediate

B. documentary

C. reputation

D. communicate

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The students laughed happy when they saw the monkeys eating bananas. A

B

C

D

6. The information I got from the assistant was such confusing that I didn’t know what to do. A

B

C

D

7. Have you ever considered work as a teacher after graduating from university? A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. The_________growth rate of Vietnam reached about 8.0% in 2007.


A. economics

B. economically

C. economical

D. economy

9. I came ..................an old friend while I was walking along the street. A. across B. into C. over D. for 10. Sarah has to stay in bed for a few days _________ she is sick. A. because B. and C. but although 11. Mathew studied Physics _________ England from 2002 to 2006. A. at

B. about

C. in

D.

D. on

12. . His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house. A. a seven-room rooms

B. a seven-rooms C. seven room

D.

seven

13. It’s very late. We suggest _________ a taxi to get to the airport. A. catch B. catching C. to catch D. caught 14. Environmental _________ is a serious problem facing mankind today. A. pollute

B. polluted

C. pollution

D.

polluting 15. Your brother passed the final exam, _________? A. does he

B. doesn’t he

C. did he

D. didn’t he

16. Jennifer Aniston, _________ is perhaps best known for her role in “Friends”, has also appeared in several major films. A. that

B. who

C. whom

D. which

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Daughter: “Dad! I have just won the first prize in the Olympic English Contest.” Father: “__________________” A. Congratulations!

B. That’s a good idea.

C. Thank you.

D. I’d love to.

18. Peter: “Don’t fail to send your parents my regards.” Susan: “_____.” A. You’re welcome.

B. Thanks, I will.


C. Good ideas, thanks

D. It’s my pleasure.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He was asked to account for his presence at the scene of crime. A. complain

B. exchange

C. explain

D. arrange

20. The teacher gave some suggestions on what could come out for the examination. A. effects

B. symptoms

C. hints

D. demonstrations VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. The International Organizations are going to be in a temporary way in the country. A. soak

B. permanent

C. complicated

D. guess

22. She was happy that she could get in touch with a lot of her old friends when she went abroad to study. A. lose contact with

B. lose control of

C. put in charge of

D. make room for

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Electricity is the most common form of energy used today. (1) _________ the modern world, (2) _________ is instantly available at the touch of a switch. Electricity has numerous uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide artificial lighting. In factories, electricity is used to (3) _________ the electric motor of machines. In offices, electricity is used to light up (4) _________ workplace. It is also used to operate air-conditioners, computers (5) _________ many other machines. 23. A. In

B. Round

C. During

D. From

24. A. Gas

B. water

C. electricity

D. coal

25. A. Driven

B. drive

C. driving

D. drove


26. A. A

B. any

C. the

D. many

27. A. But

B. so

C. because

D. and

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease and pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year. Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non-smokers. We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke? 28. The number one cancer among men is____________. A. tongue cancer B. throat cancer

C. lung cancer

D. mouth cancer

29. The main cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer and throat cancer is__________. A. drinking

B. overeating

C. breathing

D. smoking

30. Every year, smoking causes about one million____________. A. cancer patients

B. killing diseases

C. early deaths

D. injured men

31. The word “it� in the passage refers to____________. A. cancer

B. smoke

C. air

D. breath

32. Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems? A. People who live in the city

B. People who live with smokers.

C. People who live with non-smokers.

D. People who live in the country.

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one.


33. “Can you speak English?” said Peter.  Peter asked me ______________________________________________________ 34. If it doesn’t rain, we will go to the cinema this evening.  Unless _____________________________________________________________ 35. They will make you pay a fine if they catch you smoking.  You ____________________________________________________________ 36. Can you use this computer?  You can________________________________________? XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Have you finished the book? I lent you the book two weeks ago. (which)  ___________________________________________________________________ 38. It’s a pity. we do not have a computer. (wish)  I ___________________________________________________________________ 39. Bob didn’t speak Dutch. However, He decided to settle in Amsterdam.

(In

spite of)  ___________________________________________________________________ 40. The house was too badly damaged in the fire, so it couldn’t be repaired. (too)  ___________________________________________________________________ ______The end______


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 61) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25. B

2. B 10. A 18. B 26. C

3. C 11. C 19. C 27. D

4. D 12. A 20. C 28. C

5. B 13. B 21. B 29. D

6. B 14. C 22. A 30. C

33. Peter asked me if / whether I could speak English. 34. Unless it rains, we will go to the cinema this evening. 35. You will be made to pay a fine if they catch you smoking. / You will be fined if they catch you smoking. 36. You can use this computer, can’t you?

7. B 15. D 23. A 31. B

8. B 16. B 24. C 32. B


37. Have you finished the book which I lent you two weeks ago 38. I wish we had/ could have a computer. 39. In spite of not speaking Dutch, Bob decided to settle in Amsterdam. In spite of the fact that Bob didn’t speak Dutch, He decided to settle in Amsterdam 40. The house was too badly damaged in the fire to be repaired


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 62 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP ………... 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 62

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. lived B. liked C. watched D. washed 2. A. when

B. who

C. where

D. what

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. baby B. novel C. people D. remind 4. A. learner

B. teacher

C. enjoy

D. doctor

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. His mother is very proud of him, doesn’t she? A

B

C

D

6. The man whom robbed you has been arrested. A

B

C

D

7. Miss Hoa stopped to type the letter when she saw me coming. A.

B.

C.

D.

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Mrs. Brown forgot her raincoat......she got wet. A. so

B. however

C. because

D. if

9. Peter is short. He's not…………… to be a policeman. A. so tall

B. tall enough

C. quite tall

D. enough tall


10. Jupiter spins faster than......planet. A. any

B. any another

C. any others

D. any other

11. The core of the moon is much smaller, in relation to its size of the planets. A. those

B. than those

C. ones

D. than are those

12. .......the stove when you have finished cooking. A. Put off

B. Put out

C. Put

D. Put up with

13. Coal......very widely as a source of energy until the 19th century. A. not used

B. did not use

C. not using

D. was not used

14. She arranged.......her friends in the afternoon as the weather was fne. A. meeting

B. to be meeting

C. to have met

D, to meet

15. 1 object.......the proposal to restrict the use of cars in the city. A. at

B. with

C. for

D. to

16. …………. is a festival which is celebrated in late March or early April in Israel and by all Jewish people. A. Christmas

B. Passover

C. Easter

D. Thanksgiving

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. John offered his mother a nice gift on her birthday. John's mother: Thank you very much for your gift! How wonderful it is! John: ______ A. Never mind!

B.

C. That's right.

D. Of course.

18.

William

is

talking

I'm

to

happy

Jennie

you

about

like

his

it.

headache.

William: Oh, dear. The pain in my head is killing me. Jennie: ________ A. How do you do?

B.

What

can

C. Don't mention it.

D. I'm sorry. I can't.

I

do

for

you

now?

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.


19. I’ll take the new job whose salary is fantastic. A. reasonable

B. acceptable

C. pretty high

D. wonderful

20. Carpets from countries such as Persia and Afghanistan often fetch high prices in the United States. A. Artifacts

B. Pottery

C. Rugs

D. Textiles

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. When being interviewed, You should focus on what the interviewer is saying or asking you. A. to pay no attention to

B. be interested in

C. be related

D. express interested in

22. They've always encouraged me in everything I've wanted to do. A. unpardoned

B. misconstrue

C. discouraged

D. impaired

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC. If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned (14)......in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected. Big Ben takes its (15)......from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible for the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built. It is not only of immense size. but is extremely accurate as well. Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked (18)......a day. On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (19).......to the clock tower. Big Ben has rarely gone wrong. Once, however, it failed to give the correct time. A painter (21)......had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it down.


23. A. up

B. on

C. down

D. off

24. A. place

B. name

C. fame

D. time

25. A. two

B. two time

C. couple

D. twice

26. A. connects

B. are connected

C. is connected

D. connect

27. A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. where

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. English is one of the most popular languages in the world. It comes second in the number of speakers after Chinese. In Vietnam, more and more people are studying English and they consider it a key to success. However, not everyone knows how to learn English effectively. The best way to improve the four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing is to practice regularly. You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with friends in class or at English speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror. Learning by heart all the words does not help much if you do not read a lot because you will easily forget what you have learnt. Reading books, listening to radio and watching films are better ways to memorize words. Besides. English learners should not be so shy because making mistakes is unavoidable in learning foreign languages. Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to correct your mistakes. * Questions 28. How many skills are mentioned in paragraph 2? A. 2

B. 4

C. 5

29. The word “memorize" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to …………… A. remember

B. forget

C. communicate

30. A good way to correct your mistakes is A. avoiding speaking English B. stopping learning English C. practicing speaking English a lot 31. According to the passage, which of the following statements Is TRUE?


A. You should never speak English with yourselves. B. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success. C. English learner should be shy if they make mistakes. 32. The passage is mainly about ………………….. A. how to learn English effectively. B. people who study English in Vietnam. C. how to read books, listen to radio and watch films B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “ I want to be a pilot, ” my brother said. - My brother said that _____________________________________. 34. Many trees died because of the bad weather. - Because the weather _____________________________________. 35. I don’t have the key, so I cannot get into the house. - If I __________________________________________________ . 36. We might find life on another planet. - Life on another planet____________________________________. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. His life is very hard. He studied very well. ( Although) → ………………..…………………………………… 38.The weather was terrible. We couldn’t go to the beach (So) ………………………………………………………………………………… 39. The book is very expensive. He bought it at the bookstore. (which” ) →……………………………………………………. 40. Do you like orange juice? Do you like apple juice?(or) ……………………………………………………………………………………


______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 62) 1. A 9. B 17. B 25. D

2. B 10. D 18. B 26. B

3. D 11. B 19. D 27. A

4. C 12. B 20. C 28. B

5. C 13. D 21. A 29. A

6. B 14. D 22. C 30. C

33. My brother said that he wanted to be a pilot. 34. Because the weather was bad, many trees died. 35. If I had the key, I could / would get into the house. 36. Life on another planet might be found 37. Although his life was hard, he studied very well. 38. The weather was terrible, So we couldn’t go to the beach 39. The book which he bought at the bookstore is very expensive. 40. Do you like orange juice or apple juice?

7. A 15. D 23. C 31. B

8. A 16. B 24. B 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 63 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO ………... LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 63

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. runs B. stands C. sleeps D. sprays 2. A. enjoyed

B. walked

C. watched

D. practiced

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. money B. student C. music D. enjoy 4. A. nation

B. mention

C. federation

D. option

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. You have read this interesting article on the website, have you? A

B

C

D

6. Jeans cloth made completely from cotton in the eighteenth century. A

B

C

D

7. My sister enjoys listening to music and dance with her friends. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I am not in a hurry. I don't mind..... A. waiting

B. wait

C. to wait

9. I wish Ann ......... here. She will be able to help us.

D. to waiting


A. were

B. weren't

C. is

D. wasn't

10. Relax for some minutes and you'll feel more ......... A. comfort

B. uncomfortable

C comfortable

D. comfortably

11. We ...................close friends since we were in grade 6. A. have been

B. will be

C. were

D. are

12. We were too tired ...................... doing the washing up after the meal. A. out

B. over

C. of

D. on

13. Thanh and Nga are going to Australia............learn English. A. so as to

B. so that

C. so as

D. in order that

14. I was tired, _______ I went to bed early last night. A. however

B. although

C. because

D. so

15. The children enjoy ______ to the zoo. A. taking

B. to play

C. being taken

D. took

16. Nam is a student. He always goes to ______ school at 6.30 in the morning. A. a

B. an

C. the

D. ∅

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Jane invites Mary to go to the cinema. Jane: “Would you like to go to the cinema with me this weekend?” Mary: “ _____________.” A. Yes, I’d love to.

B. Yes, I do

C. I agree with you

D. Yes, it is

18. Mr. Smith is have lunch a restaurant. Mr. Smith: “ Could you bring me some water?” Waiter:”_________” A. No, I don’t

B. I don’t wait

C. Certainly, sir

D. No, thanks.


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Ralph Nader was the most prominent leader of the U.S consumer protection movement. A. casual

B. significant

C. promiscuous

D. aggressive

20. Around 150 B.C. the Greek astronomer Hipparchus developed a system to classify stars according to brightness. A. record

B. shine

C. categorize

D. diversify

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. During the five- decade history the Asian Games have been advancing in all aspects. A. holding at

B. holding back

C. holding to

D. holding by

22. The distinction between schooling and education implied by this remark is important. A. explicit

B. implicit

C. obscure

D. odd

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Mr. Brown and some volunteer conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready (23)___________ the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’s instructions, they are divided (24)___________ three groups. After listening to Mr. Brown’s Group should check the sand, and group 3 has to check among the rocks. Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and they will be (25)__________ by Mr. Brown. He will take the bags to the garbage dump. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t (26)__________ the picnic lunch provided by Mrs. Smith until the whose area is clean. They are all eager to work hard so as to refresh this (27)__________ Area.


23. A. make

B. making

24. A. in

B. into

25. A. collected

B. chosen

26. A. eat

B.have

27. A. spoil

B. spoils

C. to make C. on C. selected C.do C. spoiling

D. made D. to D. elected D. cook D. spoiled

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney was founded as a British colony in 1788. Sydney was the first everlasting European settlement in Australia and today it is the country's largest city area, with about 4 million residents. Sydney is the seat of state government as the capital of New South Wales, Australia's most populous and economically important state. The city is an active cultural centre with a varied economy based on service industries, tourism, manufacturing, and international commerce. Its port is one of the leading centers of intercontinental trade in the Asia-Pacific region. Sydney is located on Australia’s southeastern coast at Port Jackson, a large, sheltered, deep-water inlet of the Tasman Sea. Sydney is well-known for its Opera House. The Sydney Opera House is the centerpiece of the city’s places for live performances of ballet, opera, and classical music. The Australian Opera, Australian Ballet, and Sydney Dance companies regularly stage performances there. Moreover, the place often hosts internationally touring performances. Sydney also has many places for musical theater, drama, and popular music. The Sydney Theatre Company is one of many successful theatre companies in the city. Sydney is also home to the internationally praised Australian Chamber Orchestra and Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The cultural life of Sydney is exciting and varied, reflecting the multicultural nature of the city. Many festivals, parades, and outdoor concerts cheer up the city streets in the summer months. Annual events include the Sydney Festival in January and February, the Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras in March, the Royal Easter Show in April, and the multicultural festival Carnival in September and October. Sydney has also


become world renowned for its street parties and fireworks on New Year's Eve and on Australia Day, celebrated on Sydney's Founding date, January 26. 28. According to the first paragraph, the following are true of Sydney EXCEPT…… A. It was set up in the 18th century. B. Europe had it as the first settlement in Australia. C. Now Sydney is the capital of Australia. D. Today it has a population of nearly 4 million people. 29. The word intercontinental in the first paragraph could be best replaced with…… A. within continents

B. into continents

C. out of continents

D. between continents

30. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is TRUE of the Sydney Opera House? A. International film festivals are held here. B. This place hosts live modern music programs. C. Plays are not performed here. D. This building makes Sydney famous. 31. In the last paragraph, the word “annual” means…… A. each year

B. every year

C. yearly

D. all year round

32. From the passage, it can be inferred that Sydney was established…… A. on New Year’s Eve, 1791

B. in April, 1789

C. in October, 1790

D. in January, 1788

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “I want to send my son to a university in the UK,” she said. She said ...............................................................................................in the UK. 34.Teachers should educate students to preserve traditional values. Students ..............................................................................................teachers. 35.She doesn’t know how to get access to the Internet.


She wishes..............................................................................................the Internet. 36. I last saw Peter when he attended the school meeting I haven’t……………………………….....…………………………meeting. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.He read the poem to us yesterday. The poem has been translated into several languages. (which) ...................................................................................................................................... 38. Mr. Ba is too old. That's the reason why he can not continue the work. (If ) ...................................................................................................................................... 39. The new restaurant looks good. However, it seems to have few customers.(In spite) ...................................................................................................................................... 40. The children couldn't go swimming because the sea was too rough. (too) ...................................................................................................................................... ______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 63) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25. A

2. A 10. C 18. C 26. A

3. D 11. A 19. B 27. C

4. C 12. C 20. C 28. C

5. D 13. A 21. B 29. A

6. A 14. D 22. A 30. B

7. C 15. A 23. C 31. C

8. A 16. D 24. B 32. D

33.She said that she wanted to send her son to a university in the UK. 34. Students should be educated to preserve traditional values by teachers. 35.She wishes she knew how to get access to the Internet. 36. I haven’t seen Peter since he attended the school meeting 37.The poem which he read to us yesterday has been translated into several languages. 38. If Mr. Ba were not too old, he could continue the work


39. In spite of its appearance, the new restaurant doesn't appear to attract much business. 40. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming.


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 35 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 35

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. versatile

B. slice

C. sprinkle

D. combine

2. A. sprinkle

B. drain

C. tender

D. garnish

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. assure 4. A. concentration

B. pressure B. favorable

C. figure

D. leisure

C. adolescence

D. relaxation

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. David ________ a seat on the evening flight to Ho Chi Minh City. A. travelled

B. paid

C. booked

D. made

6. In Con Dao, there are green _______ of forests and fresh meadows and the houses with red roofs, which forms the picture of nature with bright colours. A. lands

B. regions

C. wilderness

D. stretches

7. A __________ is usually necessary when you travel overseas. A. passport

B. driving license C. birth certificate D. degree

8. Our plane arrives in Hanoi at _________ two o’clock in ______ afternoon. A. Ø - the

B. the - the

C. a - a

D. the - an

9. They are going to spend their holiday ____________ rural French. A. relaxing

B. exploring

C. reserving

D. searching

10. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, Dong Ho paintings were difficult to sell and many quit their job. A. craftsmen

B. crafts

C. craftsmanship 2

D. craft unions


11. Cua Lo Beach is also famous for its beautiful islands such as Lan Chau and Song Ngu, which protect it from heavy storms and strong winds ____ from the East Sea. A. to come

B. to come in

C. coming

D. coming in

12. There was a long queue at the ________ and customers were getting impatient. A. stop over

B. take-off

C. departure longue

D. check-out

13. Excuse me, how much is a ____________ to New York? A. ticket return

B. returning ticket C. return ticket D. ticket returning

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Chinese Painting became popularly around 581 AD since more and more people began to appeciate its beauty. A B C D 15. In order that promote the development of the craft village, more support from local authorities is needed. A

B

C

D 16. He said that he will pick me up at 8 am the following day. A

B

C

D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.

- “____________________”

“Yes, I like it”

A. Did you enjoy your holiday?

C. What was the weather like there?

A. How was the wave?

D. How was the beach?

18. - “Could you do me a favor, please? -”___________________________” A. Let me help you

C. No, thanks. I’m fine.

B. Sure. What can I do for you?

D. Yes, go ahead!

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. This year, more girls enrolled on courses in art and design.

3


A. Avoided enlisted

B. inserted

C. erased

D.

20. In some rural areas, women and girls are forced to do most of the housework A. Invited

B. encouraged

C. made

D. contributed

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Much has to be done to achieve gender quality in employment opportunities. A. Attain

B. obtain

C. reach

D. abandon

22. People have eliminated poverty and hunger in many parts of the world. A. Created

B. eradicated

C. phased out

D. wiped out

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Living in Vietnam today (23) ________ greatly from the life style of 100 years ago. People in the past mainly worked in agriculture (24) _________ today there are significantly less people working in this sector of the economy. These days, by comparison, people are more likely to be employed in manufacturing and tourism than in the rice fields. Moreover, Vietnam, which was (25)________ agrarian, is transforming into an entirely different country. While agriculture is still an important component of the Vietnamese economy, other enterprises are (26) ________ an increasing amount of economic activity. However, along with the differences, similarities also exist. The people of Vietnam have retained many of the characteristics of their forefathers. The Vietnamese people are as friendly today as they were in the past. This is best exemplified in the way they welcome foreigners (27) __________their unique country. Moreover, the resilience and determination of the people of Vietnam has not changed. The Vietnamese work collectively and happily towards the development of their country. 23. A. compares 24. A. however 25. A. traditionally 26. A. grasping for 27. A. on

B. differs B. therefore B. gradually B. holding for

C. becomes

D. offers

C. whereas

D. when

C. occasionally C. making up for

B. at

C. to

D. presently D. accounting for D. for

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

4


In the past, getting recipes and cooking tips was a complicated process. A person had to go to the store and buy a cook book, or get recipes from friends. Fortunately, the internet has changed all that. Now, if you want to find a recipe for lasagna or cob salad, you just search online. It couldn’t be simpler. Cooking blogs are a great source of information because they are free and there are so many of them. They are also nice because they give all different kinds of ideas. The problems with blogs is that because we don’t know who is writing them, we need to use with caution. When you are looking at a new blog, you don’t know if the writer knows what he or she is talking about. We’d like to introduce two popular cooking blogs. The first is called smitten kitchen. This website is run by a family living in New York City. It focuses on food that doesn’t require many ingredients. If you want to make food that is simple but wonderful, then this is the site for you. It offers hundreds and hundreds of recipes, divided into categories. You will be amazed at how many there are. Wednesday Chef is another great cooking blog. It is run by a writer who lives in Berlin. This blog also offers many recipes, along with recommendations for great restaurants in Berlin, and advice for people who want to start their own blogs. Wednesday Chef has great pictures of its food, as well as interesting pictures of Berlin. The blog got its name because in the past, newspapers published their food articles on Wednesdays. There are a lot of cooking blogs on the internet, and most of them are pretty good. Go online and check some of them out. You might be surprised at how much they can help you improve your cooking. 28. How did Wednesday A. The writer posts recipes on Wednesdays.

Chef

get

its

name?

B. The writer only cooks on Wednesdays. C. The writer was born on Wednesdays. D. Newspapers used to publish food articles on Wednesdays. 29. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of cooking blogs? A. There are B. Everyone who writes them is an expert.

many

C. They are free. D. They give a lot of different ideas. 30. Who runs the blog Smitten Kitchen? A. A family in New York

B. A woman in New York

C. A family in Berlin

D. A woman in Berlin

31. What does the passage say about Smitten Kitchen?

5

of

them.


A. It only gives recipes on Italian food. B. It focuses on simple recipes. C. It only offers a few recipes. D. Most of the food on that blog is hard to make. 32. Why should we be careful when we are looking at new blogs? A. We don’t know who the writers are. B. Most new blogs are terrible. C. The recipes on new blogs are usually hard to make. D. They charge you some fees to get the recipes. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It took me a long time to be accustomed to living in the country. -> It took me a long time to get ……………………………………….. 34. My school is near my home, so I go to school on foot every day. -> My school isn’t …………………………………………………….. 35. I would like my sister to improve her English speaking -> I wish ……………………………………………………………….. 36. Vietnamese people only eat dried candied fruit at Tet. -> Dried candied fruit ………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. That house is part of the town’s heritage, but the council is demolishing it. (WISH) →………………………………………………………………………………………. 38. I’m not good at English, so I can’t become a tour guide. (IF) →………………………………………………………………………………………. 39. Mary said she would hold an event about skin care the following month. (WILL) →………………………………………………………………………………………. 40. He gave her the book “The fault in our stars” as a birthday gift. (SHE)

6


→………………………………………………………………………………………. ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 35)

1.C

2.A

3.A

4.B

5.C

6.D

7.A

8.A

9.B

10.A

11.D

12.D

13.C

14.B

15.A

16.B

17.A

18.B

19.D

20.C

21.D

22.A

23.B

24.C

25.A

26.D

27.C

28.D

29.B

30.A

31.B

32.A

33. It took me a long time to get used to living in the country. 34. My school isn’t far from my home, so I go to school on foot every day. 35. I wish my sister improved her English speaking. 36. Dried candied fruit is only eaten by Vietnamese people at Tet. 37. I wish my sister improved her English speaking 38. If I was/were good at English, I could become a tour guide. 39. “I will hold an event about the skin care next month”, Mary said. 40. She was given the book “The fault in our stars” as a birthday gift. ______The end______

7


8


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 36 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 36

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. treasure

B. pleasure

C. ensure

D. measure

2. A. daughter

B. author

C. laundry

D. sausage

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. artefact

B. embroider

C. carpentry

D. conical

4. A. complicated

B. experience

C. prosperity

D. traditional

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The children were acting ________ the story of the birth of Jesus. A. out

B.on

C. down

D. at

6. The manager told me to pass ________ the message I had just read. A. in

B. to

C. on

D. for

7. Stern insisted that she come downtown so that he could explain to her ________. A. face

B. direct

C. indirect

D. face to face

8. Youngsters love to eat from street ________ for the cheap price. A. vans

B. vendors

C. trucks

D. business

9. Ben ________ a lot of in his job but now, since his promotion, he doesn’t. A. used travel

B. used to travel

C. used to traveling

D. is used to traveling

10. I wish I ________ find the time to do more reading. A. may

B. will

C. could

D. can

11. When I see the kids playing football, I almost wish I ________ their age again. 9


A. was

B. am

C. would be

D. could be

12. Where ________ before you moved here? A. did you use to live

B. did you used to live

C. used you to live

D. do you use to live

13. I’ve just found 20 dollars in my pocket! ________! A. How crazy

B. That’s right

C. Thanks a lot

D. How cool

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. My sister had worked in the bank for five years before she had been sent to Da Nang. A

B

C

D

15. The children were frightening by the thunder and lightning. A

B

C

D

16. We shouldn’t build cable car system of Son Doong Cave. A

B

C

D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.Nam:“ Which gender, do you think workers harder: male or female?” Lan: “___________” A. I think it depends on individuals rather than gender B. Male like high position jobs more than females C. Females prefer to have a stable job D. Both males and females are responsible for childcare. 18. Nam : “ Which gender spends most of the time shopping ?” Lan : “__________” A. B. C. D.

Shopping has always been my hobby More and more people are shopping online these days. Both genders like shopping It depends on who keeps the money

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Our government has done a lot to eliminate gender inequality. A. cause

B. remove

C. add

D. allow

20. We never allow any kind of discrimination against girls at school. 10


A. approve

B. deny

C. refuse

D. debate

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Because Jack defaulted on his loan, the bank took him to court. A. failed to pay

B. was paid much money

C. had a bad personality D. paid in full 22. His career in the illicit drug trade ended with the police raid this morning. A. legal

B. irregular

C. secret

D. elicited

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Jalan Hang Jebat, or Jonker Walk is it commonly known, is a street in (23)________ Chinatown of Melaka starting just across the river from the Dutch Square. Jonker Walk is flanked on (24)________ sides of the road with heritage houses dating (25)________ to the 17th century. At that time, rich Baba Nonyas (also known as Perankans, descendents of 15th - 16th century Chinese immigrants marrying local Malay women) lived and (26)________ their business here. Today, the street houses many shops selling antiques, textiles, (27)________ and souvenirs (similar to what you can find at Central Market in Kuala Lumpur). On the weekends, starting Friday night at 6pm, the road is closed off for traffic and turns in a very crowded night market. The famous Chicken Rice Ball dish can also be found here, just opposite the start of Jonker Walk near the bridge. 23. A. history

B. historic

C. historical

D. historically

24. A. both

B. each

C. every

D. very

25. A. in

B. back

C. on

D. for

26. A. lived

B. made

C. did

D. put

27. A. cars

B. handicrafts

C. houses

D. rice

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. SIMPLE WAYS TO LOSE WEIGHT ON A BUDGET Plan to Cook at home Instead of buying costly prepared meals, which often tend to be high in calories, cook your own at home. Plan out our meals with high – fiber foods like beans and whole grains

11


which will keep you full and are a cheaper, healthier alternative to rich proteins and more processed grains. Eat less Eating less leads to weight loss, and cost savings, especially if you cut down on the right things. Start by cutting your portions of spicy meat and poultry. Or swap out meat and poultry for cheaper vegetarian proteins likes beans, lentils, tofu and eggs for some of your meals. Double Up on Vegetables Vegetables are great for weight loss, as well as all- around health. They are low in calories and high in water and fiber – two things that keep you feeling full. Save cash by shopping for those that are in season. Frozen vegetables can be a great bargain, with just as much nutrition as fresh, since they are picked and frozen at thier peak ripeness. Get Creative with your exercise options You don’t need to shell out a monthly gym fee to get moving. Instead, find fun activities you enjoy for free. If you’re just getting started with a regular exercise routine, try your beginning with daily walks: start slowly and build up time and speed. Make friends with someone One of the most powerful resources you have for helping you lose weight is your social network. Find a friend who is also trying to lose weight and agree to help each other say motivated. One study found that when friends participated in a group weight – loss programme together, they lost more weight than people who did the same programme on their own. 28. The advantage of cooking at home is _________. A. to have food that is high in calories B. to enjoy a variety of rich proteins and more processed grains C. to plan out your costly prepared meals D. to choose foods that keep you full and is cheaper 29. In order to cut down on your daily calories, you should do all the following things EXCEPT _________. A. follow vegetarian diets for your meals B. eat less meat and poultry C. eat more beans, lentils, tofu and eggs D. cut down on animal proteins for some of your meals 30. All of the following are true about vegetables EXCEPT that _________. A. vegetables can keep you feeling full 12


B. they help you lose weight effectively C. frozen vegetables are not good for your health D. you feel healthier and save money with fresh vegetables in season 31. We can infer from the article that _________. A. you should join in a social network instead of going to a gym B. a partner can make you feel more motivated in losing weight C. you should find fun activities at the gym and follow them

32. The phrase “shell out” is closest in meaning to _________. A. become more interesting in something B. pay money for something C. peel something out D. take someone out of a shell. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X.Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. They often went to school by bike when they were young. -> They used .......................................................................... 34. She has taught her children to play the piano for 4 years -> She started ....................................................................... 35. It’s a pity I can’t cook as well as my mom -> I wish ............................................................................ 36. Shall we use Perfume Pagoda as a theme of the presentation? -> She suggests ................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.Finish your homework or you can’t go out with your friend. (IF) -> ...........................................................................................................

13


38. They’re not sure how they should operate the new system. (TO) -> ........................................................................................................... 39. It took me 4 hours to read the first chapter of the book. (SPENT) -> ........................................................................................................... 40. Snowboarding is more dangerous than tennis. (AS) -> ........................................................................................................... ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 36)

1.C

2.D

9.B

10.C

17.A

18.D

25.B

26.C

3.B

4.A

5.A

6.C

7.D

8.B

12.A

13.D

14.D

15.B

16.C

19.B

20.A

21.D

23.C

24.A

27.B

28.D

29.A

31.B

32.D

11.A

22.A 30.C

33. They used to go to school by bike when they were young 34. She started teaching her children to play piano 4 years ago 35. I wish I could cook as well as my mom 36. She suggests using Perfume Pagoda as a theme of the presentation. 37. If you don’t finish your homework, you can’t go out with your friend. 38. They’re not sure how to operate the new system. 39. I spent 4 hours reading the first chapter of the book. 40. Tennis is not as dangerous as snowboarding.

14


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 37 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 37

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. spread 2. A. sauce steam

B. cream

C. bread B. stew

D. C. sugar

head D.

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. acceptable B. affordable C. reliable D. fashionable 4. A. skyscraper B. populous C. financial D. fabulous III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. He suggests ______ that they should adopt a different way of bringing up their children. 15


A. parents B. for parents C. toward parents D. to parents 6. If there is a mechanical problem, we suggest _____ the manufacturer directly. A. contact B. to contact C. contacting D. to contacting 7. It is __________ that the best time to visit Hanoi is September A. believed B. worth C. rumored D. wondered 8. It ____________ that Po Nagar Cham Towers were built in the 8th century. A. considered B. was considered C. has considered D. considers 9. I suggest you _____________________Ha Long Bay isn’t picturesque. A. to visit B. visiting C. visited D. should visit 10. The limestone formation of Thien Duong cave is more _________ than that of Phong Nha Cave. A. spectacular B. probable C. geological D. sight-seing 11. During Perfume Pagoda festival, a large number of _______ flock to the pagoda to prey for happiness and prosperity in the coming year. A. spectators B. passengers C. pilgrims D. travellers th 12. In the 17 century, the Viet people ____________________ the temple tower, calling it Thien Y Thanh Mau Tower. A. put on B. looked for C. got into D. took over 13. The police caught the thief _________ the corner of Cascade and Plum Streets. A. under B. at C. on D. in IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.

Stronger measures will have to be made to reduce the environmental A B C D pollution in Ho Chi Minh city. th 15. It thought that the first temple was built at the current site in the 15 century. A B C D 16. It’s worth to talk to your financial adviser before making your final decision. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.

Linda: “Which gender is most likely to as strangers for direction?” Jean: “________” A. Men sometimes ask strangers for directions as well. B. Women are because their sense of space and directions is worse. C. Both men and women can use GPS these days. D. GPS is very useful to help car drivers. 18. Mary: “Why are there generally so few women in top positions?” Peter: “_______” 16


A: Top positions are the highest in the career ladder. B: Top positions are high to climb to. C: I guess men tend to make better leaders. D: Women also want to climb to top positions. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Experiences at work help women to widen their knowledge. A. eliminate B. broaden C. restrict D. spoil 20. If women have to do too much housework, they cannot concentrate or work effectively. A. learn B. distract C. focus D. ignore VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Both genders should be provided with equal rights to education, employment and healthcare. A. deprived of supplied with

B. funished with

C. equiped with

D.

22. We should not allow any kind of discrimination against women and girls. A. inequality

B. hatred

C. unbiased feeling

D. intolarance

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Ha Long Bay is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and popular travel (23)_______ in Quang Ninh Province, Vietnam. The bay features of thousands of limestone karsts and isles in various shapes and sizes. Ha Long Bay is a center of a larger zone which (24)______ Bai Tu long Bay to the northeast, and Cat Ba island to the southwest. Ha Long Bay has an area of around 1,553km2 , including 1,9600 – 2,000 islets, most of (25)______ are limestone. The core of the bay has an area of 334km2 with a high density of 775 islets. The limestone in the bay has gone through 500 million years of formation in different conditions and environments. The evolution of the karst in this bay has taken 29 million years (26)_______ the impact of the tropical wet climate. The geodiversity of the environment in the area has created (27)________ , including a tropical evergreen biosystem, ocenic and sea shore biosystem. Ha Long Bay is home to 14 endemic floral species and 60 endemic faunal species. 23.

A. situation

B. destination

C. direction

24.

A. offers

B. includes

C. consists

D. covers

25.

A. them

B. those

C. which

D. whom

17

D. ground


26.

A. in

B. of

C. for

27.

A. biochemical

B. biodiversity

C. bioconversation

D. biodefense

D. under

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. TAKING A WORKING HOLIDAY One of the most difficult things young people face when they want to travel is the lack of funds. During the summer holiday and possibly at weekeds, they are able to take on part-time jobs, but the money make is just a drop in the bucket of what they need to travel far away. For example, travelling to Australia from Vietnam can be quite expensive just foe an airline ticket, and to a lot of students want to travel, it can seem out of reach. For students want to travel Australia and New Zealand in particular, however, they are in luck. Although many countries offer working holidays, these two countries are wellknown for offering them. When a young person signs up to get a working holiday visa, he only pays for the round-trip airfare to get to either place and only needs to carry some extra cash for incidentals. Once he is there, a job awaists where he can earn some money. Many of the jobs require little or no experience such as picking fruit or working in a busy pub out in the countryside. Some of the jobs require more experience that most people or unlikely to have, such as being certified welder to work for eight weeks on a farm. That shouldn’t discourage you, though, there is always something to be found if you search hard enough. There are many websites that advertise working holidays in Autralia and New Zealand. If you have the courage and are looking for a way to make a little money and see the world, it might be just the ticket you were looking for. 28. Where can people find working holidays advertised? A. On the Internet C. On the radio

B. In D. In travel guidebooks

29. What can seem out of reach for young people? A. Being able to get time off from school. B. Being able to earn money. C. Being able to find a part-time job. D. Being able to travel. 30. Why would a student NOT want to take a working holiday? A. To see how fearful he is

B. To earn money

18

magazines


C. To see the world

C. To visit a new place

31. Which students are in luck according to the passage? A. The one who have airline tickets B. The ones who are C. The ones who want to go to Australia and New Zealand

on

holiday

D. The ones who want have a part-time job 32. According to the passage, which statement is true? A. People on working holidays must be from Australia and New Zealand B. A young person needs a special visa to go on working holiday C. Some working holiday are not paid D. Picking fruit is the only job available for young people on working holidays B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33.

Jack’s parents made him study a lot for the entrance exam to high school. → Jack was …………………………………………………… 34. You can’t register for a course abroad if you don’t have a passport. → Unless …………………………………………………………………. 35. “Why don’t we visit the Royal Citadel first?” Quang said. → Quang suggested that ………………………………………….... 36. People expect that he will join the company soon. → He ……………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. 38. 39. 40.

He said he wouldn’t have enough time to finish the job. (WILL) → ……………………………………………………………………… When did your friends eat that chocolate cake? (WAS) → …………………………………………………………………………… “ What are skill that concern you most?” my teacher asked (I) → ………………………………………………………………………… I have never read such as interesting novel as The Little Prince. (MOST) → …………………………………………………………............. ______The end______

19


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 37)

1.B

2.C

9.D

10.A

17.B

18.C

25.C

26.D

3.D

4.C

5.D

6.C

7.A

8.B

12.D

13.B

14.C

15.A

16.B

19.B

20.C

21.B

23.B

24.B

27.B

28.A

29.D

31.C

32.B

11.C

22.C 30.A

33. Jack was made to study a lot for the entrance exam to high school by his parents. 34. Unless you have a passport, you can’t register for a course abroad. 35. Quang suggested that we (should) visit the Royal Citadel first. 36. He is expected to join the company soon. 37. “I will not have enough time to finish the job”, he said. 38. When was that chocolate cake eaten by your friends? 39. My teacher asked me what skills that concerned me most were. 40. The little Prince is the most interesting novel that I have ever read.

20


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 38 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 38

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. garnish B. slice C. dip D. grill 2. A. layer B. frame C. artisan D. place II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. access B. wander C. conduct D. asset 4. A. cosmopolitan B. communication C. multicultural D. metropolitan III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The controller of the body is the_______ system. Led by the brain and nerves, it allows us to move, talk and feel emotion. A. Circulatory B. digestive C. nervous D. respiratory 6. ___________system of the body lets us break down the food we eat and turn it A. Circulatory B. Digestive C. Nervous D. Respiratory 7. Skeletal system of the body is made up our____________. It supports our body and protects our organs. A. bones B. muscles C. nerves D. respiratory 8. The human________ system is a series of organs responsible for taking in oxygen and expelling carbon dioxide. A. Circulatory B. digestive C. nervous D. respiratory 9. I’ve been a night owl ________ up late for years, hitting the sheets anytime between 12 and 3 a.m” A. finishing B. getting C. staying D. waking 10. Fish, poultry, beans or nuts _______ half of their dinner plate. A. make of B. make out C. make up D. make up of 11. Yoga increases endurance, __________and flexibility. A. blood B. powerful C. strength D. strong 12. As per the study, handful of nuts daily can cut people’s__________ of coronaty heart disease and cancer by nearly 22 percent. A. chance B. luck C. opportunity D. risk 13. Acupuncture modality relies on sophisticated skills to select appropriate acupoints to________ needless accurately. A. infuse B. inject C. insert D. install IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions.

21


14. Despite of its general safety, acupuncture isn’t for everyone. A

B

C

D

15. Look at the dark clouds. I’m sure it will rain soon. A

B

C

D

16. Acupuncture is one of the oldest medical treatment in the world. A

B

C

D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Mr. Vinh: “ Which gender tend to live longer?” Miss Diep: “________” A. Women tend to live 5 years longer than men. B. Women like a peaceful and quiet life. C. Men want to live an active life. D. Both men and women tend to live longer. 18.

Karen: “As women live longer than men, should they retire later?” A. When women are retired, they want to enjoy life. B. When women are retired, they still want to continue work. C. The government is still discussing the retirement age. D. I don’t think so. Physically, they are weaker and they need to retire earlier.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Mary is planing to tie the not with her German boyfriend next June. A. get married B. say goodbye C. get together D. fall in love 20. In sonic Asian countries like Vietnam or China, money is given to newly-married couple as a wedding present. A. gift B. donation C. souvenir D. contribution VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Family value are likely to pass down from generation to generation. A. put down 22.

B. cut down

C. go down

D. hand down

Women’s salaries are becoming important to their house whole budgets. A. funds

B. costs

C. expenses

22

D. fees


VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Like other big cities in Asia, Hanoi began to (23)________the tram system in the early 1900s. A few years later, due to its cheap fares and convenience, this system rapidly became one of the most popular means of transport. There were five tram routes with Hoan Kiem lake as a central station for residents to get (24) ________ the city and to the suburn areas. However, because of the population boom and the urgent demand for the upgrading the more modern road system, the rail tracks were (25)________removed and completely disappeared in 1990. These days, the fact that the population of the capital has risen remendously results in dramatic increase in the number of vehicles on the roads. To meet the increasing travel demands and reduce traffic congestion, the first 13-kilometre skytrain system, connecting Cat Linh and Ha Dong is (26)_______and it is expected to be completed by 2018. Each four-compartment skytrain with the length of approximately 80 metres and the height of about 3.8 metres has a capacity or 1,362 pssengers. Additionally, a new rail system including over eight kilometres of skytrain rail and four kilometres of subway rail, (27)__________links Hanoi Central Station to Nhon, also being built recently. The capacity of each skytrain in this efficient high-speed rail system is roughly 1,200 passengers. 23. A. discover

B. improve

C. operate

D. install

24. A. around

B. over

C. by

D. ahead

25. A. occasionally

B. gradually

C. regularly

D. eventually

26. A. pressed

B. launched

C. produced

D. announced

27. A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. where

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Have you ever noticed advertisements which says “Learn a foreign language in 6 weeks, or your money back. From the first day your pronunciation will be excellent. Just send…” and so on? Of course, it never happens quite like that. One’s mother language is easier to learn, but it also requires a lot of practice to be fluent. And think how much practice that gets! Before the Second World War, people usually learned a foreign language in order to read the literature of the country. Now speaking a foreign language is what most people want. Every year millions of people start learning one. How they do it? Some people try it at home, with books and records of tapes; some use radio or television programmes; some use computers and network; others go to evening classes. If they use the language only 2 or 3 times a week, it will take a long time, like learning a foreign language at school. A few people try to learn a the language fast by studying for 6 or more hours a day. It is clearly easier to learn the language in the country where it is spoken. However, most people cannot afford this, and for many it is not necessary. They need the language in order to do their work better. For example, scientists and doctors chiefly need to be able to read books and reports in the foreign language. Whether the language is learned quickly or slowly, it is hard work. Machines and good books will help, but they cannot do the students’ work for him. 28. According to some advertisements, you______. A. have to pay your money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks. B. needn’t pay your money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks. C. must pay your money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks.

23


D. will be paid much money if you cannot master a foreign language in 6 weeks. 29. Now most people try to learn a foreign language in order to________. A. read the literature of the country B. read books and reports C. do their work better D. go to foreign countries 30. The best way to learn a foreign language is________. A. to go to the country where the language is spoken B. to use machines and good books C. to go to evening classes D. to do as the advertisments tell you to 31. Learning a foreign language is a hard job______. A. only for scientists and doctors B. only for the students at schools C. for those people at home D. for most people 32. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? A. it is very difficult to learn a foreign language, including the native language B. few people can afford to learn a foreign language in the country where it is spoken. C. to learn one’s mother tounge also need a lot of practice. D. machines and good books are useless for us to learn a foreign language. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Everyone had gone home when I came to the party. → As soon as……………………………………………………………………………………. 34.

This country is unsafe to visit during summer vacation. → It is……………………………………………………………………………………………

35.

There has been a dramatic increase in the number of people learning English. → The number of people………………………………………………………………………..

36.

Phong went to the beach after working hard for a week. → After Phong…………………………………………………………………………………..

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. This is the first time I have heard about the tram system in Hanoi. (NEVER) →…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 38. Firefighters spent two hours releasing the driver from the wreckage. (IT) →…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 39. They took the president to the hospital for an emergency operation. (WAS) →…………………………………………………………………………………………….. 40. I had saved my document before the computer crashed. (AFTER) →……………………………………………………………………………………………..

24


______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 38) 1.B

2.C

3.C

4.B

5.C

6.B

7.A

8.D

9.C

10.C

11.C

12.D

13.C

14.A

15.D

16.C

17.A

18.D

19.A

20.A

21.D

22.A

23.C

24.A

25.B

26.B

27.B

28.B

29.C

30.A

31.D

32.D

33. As soon as I came to the party, everybody had gone home. 34. It is unsafe to visit this country during summer vacation. 35. The number of people learning English has increased dramatically. 36. After Phong had worked hard for a week, he went to the beach. 37. I have never heard about the tram system in Hanoi before. 38. It took the firefighters two hours to release the driver from the wreckage. 39. The president was taken to the hospital for an emergency operation. 40. After I had saved my document, the computer crashed.

25


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 39 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 39

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. rusty

B. punctual

C. Universal

D. subject

2. A. office

B. official

C. accent

D. fluency

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. celery

B. marinate

C. versatile

D. mayonaise

4. A. cucumber

B. delicious

C. tomato

D. nutritious

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The trip to the National Gallery has been _____ until next Friday. A. put off

B. looked into

C. turned up

D. found out

6. The street food in Hoi An delicious and ________. A. available

B. fabulous

C. affordable

D. fascinating

7. If the government don’t _____ global Warning, more natural disasters will occur. A. achieve

B. promote

C. discourage

D. prevent

8. Tower blocks from the 60s and 70s could be ________ after Grenfell Tower fire. A. got down 9.

B. let down

C. turned down

D. pull down

Life in Ho Chi Minh city is ________ then we thought at first. A. far the busier

B. the more busier

C. much more busy

C. much busier

10. Of the cities we surveyed, Singapore was ___________ the worst rated by its residents for culture.

26


A. a bit

B. a lot

C. much

D. by far

11. Every time I fly to the United States, I get really bad _____. A. asthma

B. jet lag

C. confusion

D. recreation

12. leave the ironing ______ - I’ll do it later. A. for the time being

B. from time to time

C. in any time

D. in the nick of time

13. These factors contribute _______ making city life more difficult for its residents. A. in

B. with

C. to

D. on

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. The lives of disadvantaged students are often very different for those of their more wealthy peers. A

B

C

D

15. There are lots of amused ways to volunteer in the arts such as teaching, designing and assisting with a variety of arts and crafts. A B C D 16. Mahatma Ghandi fought against the right of poor people and woman in India and became a hero A

B

C

for millions of people. D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. ‘Thanks for giving me a ride to work today’. ‘________ I was heading this direction anyway.’ A.

You don’t need to.

C.

No worries.

B. Yes, thanks. D. I’d love to.

18. ‘_______”. ‘Everything is fine. How about you?’ A. ‘How old are you?’

B. ‘How’s it going?’

C. ‘What’s your life?’

D. ‘What’s your matter?’

27


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. We should encourage students to join more social activities. A. prevent forbid

B. stimulate

C. permit

D.

C. add

D.

20. Working mother contributes to household income. A. reduce double

B. take

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Being practical, Americans avoid taking jobs which are beyond their ability. A. out of inside

B. far from

C. within

D.

22. In many countries, it is customary for the bride to throw her bouquet of flowers into a crowd of well-wisher A. uncommon normal

B. inadvisible

C. usual

D.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. As I remember, (23)_____ in the 50s and 60s, Ha Noi was not as crowded as it is today. Bicycles and cyclos were the main means of transport and the few motorbikes that were around were (24) _______ by rich people. It was rare to see cars or jeeps. Meanwhile, the tram was the only method of public transport. An old tram station is now home to several retail outlets that look out over the lake in Dinh Tien Hoang Street. At that time, Hanoians always travelled by tram, not only for it's (24)______ but also the price. For just five cents you could travel one-way to it's terminus in the former Ha Dong Province, which is now part of the expanded Ha Noi. I still remember (26)____ days off from school, my friends and I would go to the lake to catch the tram to Botanical Garden. The sound, clang-clang, clang-clang could be regularly heard from early in the morning until late in the evening, come rain or shine. Time,... decades have passed, but there is still a clang (27)_____ in my mind from my childhood. 23. A. move D. back

B. place

C.

28

set


24. bought D. proceeded

B. owned

C.

sold

25. convenience D. condition

B. important

C.

comfort

26. that D. this

B. which

C.

where

27. somewhat D. someway

B. somewhere

C.

somehow

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Human have a long history of eating insects, and it turns out that they can be a very nutritious part of a person’s regular diet. Insects have a lot of protein, and they are often easier to catch than prey animals. Therefore, it was no wonder that when our ancuent ancestors saw some tasty worms or grubs wiggling on the ground, they made a quick snack of them. In Thailand, insects are a regular part of the street food that can be found. The different insects that people snack on are crickets, grasshoppers, giant water bugs and assorted worms. They are often deep-fried and salted, so they have a crunchy texture that makes them a perfect snack food. If you can get past the fact that you are eating a cricket, it will crunch in your mouth just like a corn chip! For a lot of people, however, it is difficult to get over the fear of eating insects. People tend to see insects as invaders, especially when they are crawling on the food that we are about to ear. Therefore, being able to eat insects without feeling disgusted is cultural. Some people cannot eat French cheese or stinky tofu because they weren’t brought up doing so. To many of us, insects fall right into that category, making it difficult to even try them. If given the chance, though, be courageous. Insects can be nutritious and tasty, so long as you can get over the ‘yuck’ factor. 28. Which is the reason given for gathering and eating insects? A. they are very easy to find close to the home. B. They are more nutritious than most vegetables. C. They come in all shapes and sizes. D. They are easier to catch than other prey animals. 29. Why are deep-fried insects considered a perfect snack food? A. Because they taste exactly like corn chips. B. Because they don’t like fill you up.

29


C. Because they have a crunchy texture. D. Because they are not expensive. 30. Which insects are not mentioned in the passage? A. water bugs

B. grasshoppers

C. beetles

D. crickets

31. Where are insects a regular part of the street food? A. France

B. Thailand

C. Britain

D. All of the above.

32. What advice is given in the passage? A. Be courageous

B. Eat very cautiously

C. Try eating worms first

D. Always cook your insects

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. They had been on board before he arrived the airport. ->As soon as .......................................................................................................... 34. How long has you possessed that Chanel bag? -> When ................................................................................................................... 35. ‘’Why do I have to conduct this research?’’ she asked me. -> She asked me ......................................................................................................... 36. He needs to talk to the psychologist about his current situation. -> It is .......................................................................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Knowing English is very useful. (It) -> ............................................................................................................................... 38. It started to snow at 5 o’clock. (has) -> ......................................................................................................................... 39. Nam is taller than Hung. (than) ->.................................................................................................................................... 40. When did you go to bed last night? (time) -> ...........................................................................................................................

30


_____The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 39) 1.C 2.B 9.D 10.D 17.C 25.A

18.B 26.B

3.D 11.B

4.A 12.A

5.A 13.C

19.B 27.B

20.C 28.D

21.C 29.C

6.C 14.C ->FROM 22.A 30.C

7.D 15.A AMUSING 23.D 31.B

33. As soon as he arrived at the airport, they had been on board. 34. When did you possess that Chanel bag? 35. She asked me why she had to conduct that research. 36. It is necessary for him to talk to the psychologist about his current situation. 37. It is useful to know English. 38. It has been snowing since 5 o’clock. 39. Hung is shorter than Nam. 40. What time did you go to bed last night?

31

8.D 16.B WOMEN 24.B 32.A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 40 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 40

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. massive B. immersion C. imitate D. variety 2. A. chore B. work C. more D. divorce II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. accent B. mistake C. global D. rusty 4. A. bilingual B. dialect C. dominance D. lemonade III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Craftsmen have to ________ the domestic and international markets so that they needn’t depend on the middlemen for their sales. A. find B. find about C. find out D. find out about 6. In the past, local _________ were chosen to make sophisticated embroidered costumes for the Vietnamese king, queen and other royal family members. A. skill workers B. skillfully C. skilful artists D. skilled artisans 7. Craft villages are becoming popular _________ in Vietnam. A. tourism attractions B. tourist attractions C. tour attractiveness D. physical attraction 8. The traditional craft has _________ from generation to generation. A. passed down B. passed C. been passed down D. been passed by 9. Vietnamese traditional__________ is done with a simple hammer and chisel. A. sculpture pieces B. sculpture C. sculptured picture D. sculptor 10. Now, at the age of over 80, the artisans is leaving the craft to his descendants with the desire to__________ this ancient craft. A. preserve B. reserve C. change D. consider 11. For that artisans, making the painting is a career__________ it supports the life of many generations of the family. A. so that B. because C. because of D. although 12. The Van Phuc silk producers have expended their skill garment goods_________ they can satisfy the varied demand for their silk. A. in order to B. despite C. because D. so that 32


13. Weaving mát in Dinh Yen, Dong Thap used to be sold in the “ghost” markets set up at night and operate up to early morning__________ the government built a new market five years ago. A. when B. until C. after D. as soon as IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Last year, 16% of the EU population (75 million people) suffered with material ad social deprivation. A B C D 15. What buildings are being demolish to make way for the development? A B C D 16. In terms of the GDP rankings, New York is the most second weathiest city in the world. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.Minh: “What clothing is appropriate for women but not for men?” Nam: “_____________” A. They are long dresses and skirts. B. Men are also changing their fashion styles. C. Many clothes now are uni-sex. D. Men should never wear women’s clothes. 18.Phuc: “Which gender is better at team sports?” Lan: “_____________” A. Women are better at individual sports. B. Both men and women can do sports. C. Physically, men are stronger than women. D. Certainly, men are better. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.How are goverments addressing the problem of inequality in wages? A. Focusing on B. raising C. creating D. ignoring 20.Many countries now allow and encourage women to join the army and the police forces. A. permit B. force C. make D. prevent VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.To an American, success is the result of hard-work and self-reliance. A. devotion B. industry C. laziness D. enthusiasm 22.Success has always meant the providing their families with a decent standard of living. A. high B. good C. acceptable D. low VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Since the world has become industrialized , there has been increase in the number of animal___(23)___ that have become extinct or nearly extinct. Bengal tigers,__(24)__ were once found in large number in

33


jungles, now are thought to be only 2,300 in number. By the year 2025 their__(25)__ in the world is estimated to be down to zero. “The dangerous thing is that people don’t hunt them for money but mainly___(26)___ they enjoy hunting them. Animals like the Bengal tiger, as well as other endangered species are very important to the world’s ecosystem. International laws protecting these animal must be passed to save them. Countries around the world have begun to solve the problem in many ways. Reserves and national parks have been established. Money provided by world organizations has been spent on maintaining the parks. The use of products made them from___(27)__ species has been stopped. 23. A. kinds 24. A. whose 25. A. population 26. A. for 27. A. dangerous

B. types B. which B. amount B. therefore B. danger

C. families D. species C. that D. who C. quantity D. diversity C. because D. so C. endangered D. endanger

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. My first piece of advice to people who want to start getting fit is don’t buy an exercise bike. Typically, people who buy them use them for a week or so and then forget about them. There are effective if they are used regularly but you need to be determined. Most people will find it much easier to go for a gentle jog around the park. As well as being easy to do, jogging is also relatively cheap compared to most other sports. You don’t need to buy expensive clothes if you’re just going running around the park or on the beach. The main thing is that they’re comfortable, and that they keep you warm in the winter and cool in the summer. There is one piece of equipment, however, that you will have to spend time and money on, and that’s your running shoes. Remember that you are not looking for a fashion item, but for something that will support your feet and protect you from injury. They can be expensive, but if they are good quality they will last you a long time. It’s always best to get expert advice, and the best place for that is a sports shop. As for the actual jogging, the secret is to start gently, and not to do much at the beginning – especially if you haven’t had any exercise for a long time. Try a mixture of walking and running for ten minutes about three times a week at first. Once you are happy doing that you can then start to increase the amount you do gradually. After a few months you should hope to be able to run at resonable speed for twenty minutes three or four times a week. It’s important that you feel comfortable with whatever you do. If you do, you’ll start to enjoy it and will probably keep doing it. If it makes you feel uncomfortable, you’ll probably stop after a short time and return to your bad habits. In any case, training too hard is not very effective. Research has shown that somebody who exercise for twice as long as or twice as hard as another person doesn’t automatically become twice as fit. (Source: Solutions intermediate student’s book) 28. Which of the following would serve as the best title for the passage? A. Exercise B. Gentle jogging C. Keeping fit 29. What is true about the exercise bikes? A. Exercise bikes do not help you get fit. B. It is more costly than most other sports. 34

D. Running shoes


C. Many people prefer it to gentle jogging. D. Most people don’t use it for very long. 30. The word “determined” in the passage probably means________. A. Confident B. decisive C. flexible 31. According to the author, you should________. A. go jogging around a park or on the beach B. go to sports shop for high quality running shoes C. keep warm at all the times when you are jogging D. spend time and money on fashionable items 32. It is started in the passage that_________. A. you are advised to start jogging by walking for ten minutes B. you should expect to feel much uncomfortable when jogging C. you should jog three days a week and walk on the other days D. you won’t necessarily be lot fitter by running twice as fast

D. positive

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. He suggested visiting Moc Chau to learn about Thai and H’mong people.  .......................................................................................................................... What about ......................................................................................................................... 34. They believe that touching the head of a Buddha statue is a sign of disrespect.  .......................................................................................................................... It 35. It’s a pity I can’t get my visa extended.  .......................................................................................................................... I wish 36. “Please follow my instructions if you want to pass this module,” my teacher said.  .......................................................................................................................... My teacher told me .......................................................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. There has been a slight drop in the number of people using public transport. (SLIGHTLY)  .......................................................................................................................... 38. Revising for exams takes up all my time at the moment. (BUY)  ........................................................................................................................ 39. There was an increased demand for travel, so the government decided to invest in building the very first metro system. (AS)  .......................................................................................................................... 40. I don’t know much about historical events, so I can’t help her with her history homework. (IF)  .......................................................................................................................... ______The end______

35


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 40) 1.D

2.B

3.B

4.A

5.D

6.D

7.B

8.C

9.B

10.A

11.B

12.D

13.B

14.C

15.B

16.C

17.A

18.B

19.A

20.A

21.C

22.D

23.D

24.B

25.A

26.C

27.C

28.B

29.D

30.B

31.B

32.D

33. What about visiting Moc Chau to learn about Thai and H’mong people? 34. It is believed that touching the head of a Buddha statue is a sign of disrespect. 35. I wish I could get my visa extended. 36. My teacher told me to follow his/her instructions if I wanted to pass that module. 37. The number of people using public transport has dropped slightly. 38. I am busy revising for exams at the moment. 39. As there was an increased demand for travel, the government decided to invest in building the very first metro system. 40. If I knew much about historical events, I could help her with her history homework.

36


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 41 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 41

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. lighthouse B. heritage C. hotel D. hour 2. A. conducts B. returns C. wanders D. wonders II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. unequal B. enrolment C. encourage D. minimum 4. A. physically B. equality C. remarkably D. discriminate III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Such _____ as sugar, sugarcane, and coconut water are mostly used in Southern Vietnamese food than in Northern and Central Vietnam. A. Dishes B. courses C. ingredients D. menus 6. Despite the differences in cuisine of each region, there are similarities, such as the _____ for main meals – rice, ways of adding fish sauce, herbs and others flavors. A. Staple B. basic C. foundation D. necessity 7. Some of famous _____ in Southern Vietnam are Hu Tieu Nam Vang, Bun Mam, fried rice, flour cake, and many kinds of puddings. A. Foods B. dishes C. stapes D. ingredients 8. Food in Northern Vietnam is not as ______ as that in Central and Southern Vietnam, as black pepper is often used rather than chillies. A. Strong B. flavor C. spicy D. exciting 9. Another feature in Northern cuisine is in winter all family members gather around the big hotpot _______ there is a combination of seasoned broth, vegetables and meats. A. Which B. in which C. what D. that 10. A meal of Hue people has a natural combination between flavors and colors of dishes, which creates the unique _____ in the regional cuisine. A. Feature B. part C. description D. list 11. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is the short cooking time which aims to ________ the freshness of food.

37


A. Stay B. continue 12. If I feel hungry in the afternoon, I _________ snacks like fresh carrots. A. Would have B. had might have 13. If my mother goes home late this evening, my father ________. A. Will cook B. would cook cooked

C. keep D. exist C. had had

D.

C. had cooked D.

has

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Operated between 06:00 and 24:00, KL monorail trains arrive once every five minutes during peak traveling hours. A B C D 15. It’s by far more expensive if you hire car for discovering Kuala Lumpur. A B C D 16. The spectacular Royal Palace of the Imperial City is one of Hue’s main tourist attraction. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.“ My life’s got stuck these days. I am so depressed and unable to think of anything.” “___________” A. You will be tired B. Stay stuck there. C. Stay calm. Everything will be alright. D. No, thanks. 18. “Mom, I’ve got the first rank in class this semester!” A. Well done! B. Thank you! C. Never mind! D. Let’s go! VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Acupuncture can ease nausea and vomiting caused by chemotherapy. A. Increase B. prevent C. reduce D. spoil 20. Are there any alternatives that might provide better options for gay people? A. Choices B. decisions C. judgements D. votes VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.It’s incredible that his new song leads the Billboard hot 100 chart only 3 days. A. Beyond belief B. believable C. implausible D. unbelievable 22.She was given a prize for her achievement in classical and traditional music. A. Success B. feat C. failure D. accomplish

38


VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. CULTURE SHOCK Many people dream of living in a foreign country. It can be an amazing experience for those (23)______are willing to settle down in a new place. (24)_________, there’s one potential problem you should be aware of: Culture shock. Culture shock is the feeling we get from living in a place that is so different to where we grew up that we are not sure (25)______ to deal with it. Societies are (26)_________ in many different ways, and we can often be taken aback by some of the things we find in foreign countries. Customs and traditions can be very different and that can sometimes take it difficult to get on with local people who might not approve of things you do and might object to things you say. You might be banned from doing things in another country that are perfectly legal in your own. For example, in Singapore people can be forced to (27)_______ a large fine just for dropping rubbish. Eventually, though, most people who live abroad fall in love with their adopted country and learn to accept its difference. 23. A. who B. which C. what D. whose 24. A. therefore B. however C. although D. moreover 25. A. what B. when C. how D. why 26. A. organize B. organizing C. organization D. organized 27. A. spend B. waste C. pay D. borrow IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. In the 1960s it took pop and rock groups one or two days to record their songs. Nowadays, it can take months and months. Many rock groups begin by recording only one instrument, for example, the voice. Then they record other instruments- electric piano, synthesizer, guitars, drums and so on. Next, they might use a computer to add special effects. Finally, they ‘mix’ all the instruments until they get the sound that they want. This means that a CD or cassette wil always sound very different from a live concert. Music engineers have developed a new computer programme that will change the future of music. A computer can analyse a singer’s voice. Then if you give the computer the lyrics and music of a song, the computer can ‘sing’ it in that voice. This means that a singer only needs to record one song and the computer can then sing other songs in the singer’s own voice. Singers can sing new songs many years after they have died. Most of us listen to music for pleasure, but for the record companies, music is a product, the same as soap powder. When a record company finds a new group (or “band”), they first try to develop the band’s ‘profile’. They will try to create an ‘image’ for the band that they think will attract young people. Instead of allowing the band’s full artistic freedom, they will often tell the band what they should wear, what they should say and how they should sing and play. In recent year, many rock groups have started their own record companies because they say that the big companies are too commercial. 28. Today, to record songs, it takes ________. A. Longer than it used to do

39


B. Shorter than it used to do C. Only one or two days D. The same amount of time as the 1960s 29. Today’s record procedure results in __________. A. Different sounds of recorded songs and live- performed songs. B. The mixture between CDs and live concert. C. Some special effects on songs. D. Differences invoices and instruments played 30. Which of the following is NOT true about the new computer programme? A. It is predicted to change the music future. B. It can imitate singers’ voice C. It can sing only one recorded song of the singer. D. The singer does not necessarily present to really sing. 31. Record companies don’t always _________. A. Suggest the outfits of the band B. Tell the band what to say C. Give the band freedom to do things D. Decide the songs the band will play 32. The word “that” in the passage refers to _______. A. Soap powder B. an image C. the band D. company

a

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33.It’s exciting for me to learn that I can come to visit my friend in Phu Yen next month. → I am …………………………………………………………………… 34.Those children need to be taught about how Vietnam has transformed itself. → It is ……………………………………………………………………. 35.She was so rude to shout at his face in the department store. → It was …………………………………………………………………. 36.My father was pleased when he learned that I had passed the entrance exam to high school. → My father …………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. He was so brave that he could tell her what he thought about her. (IT) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38. Your bad news upsets me very much. (SORRY) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 39. When will you book the fight for your trip to Vietnam? (BE) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40


40. I’m interested in the news about ancient towns. (FIND) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 41) 1.D

2.A

3.D

4.A

5.C

6.A

7.B

8.C

9.B

10.A

11.C

12.D

13.A

14.A

15.A

16.D

17.C

18.A

19.C

20.A

21.B

22.C

23.A

24.B

25.C

26.D

27.C

28.A

29.A

30.C

31.C

32.B

33. I am excited to learn that I can come to visit my friend in Phu Yen next month 34. It is necessary to teach those children about how Vietnam has transformed itself. 35. It was rude of her to shout at his face in the department store.

41


36. My father was pleased to learn that I had passed the entrance exam to high school. 37. It was brave of him to tell her what he thought about her. 38. I am sorry to hear your bad news. 39. When will the flight for your trip to Vietnam be booked? 40. I find the news about ancient towns interesting.

42


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 42 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO Môn: Tiếng Anh (Đề thi có 04 trang) Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… Mã đề thi 42

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. trashed B. talked C. reached B. loved 2. A. prepare B. help C. tennis D. tell II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. digital B. personal C. excellent D. electric 4. A. similar B. symbolic C. effective D. eternal III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. It's an important part of your cultural identity to keep your ______________ in speaking English. A. vocabulary B. language C. accent D. skill 6. Much ______________ comes through body language and gesture. A. talk B. exchange C. speech D. communication 7. Try to ______________the meaning of words rather than going straight for your dictionary. A. judge B. guess C. decide D. except 8. Reading is the best way to ______________ your vocabulary in any language. A. improve B. increase C. raise D. put up 9. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to______________. A. get through B. get by C. get on D. get up 10. One way of increasing your speed of comprehension is to learn all your vocabulary without the use of your own ______________. A. first language B. technical language B. business language D. official language 11. If I didn’t have exams next week, I ______________ camping with you this weekend. A. will go B. will have gone C. would have gone D. would go 12. If she ______________rich, she would travel around the world. A. would be B. is C. has been D. were 13. India is the country ______________ he spent the early years of his life. A. at which B. on which C. that D. where

43


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. She remained calmly and waited till he had finished shouting at her. A B C D 15. Martin was chosen because she is a good administrator who gets along for everyone. A B C D 16. Many family are using biogas for cooking. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “It’s nearly Tet holiday already” A. How time flies! B. Thanks a million C. Don’t make me laugh! D. No such luck! 18. “You can borrow my book.” A. There’s nothing to it! B. You can such that again C. No way! D. Thanks tons. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Becoming a super star performing on stage was my burning desire when I was a teenager. A. well-known painter B. famous singer C. good writer D. famous composer 20. We were surprised to know that over 15000 fans packed into the stadium to support Vietnamese football team. A. people B. admires C. visitors D. watchers VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. To have chance enter the final round, you have to eliminate lots of competitors. A. retain B. remove C. restrict D. reject 22. It is undeniable that instrument innovations hit the right note in 2013 with the 3D-printed guitar, the AT-200 guitar, the seaboard grand and the wheel harp. A. growth B. modernisation C. revolution D. stagnation VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. The relationship between students and teachers is less formal in the USA than in many other countries. American students do not stand up (23) ______ their teachers enter the room. Students are encouraged to ask questions during class, to stop in the teacher’s office for extra help, and to phone if they are absent. Most teachers (24) ______ students to enter class late or leave early if necessary. (25)

44


______the lack of formality, students are still expected to be polite to their teachers and fellow class mate. When students want to ask questions, they usually (26) ______ a hand and wait to be called on. When a test is being given, talking to a classmate is not only rude but also risky. Most American teachers considers that students who are talking to each other (27) ______ a test are cheating. 23. A. when B. where C. that D. whether 24. A. let B. allow C. make D. encourage 25. A. Though B. In spite C. Despite D. Because of 26. A. rise B. arise C. raise D. put 27. A. in B. when C. while D. during

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. WORLD BBQ To some people, there is nothing more appetizing than the smell of meat sizzling over an open fire. Throughout the world, people love to eat barbecue because it lets them together with friends and family to enjoy a meat that brings them back to their caveman roots. Cooking over coals or an open flame makes people feel more sociable. Most countries have barbecue traditions, and they usually take place on national holidays. In the United States, it is a tradition to have a barbecue of hamburgers and hot dogs on July 4, which is Independence Day. In Taiwan, people get together to eat barbecue during the Moon festival, and the smell of burning coals is in the air all day. In South America, and in Argentina in particular, barbecue is a way of life. All sorts of meats and sausages are put on a large grill together over hot coals. Barbecue is even considered the national dish in Argentina, and it is given the name of asado in Portuguese. This means not only the dish, but also the social event that surrounds an Argentina barbecue. When a person speaks about Turkish and Middle Eastern barbecue, the kebab immediately comes to mind. The tradition of taking different meats, and sometimes vegetables as well, and spearing them with a sharp stick called a skewer has crossed cultural lines today. Practically, anywhere in the Englishspeaking world, the thought of shish-kebab will make barbecue lovers’ mouth water. Wherever you go in the world, you are almost certain to come across a local method of preparing barbecue. If you visit different places, be bold and try whatever the local specialities are. 28. What does the phrase “brings them back to their caveman roots� in paragraph 1 mean? A. Make people want to eat barbecue on an open flame B. Keep people from eating meat C. Make people think about how things were with their ancestors D. Cause people to act more sociable during festivals 29. Where is barbecue considered a way of life? A. The United States B. Taiwan

45


C. The Middle East D. Argentina 30. What are the sharp sticks that are used to cook meat called? A. Specialities B. Skewers C. Shish-kebabs D. Asado 31. Which of the following statements it NOT true? A. Cooking over open fires makes people feel less sociable. B. Shish-kebabs are well-known in Turkey. C. People in the United States eat hamburgers and hot dogs. D. Argentina’s asado is considered the national dish. 32. What is the main ideas of the passage? A. Barbecue is s healthy way to eat meat. B. People today are eating more vegetables with their barbecue. C. Local barbecue specialities can be found all over the world. D. People in some countries mostly use sausages when they barbecue.

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Don’t leave the computer on when you leave.  Turn ………………………………………………………………………………………… 34. They wanted to apologize for their behavior: that’s why they paid for dinner.  They paid for dinner in order ………………………………………………………………. 35. When I was a child, I usually went to the local park every Sunday afternoon.  When I was a child, I used …………………………………………………………………. 36. Their teacher is making them study hard.  They ………………………………………………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Local people can earn their livings by providing tourists with necessary services. (LIVE)  ………………………………………………………………………………. 38. That man has a friendly relationship with the owner of Los Angeles County Museum of Art. (GETS)  ………………………………………………………………………. 39. Is this car yours? (OWN)  …………………………………………………………………………………. 40. He could not afford to buy the car. (EXPENSIVE)  …………………………………………………………………………………….

46


______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 42) 1.D 9.B 17.A 25.C

2.A 10.A 18.D 26.C

3.D 11.D 19.B 27.D

4.A 12.D 20.B 28.C

5.C 13.D 21.A 29.D

6.D 14.A 22.D 30.D

7.B 15.D 23.A 31.A

33. Turn off the computer when you leave. 34. They paid for dinner in order to apologize for their behaviour. 35. When I was a child, I used to go to the local park every Saturday afternoon. 36. They are being made to study hard by their teacher. 37. Local people can give on by providing tourists with necessary services. 38. That man gets on with the owner of Los Angeles County Museum of Art. 39. Do you own this car? 40. The car is too expensive for him to buy.

47

8.A 16.A 24.B 32.C


48


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 43 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 43

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. decision B. erode C. checkout D. exotic 2. A. resort B. season C. excursion D. reasonable II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. successful B. cognitive C. different D. wonderful 4. A. efficient B. exciting C. distracting D. portable III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Mahatma Gandhi fought for the rights of coloured people in general and the Indians ______. A. in time B. in particular C. in contrast D. in fact 6. A/an _______ is a person who needs others to take care of him/her, because of illness that he/she had for a long time. A. patient B. martyr C. invalid D. addict 7. Mr. Chen is more ______ because he has finally agreed to allow his daughter to join an overseas volunteer organisation in Africa. A. single-minded C. narrow-minded B. absent-minded D. open-minded 8. Poor students cannot ______ an abundance of presents on their birthday. A. look forward to B. put up with C. come up with D. cut down on 9. Volunteer organisations are generally small-staffed, so they need to _____ lots of volunteers for a huge event. A. employ B. recruit C. research D. catch 10. You’d better _____ a commitment to being a volunteer on a regular basis. A. promise B. do C. make D. pull 11. Both community _____ and volunteerism are an investment in our community and the people who live in it. A. life B. language C. performance D. service 12. ______ being the CEO of Microsoft, Bill Gates is also one of the world’s greatest philanthropists.

49


A. Aside from B. But for C. Except for D. In addition 13. Their massive salaries let them afford to give _____ huge amounts to charities. A. off B. up C. away D. back

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Water has been vital to the development and survivor of civilization. A B C D 15. Scientists believe there have more than 350,000 species of plants, but no one knows for sure. A B C D 16. Animals and man use the energy finding in food to operate their bodies and muscles. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Hoang Ngan: “What do you think about tourists in our country?” Dick: “_____________” A. There are tourists coming from other countries as well. B. Our country is a favourite destination for many tourists. C. The numbers of visitors to our country is increasing. D. Well, most of them behave appropriately, but some are still very rude. 18. Mr. Bean: “How has tourism changed over the past few decades?” Hoai Khanh: “__________________” A. Tourism is also considered as an industry. B. In general, people without skills are at risk of being unemployed. C. There have been new types of tourism, and tourists have become more responsible. D. Ecotourism is not always beneficial to the local people. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. But for your support, our band couldn’t have won the Grand Music competition. A. show B. quiz C. contest D. tour 20. If you want to become a well-known singer, you need to have a unique selling point, a way to differentiate yourself from the crowd. A. genius B. infamous C. renowned D. new VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. After a very short time, this kind of music becomes wildly popular among the youth. A. appealing B. attractive C. unknown D. common

50


22. Luu Huu Phuoc is extremely well-known for his patriotic wartime songs. A. fight time B. peacetime C. battle time D. tranquil time VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Forests are useful to mankind in several ways. Wood is always necessary for building and for making all kinds of things and we usually need firewoods in our homes. Forests provide timber, one of the most (23)___________ resources, but they must be used wisely and managed (24) _________. Men should control the cutting of trees in such a way that he forest grows more trees (25) _________ it would be cut, leaving the young ones to grow bigger. Trees and shrubs are also needed to preserve land (26)___________ their roots bind the soil, preventing heavy rain (27)____________ washing the soil away. 23. A. valuable B. reasonable C. comfortable D. famous 24. A. good B. widely C. nicely D. carefully 25. A. as B. than C. then D. that 26. A. because B. because of C. but D. and 27. A. in B. with C. from D. at IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. THE IMPORTANCE OF ENGLISH IN TODAY’S WORLD English was originally the language of England, and it has become the primary or secondary language of many former British colonies such as the United States, Canada, Australia, and India. Nowadays, it is the most international language essential to communication in our current time. First of all, it is the most common foreign language. This means that two people who come from different countries ( for example, a Mexican and a Swede) usually use English as a common language to communicate. English is also essential to the field of education. In many countries, children are taught ad encouraged to learn English as a second language. At the university level, students in many countries study almost all their subjects in English in order to make the material more accessible to international students. On the Internet, the majority of websites are written and created in English. Even sites in other languages often give you the option to translate the site. It is a primary language of the press: more newspapers and books are written in English than in any other language, and no matter where in the world you are, you will find some of these books and newspapers available. Although many people think that it is very difficult and confusing, English is actually the easiest language of the world to learn because there are so many resources available. As soon as you decide you want to learn, there are thousands of resources on the Internet and in bookstores. With good understanding and communication in English, you can travel around the globe. Because it is the international language for foreigners, it is easy to get assisstance and help in every part of the world. You can test it by online travel. Any travel booking site you can find will have English as a booking option. 28. When two people having different mother tongues meet each other, they will use ________. A. their own mother tongues to communicate

51


B. English as a means of communication C. the third language to communicate D. a second language as a means of communication 29. The study material at the universities is often written in English so that ______ A. all international students can follow it B. scientists can understand it easily C. It is the dominant language in England D. all children from many countries understand English 30. All of the following about the role of English on the Internet are true EXCEPT that________. A. most website are written in English. B. most programmers created websites in English. C. websites are offer you the option in other languages D. most websites have English version

31. English is the believed by many to be the easiest language of the world to learn because________. A. you can decide you want to learn English B. there are thousands of bookstores available C. it is not very difficult and confusing D. it is easy to find resources to learn English. 32. We can infer from the passage that_________. A. English makes you travel around the globe B. you can use English to travel online C. international tourists must know English D. it is easy to get help to learn English all over the world B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. I’m really excited about the upcoming pottery workshop  I’m looking ......................................................................................................................... 34. We invited a pop star to the chat show, but he didn’t arrive.  The pop star ........................................................................................................................ 35. He misbehaved in the class so the teacher asked him to go out.  The teacher asked ................................................................................................................. 36. The artisans carved figures of lions and unicorns on the top of the box.  Figures ………………………………………………………………………………………...

52


XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Someone is going to redecorate the kitchen for us next month. (HAVE)  We ......................................................................................................................................... 38. People hope that cable cars construction to Son Doong Cave will be stopped. (IS)  It ............................................................................................................................................ 39. “When are going to submit your research paper?” my teacher asked me. (WAS)  My teacher ............................................................................................................................. 40. When you come inside you should remove your coat and hat. (TAKE)  When…………………………………………………………………………………………….

______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 43) 1. C 9. B 17. D 25. B

2. C 10. C 18. C 26. A

3. A 11. D 19. C 27. C

4. D 12. A 20. C 28. B

5. B 13. C 21. C 29. A

6. C 14. D 22. B 30. C

7. D 15. A 23. A 31. D

33. I’m looking forward to the upcoming pottery workshop. 34. The pop star was invited to the chat show, but he didn’t arrive. 35. The teacher asked him to go out because he misbehaved in the class. 36. Figures of lions and unicorns were carved on the top of the box by the artisans. 37. We are going to have the kitchen redecorated next month. 38. It is hoped that cable cars construction to Son Doong Cave will be stopped. 39. My teacher asked me when I was going to submit my research paper. 40. When you come inside you should take off your coat and hat.

53

8. A 16. B 24. D 32. C


54


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 44 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 44

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. skill B. split C. children D. finance 2. A. breadwinner B. clean C. each D. lead II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. magnificence B. geography C. satisfaction D. accommodate 4. A. original B. geography C. imperial D. stimulating III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. When you get involved in a volunteer project, you are able to ___________ your knowledge into practice. A. take B. put C. bring D. push 6. Volunteers can work with many __________ children who were harmed by Agent Orange in childcare centres. A. parentless B. disable C. poor D. homeless 7. Both CARE and Oxfam organisations have programmes to help people in underdeveloped countries __________ their lives. A. make B. risk C. improve D. start 8. Many international volunteer organisations are trying to find a ______ to the problem of world hunger. A. way B. method C. suggestion D. solution 9. For a cleaner and greener community, everyone should ______ the amount of trash and take care of our environment. A. increase B. reduce C. contribute D. ignore 10. Thanks to everyone’s efforts, we can do _______ to make school a meaningful place for students living in poverty. A. a great many B. a little C. a great deal D. a few 11. On the door of the house where Louis Braille was born are the words “He opened the door of _____ to all those who cannot see. A. knowledge B. information C. news D. material 12. University students are willing to get involved in helping the old and _________ people.

55


A. childlike B. childish C. children D. childless 13. Contract is _______ connecting students with volunteer organisation abroad. A. in place of B. in charge of C. in case of D. in danger of IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. In spite of my father is old, he still goes to work. A B C D 15. The result of that test must be inform before August. A B C D 16. She has disappeared three days ago, and they are still looking for her now. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Phuc: “What factors affect tourism?” Khanh: “______________________” A. Economic factors are always decisive ones. B. A strong tourism industry brings the country numerous advantages. C. It is influenced by so many things, such as weather, people, and administrative policies. D. People need to be professionally trained to work in tourism industry. 18. Hoai Nam: “Do you think tourism is bad for the planet?” Tue Minh: “_________” A. To some extent, yes. B. People need to live in a green planet. C. A lot of people want to travel around the planet. D. We should protect our planet from bad tourism. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He’s planning to release his new solo single album about New Year. A. put out B. set free C. imprison D. come out 20. This game show has attracted many participants since it was aired in 2015. A. breathed B. impacted C. introduced D. broadcast VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Hector Berlioz was one of the most prominent composers of the Romantic period. A. classical B. unknown C. prolific D. modern 22. The new star always appears with a lovely affected smile on her lips, but no one realises it. A. natural B. artificial C. dishonest D. charming VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

56


A large supermarket was looking for a manager for a new store they were planning to open. Out of over 90 people who had applied for the post they had chosen five and asked them to come for an interview. The first ___(23)____, Mr Riley, walked into the interview room. He was smartly dressed, but it was clear that he was listening to a personal stereo. He sat down, ___(24)____ off his shoes and lit a cigarette. One of the interviewers said that they would prefer him not to smoke and Mr. Riley apologized. Just at that moment, a telephone rang. Mr. Riley reached into his pocket, took ___(25)____ his mobile phone and began a conversation with a friend of his. After a minute or two, the interviewers had enough and said they wanted to begin. “Certainly, go ahead.” Said Mr. Riley. They ___(26)____ him why he wanted the job. “I don’t,” he replied. “But I ___(27)____ like a day in London, and you’ve already paid my train fare to come up here for the interview. 23. A. applied B. application C. applicant D. applier 24. A. took B. put C. wore D. taken 25. A. off B. in C. out D. over 26. A. said B. told C. warned D. asked 27. A. felt B. wanted C. was D. needed IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. It is a common saying that we do not fully value a thing until we lose it. We often value the love and worth of a friend when he has been taken from us by death more than when he was with us in the flesh; it is only when we have left school or college that we understand the greatness of our opportunity of education, which has gone forever; and it is the sick and the ailing who realize the value of good health. When we are young and strong, we cannot imagine what it is like to be weak and ill. We are so used to vigorous health that we take it for granted. The organs of our body work so smoothly that we scaredly know we have lungs and liver, heart and stomach. But when any of these gets upset and gives us pain and sickness, we learn by bitter experience what an unspeakable blessing it is to be well. Loss of health makes us miserable, and a burden to ourselves and our friends. It cripples our efforts so that we cannot accomplish many of the good and great things we might have done. It spoils our life. What must we do to keep our health. We must be moderate in eating and drinking and wise in the choice of plain, wholesome simple food. Gluttony has killed thousands, and strong drink tens of thousands. We must, when young, get plenty of sleep, which is “nature’s sweet restorer”, and not try to burn the candle at both ends. We must live as much as possible in the open air and keep our rooms well ventilated. We must get sufficient and regular physical exercise, and keep our bodies clean. And we must avoid bad habits and secret sins as we avoid the devil, and keep our thoughts clean and our bodies pur. Our ideal must be the sound mind in the sound body. 28. According to the passage, we often appreciate our friends ______________. A. only when they are with us. B. only when they are good to us. C. only when they passed away. D. only when they live a long way from us.

57


29. We do not take care of health because ______________. A. we are always in good health. B. most of the diseases can be cured nowadays. C. we are so accustomed to good health. D. we are so busy making a living. 30. Poor health makes us ______________. A. useless B. unable to fulfill our expectations C. a shame to our friends D. fail to become famous 31. According to the author, having plenty of sleep when we are young ______________. A. is wasting our time B. can help us regain our strength C. may cause loss of health D. can reduce our vigour 32. The best title for the passage is ______________. A. Health and Human Aspirations B. Health and Our Success C. How to Keep Our Health D. The Value of Health B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Mrs. Taylor regretted buying the second-hand washing-machine.  Mrs. Taylor wished.………………………………………………………… …………………… 34. Nobody can deny that she has a beautiful voice. It ……………………………………………………………………………………………….. 35. Jane is the tallest girl in her class.  Nobody ………………..………………………………………………………………………………… 36. They couldn’t find the manager anywhere.  The manager was .…………………………………………… ………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. They consider Sara is one of the best students in her school. (BE)  Sara .………………………………… ………………………………………………………… 38. It’s pity she doesn’t share memories of her trip with me. (WISH)  I …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Shall we surf the net for the location of Ninh Binh Province. (SUGGEST)  I …………………………………………………………………… 40. Emily has to work part-time on Saturday, so she can’t accompany her best friend to the contest. (COULD)  If ..………………………………… ………………………………………………………………

______The end______ 58


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 44) 1. D 9. B 17. C 25. C

2. A 10. C 18. A 26. D

3. C 11. A 19. A 27. A

4. D 12. D 20. D 28. C

5. B 13. B 21. B 29. C

6. B 14. A 22. A 30. B

7. C 15. C 23. C 31. B

8. D 16. A 24. A 32. D

33. Mrs. Taylor wished she hadn’t bought the second- hand washing- machine. 34. It can’t be denied that she has a beautiful voice. 35. Nobody in Jane’s class is as tall as her. 36. The manager was nowhere to be found. 37. Sara is considered to be one of the best students in her school. 38. I wish she shared memories of her trip with me. 39. I suggest surfing the net for the location of Ninh Binh province. 40. If Emily didn’t have to work part- time on Saturday, she could accompany her best friend to the contest.

59


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 45 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 45

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. attraction B. surface C. lacquerware D. artisan 2. A. bank B. travel C. delay D. magnificent II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. afford B. traveller C. widelife D. passport 4. A. resort B. expedition C. environment D. affordable III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Did you forget ___________ purpose so you wouldn’t have you to pay? A. on B. of C. in D. for 6. He was sentenced to ten years in prison on charges of drug _________ . A. harging B. stealing C. trafficking D. trading 7. In recent years, there has been thousands of victims of sexual and physicals ____________. A. sentence B. crime C. abuse D. conduct 8. Harrison’s greatest attribute is his ability to work ______ pressure. A. within B. under C. in D. on 9. My parents always criticize me for not getting good grades at school. I wish they put themselves in my ______. A. pants B. legs C. hands D. shoes 10. He wondered _______ to tell the news to his parents. A. why B. how C. what D. which 11. He _________ a bachelor’s degree in computer information systems in 1951. A. forced B. sent C. took D. gained 12. “You must come to my party.” She told me. A. She told me I come to her party. B. She told me to come to her party. C. She told me I had to come to her party. D. She told me I came to her party. 13. Thousands of acres of forest are being cut down every year and the ______ of many animals are being destroyed.

60


A. natural resourses B. natural habitats C. ways of life D. living surroundings IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. My parents let me to go out without saying anything. A B C D 15. The students were interesting in taking a trip to the National History Museum, but they were not able to raise enough money. A B C D 16. George hasn’t completed the assignment yet, and Maria hasn’t too. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Pean: “Are you a good ambassador for our country’s tourism industry?” Tina: “________________” A. Tourism industry really needs good ambassadors. B. I hope so. I’ve always tried to get more people to know about tourist destinations in our country. C. A number of people have been chosen in tourism ambassadors. D. Tourism ambassadors really need to be good at communication skills. 18. Nick: “ Which places in our country do visitors enjoy visiting the most?” A. It depends. Foreign visitors often like places such as Sa Pa or Ha Long B. Our country is famous for many tourist attractions and friendly people. C. Not all visitors are well-informed about places of attraction. D. Tourism industry needs to work harder to boost the tourist destination. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. In the last quarter of this year, our entertainment company had a big success in signing a lot of contracts with celebrities. A. bargains B. agreements C. arrangements D. profits 20. “Cindy”, which originated in north California, is a popular American folk song. A. came from B. finished C. made D. recognized VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. We absolutely adore his music of sweet melodies and meaningful lyrics. A. favour B. hate C. love D. prefer 22. She finds herself more confident after standing on stag many times. A. independent B. assured C. brave D. fearful VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Once there were lots of pandas in the mountains of western China. Today, they are ___(23)___ extinct. The reason is that they cannot find enough food. Pandas eat ___(24)___ leaves. They do not like another food. The bamboo grows very slowly. It can take 10 years for a bamboo to grow from a seed to a

61


big plant. Some types of bamboo have seeds only once every 60 years. Pandas ___(25)___ wait many years for their food to grow. While the bamboo is growing, pandas do not have enough leaves to eat. China and Wildlife Fund (WWF) are trying to save the panda. In 1979, they began to set up special parks ___(26)___ pandas live. Scientists come here to study the panda’s eating and mating habits. By learning more about the panda’s habits, scientist can save it from ___(27)___. 23. A. being B. becoming C. having D. making 24. A. banana B. cabbage C. grass D. bamboo 25. A. must B. should C. ought D. might 26. A. what B. because C. where D. when 27. A. appearance B. destruction C. extinction D. damage IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. All over the world, all different cultures created interesting processed meat products, and one of the most popular is undoubtedly sausage. To begin with, sausage making may be considered disgusting as it deals with using various animal parts. Since meats is ground up, certain cuts and parts of an animal that wouldn’t be served in their original forms can be used. Literally, this means animal parts such as noses, ears, and other less appetizing areas of an animal’s body. Very often, the ground up meat and flesh is mixed well, this meat mixture is then stuffed into the cleaned intestines of the animal, which are then sealed at both ends. The result is sausage. The meats used in sausages come from a variety of animals, although beef and pork are by far the favourites . In some cultures, sausage made from the meat of horses is considered a delicacy. When sausages are cooked, the cooking process sometimes adds to the flavor. While boiling is probably the simplest method, smoking sausages will add a lot of smoky flavor. Next time you bite into a sausage, it is probably best not to think too much about how it bacame the tasty thing you eating. After all, you don’t want to ruin a good snack. 28. What are by far the favourite meats for making sausages? A. Chicken B. Horse meat C. Cuts of lamb D. Beef and pork 29. What is the simplest method of cooking sausages? A. Grilling B. Smoking C. Boiling D. Bakin 30. What won’t be served their orginal forms? A. Certain cuts and parts of animals B. Spices and fillers C. Sausages of all types D. Intestines of an animal 31. What advice is given in the passage? A. Be careful when making sausages. B. Don’t think too much about what you are eating when eating sausages C. Try not to use too much fat in the meat mixture when making sausages. D. Make sure intestines are cleaned before packing with meat. 32. Where is the mixture of meat placed? A. Inside a plastic package B. Inside a cleaned intestine

62


C. Inside a refrigerator

D. Inside a metal container

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “Please do not litter as you are walking along the coast”, the guard said to us. → The guard told………………………………………………………… 34. I haven’t bought any clothes since my trip to Hanoi → The last time ………………………………………………………….. 35. They think that a garden would be a perfect setting for the house. → It ……………………………………………………………………… 36. Although I had all the necessary qualifications, they didn’t offer me the job. → Despite ………………………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. This book is very boring and so is that one. (as) → ……………………………………………………………………. 38. Will it be necessary for me to sleep under a net? (Shall I) → …………………………………………………………………….. 39. I last read a book on September 20th. (since) → …………………………………………………………………….. 40. An began to be interested in healthy eating 3 years ago. (has) → ……………………………………………………………………..

______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 45) 1. B 9. D 17. B 25. A

2. C 10. B 18. A 26. C

3. A 11. D 19. B 27. C

4. B 12. C 20. A 28. D

5. A 13. B 21. B 29. C

6. C 14. C 22. D 30. A

7. C 15. B 23. B 31. A

33. The guard told us not to litter as we were walking along the coast. 34. The last time I bought clothes was in my trip to Ha Noi. 35. It is thought that a garden would be a perfect setting for the house. 36. Despite having all the necessary qualifications, they didn’t offer me the job.

63

8. B 16. D 24. D 32. B


37. This book is as boring as that one. 38. Shall I have to sleep under a net? 39. I haven’t read any book since September 20th . 40. An has been interested in healthy eating for 3 years.

64


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 46 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 46

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. variety B. bilingual C. derivative D. dialect 2.A. massive B. immersion C. establish D. rusty II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. discover B. addition C. fantastic D. habitat 4.A. exercise B. volunteer C. calculate D. interview III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5.He has to ______ and work harder or he’ll fail the exam. A.Pull his socks up B. polish his head C, empty his washing basket D. stick his neck out 6.The manager is away on a business _________ so I am in charge of the office now A.Trip B. tour C. voyage D. visit 7.If you want to see historical places it is a good idea to go on a guided _________ A.Voyage B. visit C. tour D. cruise 8.If you pay a visit to Hue, you should once visit Lang Co beach where you can have the most relaxing time and admire the natural beauty of __________. A.Views B. panoramas C. sights D. landscapes 9.They met on board of a luxurious yacht during a _________ in the Caribbean. A.Tour B. voyage C. cruise D. trip 10.After changing trains three times we arrived at our ___________ in the end. A.Destination B. departure C. package D. countries 11.________ domestic and foreign tourism will create demand for additional hotels and motels. A.Increase B. increased C. increasing D. increasingly 12.If you have any excess _________ you must pay extra money. A.Furniture B. tool C. luggage D. facility 13.I’m looking for ________ job. Did Mary get _____ job she applied for? A.a/the B. the/a C. a/a D. the/the IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.Tom used to going to a lot of parties when he was a student. A B C D 15.He apologized with me for arriving late. A B C D

65


16.As childs grow older, their bones become thicker and longer. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.Ngoc Minh: “ What are some of the benefits of going away on holiday?” Yoko: “________________” A.Going away on holiday is getting more and more popular. B.Ecotourism brings a number of benefits to the local people. C.It is always expensive if people go to a place of tourist attractions. D.We may broaden our horizons and experience new culture. 18.Dania: “ Do you always like to go to the same place for your holiday?” Sam: “________________” A.It is strange that some people go to the same place again and again. B.I don’t think so. I always like to experience different places. C.Preference for certain places is still common among a number of tourists. D.Different places have different attractions. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.Mozart was a child prodigy that he composed music at the age of four. A.Dunce B. brain C. genius D. intelligence 20.We’re seeking for a talented musician to join our entertainment company. A.Good B. famous C. great D. gifted VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.Many people who do volunteer work think they are more fortunate than others. A.Lucky B. blessed C. unlucky D. uncomfortable 22.Public service announcement is a special advertisement for the community, normally about health or safety matters. A.Open B. private C. secret D. popular VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Doing regular exercise or playing sports can be dangerous, _____(23) ____ if you are over 40. This is why it is a very good idea to see your doctor_____ (24)____ starting if you think you are not very fit. Some people try to do exercise or play sports too vigorously too soon, and ______(25)_____they cause themselves injuries which can take a long time to heal. However, it is not only older people who should take care. Doctors report many injuries such as backaches, sprained ankles and pulled muscles, which can all be ____(26)____if a little care is taken. If you do injure yourself, rest for a while to allow your body to recover naturally. Above all, don’t push yourself because you think it is doing you good. ____(10)____, you could do yourself permanent damage. 23.A. as B. even C. only D. especially 24.A. after B. before C. until D. while 25.A. as a result B. despite C. in order that D. otherwise 26.A. doubled B. avoided C. increasing D. landing 27.A. as usual B. by the way C. in addition D. on the contrary IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to

66


each of the questions. Life in the big city is face-paced, fun and exciting. There are countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time. However, with the good, also comes the bad. Although, the big city has more job opportunities; there are also more people competing for a single job. This can make your job search frustrating. Oddly enough, you will see hundreds, if not thousands of jobs available each week, but you still might remain unemployed, especially when the economy is down. In addition, the cost of living is typically higher in big cities, and it can cost you an arm and a leg for a small apartment in a decent area of the city, not to mention other costs to fulfill your basic demands. Diversity is a good thing, but the amount of people can be a bit overwhelming if you are not accustom to it. There will always be crowds and always be people around. Moreover, Traffic can be a nightmare in the big city. It can get so bad that it can turn you in to an evil person. If you hate driving in traffic, than the big city life is not for you. Heavy traffic also contributes to the pollution, which is one of the biggest disadvantages of living in the city. Obviously, our health is affected most with certain diseases relating to respiratory system and other body part. A lot of premature deaths are supposed to be the result of long-term exposure to small particles. Most importantly, There is always more crime in a big city, causing you second case your decision for living in a big city. You are much more likely to be a victim of a crime living in a big city than in a small town. 28.What does the phrase “ cost an arm and a leg” mean? A.Your legs and arms have good value B..Cost a small amount of money C.You must work hard to earn money D.Cost a lot of money 29.In the big city, people tend to ________ when the traffic is getting heavy. A.Go crazy B. get enough time to relax C. Wait a big longer D. slow down themselves 30. While big cities have more job opportunities, it also give ____________ A. more competition for a single job B. higher salary C. growing economic crisis D. greater chances of being unemployed 31. Which of the following sentences is NOT true? A. pollution causes health problems. B. cities are always crowded. C. it costs a lot of money to live in the big city. D. crime is not a serious problem in big cities. 32. According to the passage, some good things of living in the city are _________ A. excellent educational system and recreational activities B. excellent educational system and countless job opportunities C. countless job opportunities and activities to occupy your time D. a lot of kinds of entertainment and shopping centers B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It is necessary to finish the work today.  You need……………………………………………………………………. 34. Sally finally managed to get the job.

67


 Sally finally succeeded……………………………………………………… 35. This is the last time I go to this restaurant.  I certainly…………………………………………………………………… 36. " I advise you to take a holiday," the doctor continued.  You'd………………………………………………………………………..

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I have never seen that play before  …………………………………………………………………………………. 38. They are watching my father's new car  …………………………………………………………………………………. 39. I am sorry, Hoa isn't coming with us  …………………………………………………………………………………. 40. It is such a heavy book that I can't lift it  …………………………………………………………………………………. ______The end_____

68


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 46) 1. C

2. B

3. D

4. B

5. A

6. A

7. C

8. D

9. C

10. A

11. B

12. C

13. A

14. A

15. B

16. A

17. D

18. B

19. C

20. D

21. C

22. B

23. D

24. B

25. A

26. B

27. D

28. D

29. A

30. A

31. D

32. C

33. You need to finish the work today. 34. Sally finally succeeded in getting the job. 35. I certainly will never go to this restaurant. 36. “You’d better take a holiday” the doctor said to him. 37. It’s the first time I have ever seen that play. 38. My father’s new car is being watched. 39. I wish Hoa would come with us.

69


40. The book is so heavy that I can’t lift it.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 47 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 47

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. imitate B. translate C. phrase B. language 2. A. practice B. device C. service D. office II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. handicraft B. lacquerware C. artisan D. pottery 4. A. historical B. embroidery C. authority D. architecture III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question.

70


5.

We spent our last holidays at a camping site, living in a _________. A. guider B. traveler C. vehicle D. caravan 6. In Binh Ba Island (Lobster Island), there are many beautiful beaches with white sand, clear water, blue sky, which is _________ for those who love nature and calmness. A. available B. famous C. good D. suitable 7. They spent two weeks at a fashionable ski _________ in Switzerland. A. resort B. boarding C. region D. area 8. For people in Cam Thanh Commune near Hoi An, the coconut wetlands provide fisheries, a beautiful area for _________ as well as an ideal refuge for boats during heavy storms. A. tourist B. tour C. tourism D. tour guide 9. Nam checked to make sure he had his _________ and passport. A. ticket B. wallet C. money D. package 10. On most trains there is a_________, where you can eat a snack or something hot. A. buffet B. bakery C. store D. reception 11. This morning I bought a newspaper and a magazine. _________ newspaper is in my bag but I don’t know where _________ magazine is. A. A/ a B. A/ the C. The/ the D. The/ a 12. As soon as the ship left the_________ everybody got seasick. A. seaside B. beach C. harbour D. side 13. Travelling to Ba Mun Island in Quang Ninh, tourists can explore on their own, following some natural _________ on the island. A. marks B. roads C. stretches D. trail IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. We didn’t go out because of the heavily rain. A B C D 15. This bed, where he used to rest on, is made of wood. A B C D 16. Janet and Betty plays tennis every afternoon with Jack and me. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Binh: “Do you think tourism helps people in the world understand each other?” Thung: “______________” A. It is important for people in the world to understand each other. B. Wars may end when people understand each other. C. People needs sympathy to understand each other D. Definitely. Tourism helps people to get to know more about different cultures. 18. Ha: “Is tourism something that only rich people can take part in?” Bich: “_____________” A. Rich people tend to spend luxurious holidays.

71


B. Not really. So many cheap holidays are being offered these days. C. Cheap holidays give you a chance to travel to more places. D. Place of attractions are always full of visitors. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I got the teaching job in the Happy Child Charity Centre just by chance. A. accidentally B. purposefully C. easily D. immediately 20. Every month, the volunteer group go to remote and mountainous areas to help those in need. A. empty B. faraway C. crowed D. poor VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Economically disadvantaged student often drop out of school, choosing a low-paying job to earn money. A. leave B. attend C. accept D. reject 22. We are looking for camp helpers who are hand-working, energetic, and able to organise activities for young children. A. active B. dynamic C. passive D. reluctant VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Water polo is a sport which two teams in pool try to score by throwing or pushing a hollow rubber ball into the opponent’s goal. A player (23) ______ does so score one point for his or her team. A team (24) ______ of a goalie and six field players. The goalie can handle the ball with both hands, but the field players may use only one hand at time. Players move the ball by passing it or swimming (25) ______it. Each time a team gets the ball, it has thirty five (26) ______ to try to score. If it does not shoot the ball at the goal with that time, the other team gets the ball. Men’s games are 28 minutes (27) ______ and are divided into 7-minute quarters. Woman’s matches last 24 minutes and are divided into 6-minute quarters. Water polo originated in England in 1870s. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

A. who A. includes A. with A. hours A. longer

B. whom B. has B. at B. minutes B. lengthen

C. whose C. consists C. of C. seconds C. length

D. which D. receives D. in D. quarters D. long

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. After only 50 minute flight from Ho Chi Minh City, you will set foot on the tropical paradise of Vietnam and the world: Phu Quoc Island. The island has a roughly triangular shape with a north-south length of 50km and a west-east width of 25km. A great part of the terrain is filled with beautiful sandy beaches, but these is a mountainous region

72


with 99 peaks, among which the Peak of Chua Mountain is the tallest one at 603 meters. Due to Phu Quoc’s location in the Gulf of Thailand, its climate is sub-equatorial with a temperate weather all year round, making trips to Phu Quoc possible any time in the year. However, the best time to travel to this island is during the dry season, from November until March, when the sky is blue and clear and the rains are away. Phu Quoc is most famous for its the cuisines and a natural wonderful coastline. The most famous food of Phu Quoc is fish sauce, which has become quite popular all over Vietnam and the world. Besides, another thing worth trying there is spicy yet interesting black pepper. However, the factor that will definitely intrigue you to visit Phu Quoc is its untouched coastline featuring several heavenly beaches. They have yet to be explored to their full ability, but this fact might be actually positive as it gives the shores a romantic beauty that you can find in nowhere else in the world. 28. The word “intrigue” has the closet meaning to _________________. A. attract B. promote C. inspire D. pay attention to 29. According to the passage, Phu Quoc Island ___________________. A. has both beaches and moutains B. doesn’t have much tourist attraction C. has the tallest mountain inVietnam D. doesn’t have rains all the year round 30. Tourists can visit Phu Quoc anytime in the year thanks to ________. A. its location by the sea B. its friendly local people C. its temperate climate D. its dry season 31. What are Phu Quoc’s specialities? A. red pepper and fish sauce B. black pepper and dried fish C. red pepper and soya sauce D. spicy black pepper and fish sauce 32. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Phu Quoc Island is located in the Gulf of Thailand. B. The beaches in Phu Quoc Island have been explored to their full potentials. C. Phu Quoc’s dry season begins from November and lasts through March. D. The island is roughly triangular in shape.

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Why don’t you consider our suggestion before making official decision?

73


 Why don’t you think …………………………………………………………………. 34. Watching TV is not as important as doing homework.  Doing homework……………….……………………………………………………. 35. My friend plays the piano brilliantly.  My friend is …………………………………………………………………………. 36. I find most of the young men of my own age so boring.  I feel…. ……………………………………………………………………………. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. You can’t read so quickly as I can. (MORE)  ……………………………………………………………………………………. 38. Thank you for helping me. (KIND)  ………………………………………………………………………………. 39. Staying at home would be better than going out tonight. (‘D RATHER)  ………………………………………………………………………………. 40. Mrs. Ha told Ba to carry those books back home. (HAD)  …………………………………………………………………………………. ______The end______

74


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 47) 1. D 9. A 17. D 25. A

2. B 10. A 18. B 26. C

3. C 11. C 19. A 27. D

4. D 12. C 20. B 28. A

5. D 13. D 21. B 29. A

6. D 14. D 22. C 30. C

7. A 15. A 23. A 31. D

8. C 16. A 24. C 32. B

33. Why don’t you think over our suggestion before making official decision? 34. Doing homework is more important than watching TV. 35. My friend is a brilliant pianist. 36. I feel so bored of/ with most of the young men of my age. 37. I can read more quickly than you. 38. It was kind of you to help me. 39. I’d rather stay at home than go out tonight. 40. Mrs. Ha had Ba carry those books back home.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 48 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 48

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. culture B. popular C. regular D. fabulous 2. A. conflict B. forbidden C. reliable D. determine II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. economics B. inspection C. regulation D. individual 4. A. absolute B. important C. responsible D. familiar III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. In 1990, due to the change of the economic situation, Dong Ho paintings were difficult to sell and many ________ quit their job.

75


A. craftsmanship B. craft unions C. craftsmen D. crafts 6. Making rice paper ________ jobs and income for many locals, and helps many families out of poverty and become well-off. A. keeps B. gets C. applies for D. creates 7. Since changing the way of production, many craftsmen have voluntarily joined together to form _______. A. cooperates B. cooperation C. cooperatives D. cooperative 8. The artisan is delighted to ________ to you the craft of creating prints in an old-age style. A. demonstrate B. explain C. express D. provide 9. We have plenty of time for doing the work. We ________ be hurried. A. needn’t B. shouldn’t C. mustn’t D. mayn’t 10. It gets ________ to understand what the professor has explained. A. the more difficult B. more difficult than C. difficult more and more D. more and more difficult 11. Nowadays, Tan Chau artisans can produce silk of multiple colours ________ they can meet customers’ demands. A. so B. so that C. but D. in order 12. How are you ________ on with your work ? – It is Ok A. calling B. getting C. playing D. looking 13. When we arrived at the meeting, the first speaker ________ and the audience ________. A. had just finished / were clapping B. had just finished/ clapped C. was finishing / clapped D. finished / had clapped

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. The more you practise, the fluently you can speak. A B C D 15. They stopped to work, because of the hot weather. A B C D 16. They have lived next door to us for years, therefore, we hardly ever see them. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “ Why don’t we visit the Happy Mind Charity Centre this weekend?” -“___________” A. Because it is so useful B. That’s a good idea ! C. I’ll tell you about this centre. D. Until next time. 18. “ Hello. I’m Minh, the leader of Dream Sky volunteer team. ” -“___________”

76


A. Nice to meet you. I’m John, from Volunteer Bolivia B. It’s nice of you so say so. I’m John, from Volunteer Bolivia. C. Fine, see you again soon, Minh. D. Don’t mention it . I’m John, from Volunteer Bolivia. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Young people are now getting more and more concerned about the environmental problems. A. worried B. nervous C. hopeless D. uneasy 20. In Vietnam, it is customary to choose a favourable day for occasions such as weddings, funerals, or house- moving days. A. suitable B. favourite C. beautiful D. whole VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. At first, he was reluctant to help us. However, after persuading for a long time, he agreed to play the guitar at our tea-shop. A. hesitate B. willing C. eager D. keen 22. Stop being mean to everyone or you’ll have no friends. A. unkind B. cruel D. miserable D. kind VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Did you know that reading can…. (23)…. your mind active and engaged well into old age? Several years ago when I was working as a newspaper reporter, I interviewed a woman who was a resident at a local nursing home. She was 100 years old. She read …. (24)…. one book per week. She was bright, intelligent and fun to talk with. "I love to read. It helps me keep up with what is going …. (25)…… in the world," she said. "A friend of …. (26)…. brings me a new book every week. I look forward to her visits and I look forward to the books. We talk about the books we have read. " Reading has other benefits, as well. For one thing, reading a good story can help you forget some of the problems in your own life. For the other thing, reading also sets a good …. (27)…… for younger generations. 23. A. . make B. keep C. give D. take 24. A. between B. in all C. at least D. at all 25. A. for B. out C. off D. on 26. A. mine B. my C. me D. I 27. A. view B. goal C. example D. story IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Vietnam is a densely-populated, developing country that in the last 30 years has had to recover from the ravages of war. Substantial progress was achieved from1986 to 1997 in moving forward from an

77


extremely low level of development and significantly reducing poverty. Since 2001, Vietnamese authorities have reaffirmed their commitment to economic liberalization and international integration. They have moved to implement the structural reforms needed to modernize the economy and to produce more competitive, export-driven industries. . Vietnam's membership in the ASEAN Free Trade Area (AFTA) and entry into force of the USVietnam Bilateral Trade Agreement in December 2001. have led to even more rapid changes in Vietnam's trade and economic regime. Vietnam's exports to the US doubled in 2002 and again in 2003. Vietnam joined the WTO (World Trade Organization) in January 2007, following over a decade long negotiation process. This should provide ail important boost to the economy and should help to ensure the continuation of liberalizing reforms. Vietnam is working to create jobs to meet the challenge of a labor force that is growing by more than one million people every year. Vietnamese authorities have tightened monetary and fiscal policies to stem high inflation. Hanoi is targeting an economic growth rate of 7. 5-8% during the next five years. 28. Vietnam's economy is _______. a. decreasing b. facing crisis c. developing d. developed 29. According to the text, Vietnam _______. a. used to be well-developed before 1986 b. Vietnam is still in extreme poverty c. could recover from the consequences of the war soon d. has been modernizing the economy 30. Vietnam _______. a. does not export anything to the US b. exported to the US in 2003 twice as much goods as in 2002 c. did not export goods to the US in 2002 d. did not export goods to the US in 2003 31. The word “This” refers to _______. a. Vietnam's joining the WTO b. the WTO c. the negotiating process d. the Vietnamese economy 32. The word “stem” has a close meaning to _______. a. succeed b. stop c. originate d. increase

B. WRITING (2. 0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The furniture was old to keep. -> It was . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 34. Gary is the best guitarist in her class.

78


-> No one else . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 35. Since the invention of computer, people have saved a lot of time. -> Since the computer was . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36. It’s necessary for everybody to clean up their neighborhood once a week. -> Everybody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. His father is the most capable man in the office. (MORE) -> No other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 38. The product quickly made an impact on the market. (INFLUENCE) -> The product quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Jonah had obviously made an effort to put on smart clothes for occasion (UP) -> Jonah had obviously made an effort to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40. Losing weight is not easy as putting on weight. ( DIFFICULT) -> Losing weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ______The end______

79


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 48) 1. A 9. A 17. B 25. D 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.

2. C 10. D 18. A 26. A

3. B 11. B 19. A 27. C

4. A 12. B 20. A 28. C

5. C 13. A 21. B 29. D

6. D 14. C 22. D 30. B

7. C 15. B 23. B 31. A

It was such old furniture that we couldn’t keep it. No one else in Gary’s class plays the guitar as well as her. Since the computer was invented, people have saved a lot of time. Everybody needs to clean up their neighborhood once a week. No other man in the office is more capable than his father. The product quickly had an influence on the market. Jonah had obviously made an effort to dress up smart clothes for the occasion. Losing weight is more difficult than putting on weight.

80

8. A 16. C 24. C 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 49 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 49

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. closed B. looked C. rained D. followed 2. A. enough B. cough C. though D. rough II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. habitat B. athletics C. interview D. memory 4. A. minority B. expedition C. technology D. commitment III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Trying to use a _______ dictionary less and switching to a monolingual one can help you to stop translating in your head when you are speaking or listening. A. biannual B. bicentenary C. bi-monthly D. bilingual 6. Do you know someone who can read and write well in English but cannot speak _______? A. fluent B. fluently C. fluency D. a fluency 7. In a _______ class, this is a great opportunity to learn about different customs and traditions around the world. A. multilingual B. multi-disciplinary C. multi-dimensional D. multinational 8. If t _______ when speaking, take two deep breaths before you say something. A. annoyed B. nervous C. pleased D. unwilling 9. No one ever improves pronunciation and _______ by watching someone else’s shape of the mouth ! You improve English speaking by speaking, not watching. A. rhythm B. tone C. accent D. sounds 10. If I _______ taller, I _______ better at basketball. A. am- will be B. were- would have been C. be- would be D. were – might be 11. If you _______ in my position, what would you do ? A. are B. will be C. were D. would be 12. There was a storm _______ I had ever experienced before. A. such as B. as which C. which D. for which

81


13. Is the first of March the day _______ the astronaut will come and give a speech at our school ? A. that B. what C. which D. when

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. He wrote a false beard so that nobody couldn’t recognize him. A B C D 15. Tom is the kind of person to who one can talk about anything. A B C D 16. The Call of the Wild is one of the many stories about the gold rush in Alaska writing by Jack London. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “Thank you very much for helping the disavantaged children here !” -“__________” A. What a pity! B. It’s our pleasure. C. Sorry, we don’t know D. That’s nice of you. 18. “Take care! Have a seat trip back!” -“__________” A. Thanks for coming B. Sounds good C. Thanks, bye D. Good luck next time VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. They were qualified for the job, but they were not recuited. A. competitive B. selected C.competent D.applied 20. Wage discrimination affects women negetively. A. motivates B. influences C. encourages D. affords VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Fresh water is very important to life beacause no one can live without it. Yes it is one of the limited and most endangered natural resources on our planet. A. Clean B. Drinkable C. Polluted D. Running 22. One way to protect our environment from pollution is to reduce wasteful consumption. A. costly B. excessive C. safe D. economical VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

82


Around the age of sixteen, you must make one of the biggest decisions of your life. “Do I stay on at school and hopefully go on to university (23) ______ ? Do I leave and start work or begin a training (24) ______?”. The decision is yours, but it may be (25) ______ remembering two things: there is more unemployment among who haven’t been to university, and people who have the right skills will have a big advantage in the competition for jobs. If you decide to go (26) ______ into a job, there are many opportunities for training. Getting qualifications will help you to get on more quickly in many careers, and evening classes allow you to learn (27) ______ you earn. Starting work and taking a break to study when you are older is another possibility. In this way, you can save up money for your student days, as well as getting practical work experience. 23, A. after B. later C. then D. past 24, A. school B. class C. course D. term 25, A. worth B. necessary C. important D. useful 26. A. straight B. just C. direct D. rather 27, A. where B. while C. when D. what IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. JOB INTERVIEW- SELLING YOURSELF When you apply for a job, one of the most important things is job interview. In order to make a good impression during a job interview, you need to prepare yourself for the interview carefully. Punctuation is very necessary. You should arrive in plenty of time so that you have a little of time to relax and keep calm before the interview. You should be well—dressed. Do not wear a skirt which is too short or jeans. You also need to plan what you are going to say. You have to answer a lot of questions about your education and experience. You may be asked many things about yourself and especially about the reason why you decide to apply for the job. You can ask the interviewer about the salary you expect, the position you are applying and the duties you have to do in the job. You also must try to find out as much as possible about the company you want to work for. 28: When you apply for a job ____________ A. job interview is not important. B. don't make any good impression. C. preparation is not necessary. D. interview is important for you to prepare. 29: What about punctuation? A. Being late is all right. B. You should arrive early enough to relax. C. Punctuation is not important. D. If you are late the interviewer will wait. 30: What about clothes? A. You can wear whatever you like. B. You should be well dressed.

83


C. Jeans are suggested. D. short skirt makes you more attractive. 31: You may be asked about_____________ A. your study B. the reason why you are interested in the job C. your experience D. All are correct 32: You can ask the interviewer about______________ A. the salary, position and duties B. the salary, position and his age C. the salary and the interviewer's education D. the salary, the interviewer's family and his duties

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It may rain hard this afternoon, so take the raincoat with you. -> In case ....................................................................................... 34. She had to do the washing up but she didn’t. -> She forgot ................................................................................. 35. English is easy to learn. -> It ............................................................................................... 36. Don’t leave the lights on all night, you will waste electricity. -> If ............................................................................................ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. People say that he is a famous singer. (IT) -> ............................................................................................. 38. The policeman does not run so fast as the thief (THAN) -> ............................................................................................. 39. I haven’t seen this man here before.(FIRST) -> ............................................................................................. 40. The novel is very interesting. (FIND) -> ............................................................................................. ______The end______

84


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 49) 1. B 9. C 17. B 25. A

2. C 10. D 18. C 26. A

3. B 11. C 19. C 27. B

4. B 12. C 20. B 28. D

5. D 13. D 21. C 29. B

33. In case it rain hard this afternoon, take the raincoat with you. 34. She forgot doing the washing up. 35. It is easy to learn English. 36. If you leave the lights on all night, you will waste electricity. 37. It is said to be a famous singer. 38. The thief runs faster than the policeman. 39. This is the first time I have ever seen this man here. 40. We find the novel interesting.

85

6. B 14. D 22. D 30. B

7. D 15. D 23. B 31. D

8. B 16. D 24. C 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 50 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 50

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. complete B. object C.defend D.prevent 2.A. rhinoceros B habitat C. vehicle D.whale II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A.apology B.canoeing C. industry D.disaster 4.A. interview B. shortage C.applicant D.supportive III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. I wish that he ________ to me about his living conditions. A. will never lie B.would lie never C. would never lie D. could never lie 6. I was surprised ________ what happened at the end of the film. A.finding out B.in finding out C.to find out D.that I found out 7. It’s ________ that you should follow a regular training programme. A. pleasant B.confident C.conscious D.essential 8. The doctor suggested I ________ more exercise to keep my blood pressure down. A. do B.to do C.doing D. could do 9. Giving lucky money to children and the elderly is one of the most common ________ during the Lunar New Year. A. behaviors B.habits C.events D.practices 10. Son Doong Cave will be ________ ruins if the cable car system is constructed. A. in B.at C.on D.out th 11. In the 17 century, the Viet people ________ the temple tower, calling it Thien Y Thanh Mau Tower. A. got into B. took over C.looked after D.put up 12. The Imperial Citadel of Thang Long is a ________ that consists of royal palaces and monuments. A.complex B.structure C.setting D.measure 13. The tram’s clanging sounds have gone deep into the ________ of Hanoians. A. minds and souls B. hearts and minds C. hearts and bodies D.bodies and spirits

86


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. When he will return, I’ll give him the key. A B C D 15. Neither he nor I are going to attend the meeting. A B C D 16. Jimmy keeps working in spite of he feeling unwell. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “ Well, I think volunteering will bring some useful experience for our future job.” -“__________” A. That’s also what I think B. I’m sorry, but I have to agree C. I don’t think so, either D. That’s unbelievable 18. “ Let’s open a small craft store to raise money for the poor village!” -“__________” A. That’s a good idea B. Thanks, I can manage C. No problem D. That’s the way it is VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Men should share household chores with women in their families. A. cover B. finish C. take D. split 20. The Government has raised the national minimum wage . A. bonus B. expense C. waste D.pay VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. If you follow at least one of the tips, you can be proud of taking part in the preservation of water , one of the very important and limited natural resources on earth. A. self- confident B. self – satisfied C. discontent D. unpleasant 22. Soil pollution leads to lack of fertile land to grow enough food for an increasing population. A. arid B. rich C. unclean D. deserted VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Some years ago, my daughter was studying English at a university on the south coast. One evening, she phoned to (23) ______ me that what she really wanted to do was a (24)______ travel round the

87


world, so she was looking into the possibility of working in another country. She had seen several advertisements in the paper for student teachers of English abroad, and she was interested in one in Italy, which she was desperate to visit She decided that this would be a good way to achieve her ambition, so she was writing to apply (25)___ the job. The reply (26) ______ a long time to arrive, but eventually she received a letter asking if she would go for an interview in London the following week. She was so excited that she immediately got in touch with the school owner and agree to attend the (27)______ . She was determined that nothing would prevent her from doing what she had set out to do. 23. A. say B. talk C. tell D. speak 24. A. picnic B. trip C. voyage D. journey 25. A. for B. with C. about D. to 26. A. was B. passed C. spent D. took 27.A. interview B. party C. job D. class IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Education system of Vietnam in the past Because of 1,000 years under the control of China, there were no records which indicated a formal education system in Vietnam. In 939, Emperor Ngo Quyen expelled the Chinese invaders and declared Vietnamese independence. But the first two dynasties, Ngo and Dinh, did not last so long, and were busy with the national defense, so the education was just in pagodas. Ly Cong Uan, the founder king of the Lydynasty had been educated in a pagoda. To the Ly dynasty, the fundamental educational system was officially improved. King Ly Thanh Tong established the Temple of Literature at the ancient Capital of Thang Long to encourage people to appreciate the education. In 1075, the first exam was done by the order of King Ly Nhan Tong to select scholars for office and the later year, 1076, the Imperial Academy, the first university in Vietnam’s history, was set up for the education of sons of royalty and other high – ranking officials. There were also many private classes taught by prominent scholars such as Chu Van An, Le Quy Don, Nguyen Binh Khiem, Phung Khac Khoan, Vo Truong Toan... The students would only study literature and ancient history of China, of Viet Nam for entirety of their schooling. Later on, the Public Administration curriculum was finally added to the program. When the Ho Royal family ruled the country, students were taught simple mathematics. From 1918 to 1945, Vietnam’s education programme has adopted the western educational system with three levels: elementary, high school, and college. At all levels, from 1945 the Vietnamese National language is officially used. Students have the opportunity to learn literature, history, philosophy, law, science, math, medicine and as well as other languages. 28. In the past, students mostly learned ________. A. the ways to rule the country B. literature and ancient history C. public administration

88


D. science subjects and mathematics. 29. In the 10th century , parents ________. A. could send their children to pagodas to have some schooling B. didn’t want their children go to school under the control of China C. could let their children have a formal education D. were too busy to send their children to school. 30. All of the following were done during the Ly dynasty EXCEPT that ________. A. the Imperial Academy was established in 1076 B. King Ly Nhan Tong ordrered to hold the first exam to select scholars C. all good students could go to the Imperial Academy D. King Ly Nhan Tong established the Temple of Literature. 31. From 1918 to 1945, Vietnam’s education system _________. A. had a wide range of subjects at college B. officially used to the Vietnamese national language C was divided into three levels D. was the same as the western education system 32.We can infer from the passage that ______. A. mathematics was highly developed during the Ho dynasty. B. the private classes replaced the Imperial Academy C. education was highly appreciated during the dynasties. D. the prominent scholars such as Le Quy Don couldn’t teach at the Imperial Academy. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. When did you first know him ? -> How ............................................................................. 34. Their trip lasted three days. -> They had ...................................................................... 35. He can’t afford to buy the car. -> The car ......................................................................... 36. Shirley didn’t begin to read until she was eight. -> It wasn’t ......................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. This gym is less convenient than the one near my house. (AS) -> This gym ........................................................................... 38. Mount Everest is higher than any other mountain in the world. ( HIGHEST) -> Mount Everest .............................................................................. 39. His writings have influenced modern Christian theology . ( BEEN)

89


-> Modern Christian theology ........................................................ 40. The group plans to establish an import business. (SET) -> The group plans to ........................................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 50) 1. A 9. D 17. A 25. A

2. B 10. A 18. A 26. D

3. C 11. B 19. D 27. A

4. D 12. A 20. D 28. C

5. C 13. B 21. C 29. D

6. C 14. B 22. A 30. B

33. How long have you known him? 34. They had a three- day trip. 35. The car is too expensive for him to buy. 36. It wasn’t until Shirley was eight years old that she began to read. 37. This gym is not as convenient as the one near my house. 38. Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world. 39. Modern Christian theology has been influenced by his writings. 40. The group plans to set up an import business.

90

7. D 15. C 23. C 31. A

8. A 16. D 24. B 32. A


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 51 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 51

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. should B. shout C. about D. amount 2.

A. shop

B. problem

C. top

D. glove

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. rusty B. career C. accent D. mission 4.

A. versatile

B. openness

C. financial

D. housekeeper

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question.

5. We _______ Dorothy since last Saturday. A. don’t see B. haven’t seen C. didn’t see D. hadn’t seen 6. The train ______ half an hour ago. A. has been leaving B. left C. has left D. had left 7. Her watch needs……………. a. reparing b. to be repaired c. repaired d. a&b. 8. There are two points __________ I wanted to make. A. who

B. where

C. which

D. whose

9. Will we __________ to the wedding celebrations by them? A. invite

B. invited

C. be inviting

D. be invited

10. I like my old phone, but this new model __________ it out of the water. A. blows

B. moves

C. throws

D. takes

11. If I were you, I __________ more carefully in the rain. A. will drive

B. would drive

C. was driving

D. drove

12. All areas of _____ country will have _____ rain tonight. A. the - some

B. the - any

C. a - some

D. a - any

13. She'll miss the bus if she __________ soon. 91


A. isn’t leaving

B. didn’t leave

C. don’t leave

D. doesn't leave

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.It is time the government helped the unemployment to find some jobs. A B C D 15.A Tokyo newspaper - television company had organized the climb in 1975. A B C D 16.Bill and Fred was students at a university and they were friends. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. John: “Can you do the cooking today?” Linda: “__________.” A. All right

B. Yes, please

C. No, thanks

D. I know that

18. Linh: “Let’s go to Nha Trang for the weekend!” Daniel: “__________.” A. Oh, you are good to say so

B. Yes, let’s

C. That’s a good idea

D. That’s a nice day

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. It was inevitable that there would be job losses. A. unbelievable

B. unavoidable

C. unneccessary

D. incredible

20. A fund will be set up for the dead men's families. A. provided

B. destroyed

C. produced

D. established

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. If petrol price goes up any more, I will have to use a bicycle. A. increase

B. ascend

C. develop

D. raise

22. How many countries took part in the last SEA Games? A. performed

B. hosted

C. participated

D. succeeded

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Rice is eaten by Vietnamese people every day. It often grows in tropical countries such as Vietnam, Thailand and Malaysia. People (23) ________ been growing rice for thousands or years. The seeds are planted in special beds to grow into young rice plants. Then they are (24) ________ to fields covered with muddy water called paddies. The fields of rice look very (25) ________. After 3 or 5 months, the

92


rice is ready to be picked. People often drain away before collecting rice. Eating rice is (26) ________ special action in the world. They don't use spoons or folks to enjoy bowls of rice. However, they use two short sticks known (27) ________ chopsticks to put rice into their mouths. 23. A. has

B. have

C. had

D. having

24. A. take

B. taking

C. to take

D. taken

25. A. beauty

B. beautify

C. beautiful

D. beautifully

26. A. a

B. an

C. the

D. x

27. A. with

B. as

C. of

D. like

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Discipline is an important virtue in one's life. Discipline means complete obedience to certain rules and regulations. Life without discipline is just like a house without a roof. It is absolutely essential for successful life. Discipline is the structural and fundamental unit of a successful person. It is essential for us at home, for soldiers in battlefield, for students in school, for players in playground. A team of experienced players often lose the match because of indiscipline in the team. A horrible battle can be won by a disciplined army. Discipline is very important in a student's life. We must obey our teachers, must follow the rules of the school. We should be sincere, dedicated, firm, and focus on our goals. If we violate, we will suffer a great deal in our future. As a student is the future of the country, we needs to be very punctual to our routine, hard working, healthy and fit. Discipline demands self-control and dedication. It leads to the formation of a good society and nation as well. 28. What is discipline? A. Obedience to rules and regulations

B. House without a roof

C. successful life

D. rules and regulations

29. What does the word “fundamental” mean? A. tiny

B. trivial

C. basic

D. small

30. Discipline is ________. A. student's life

B. our teachers

C. decication

D. very important

31. The word “follow” can best be replaced by ________. A. move

B. obey

C. remember

93

D. forget


32. Discipline requires ________. A. a good society

B. a good nation

C. routine

D. self-control and dedication

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “Why don’t we go out for a walk?” Lan said.  Lan suggested ____________________________ 34. He started study Chinese five years ago.  He has ___________________________________ 35. I think you should study harder for the exam.  If I ______________________________________ 36. Your dictionary is more expensive than mine.  My dictionary isn’t __________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. It’s a pity. I can’t play the guitar. (wish) ___________________________________________________ 38. I don't really like her. I admire her achievements. (although) ___________________________________________________ 39. She has written many essays. This is the best one. (ever) ___________________________________________________ 40. It’s raining heavily. We cancelled our journey. (so) ___________________________________________________ ______The end______

94


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 51) 1. A 9. D 17. A 25. C

2. D 10. A 18. C 26. A

3. B 11. B 19. B 27. B

4. C 12. A 20. D 28. A

5. B 13. D 21. A 29. C

33. Lan suggested going out for a walk. 34. He has studied Chinese for five years. 35. If I were you, I would study harder for the exam. 36. My dictionary isn’t as expensive as yours. 37. I wish I could play the guitar. 38. Although I don’t really like her, I admire her achievements. 39. This is the best esay she has ever written. 40. It’s raining heavily, so we cancelled our journey

95

6. B 14. C 22. C 30. D

7. D 15. C 23. B 31. B

8. C 16. B 24. D 32. D


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 52 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 52

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. asked B. stopped C. kissed D. raised 2. A. nation B. language C. place D. Asian II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. certificate B. necessary C. economy D. geography 4. A. personal B. penalty C. defensive D. vertical III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. I met James in a restaurant on Friday and he said that he had seen Caroline there ___________. A. the day before B. this day C. today D. that day 6. Jane said that she __________ come and look after the children the following day. A. can B. will C. could D. should 7. The weather was __________ in England than in Spain last week. A. most warmer B. by far warmer C. more warmer D. much warmer 8. ___________ all our efforts to save the school, the authorities decided to close it. A. Since B. Despite C. Although D. Because 9. He still doesn’t know _________ his budget when living alone in the city. A. when to manage B. how to manage C. where to manage D. what to manage 10. The cost __________ living in Singapore is higher than any countries in South East Asia. A. for B. on C. of D. in 11. Studies show that having good conflict ________ skills is associated with various positive outcomes. A. resolutional B. resolving C. resolve D. resolution 12. For most of us, however, positive thinking and _________ can be learned. A. self-awareness B. self-abuse C. self-access D. self-analysis 13. He asked her to marry him but she_________. A. carry him out B. turned him down C. took him out D. let him in IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. The director wanted to know how long you have been learning English.

96


A B C D 15. The more nearer the Tet holidays come, the more exciting the children feel. A B C D 16. The last person leaving the room must turn off the lights. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “Why do you like pop music?” - “______________________” A. Pop music originated in the Western world. B. Because it is soft and beautiful. C. Wes is a pop band. D. Since the 1950s, pop hashad some new elements. 18. “What’s your neighbourhood like?” - “__________________________” A. I live in Hanoi. B. Sounds good. I like living there. C. It’s good. I love it. D. No, there is no hospital there. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Traditional women are often passive and dependent on their husbands. A. free B. reliant C. adhered D. strong 20. Women will be exhausted if they have to cover both jobs at work and at home. A. very relaxed B. very pleased C. very tired D. very happy VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. The maintenance of this company is dependent on international investment. A. affective B. self-reliant C. self-restricted D. reliant 22. With his remarkable ability, Lam can deal with this problem effectively. A. ineffectively B. inefficiently C. ineffectively D. unefficiently VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. At 16, Paul decided he was (23)____ for full-time work, and left school. At first his parents did not agree with him, and wanted him to stay (24)____ his studies. In fact, they were very angry with him. “We’re worried (25)____ your future!” his father told him. “How can you ever get a good job (26)____ you leave school and sit in the café, drinking coffee with your friends? His parents strongly (27)____ of Paul’s friends. 23. A. interested B. ready C. necessary D. excited 24. A. to finish B. and finished C. finishing D. and finishing 25. A. of B. on C. about D. to

97


26. A. unless B. if C. although D. so that 27. A. agreed B. disagreed C. approved D. disapproved IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. In the Mekong Delta, Long Dinh village of Tien Giang province is famous for its traditional craft of weaving flowered mats. The mat’s high quality makes them popular domestically, and they are also exported to markets worldwide including Korea, Japan and America. In spite of its well-established reputation for this traditional craft, mat weaving only started here some 50 years ago. It was first introduced by immigrants from Kim Son, a famous mat weaving village in the northern province of Ninh Binh. However, the technique of weaving village sedge mats in Long Dinh, as compared with other places in the South, is somewhat different. Long Dinh branded mats are thicker and have more attractive colours and patterns. Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice. Long Dinh mat production mainly occurs during the dry season, from January to April. Weavers have to work their hardest in May and June, otherwise, when the rainy season starts in July, they will have to put off finishing their Products till the next dry season. No matter how much work it requires, Long Dinh mat producers stick with this occupation, as it brings a higher income than growing rice. This trade provides employment for thousands of local labourers. At present, nearly 1,000 households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats. To better meet market demands, Long Dinh mat weavers have created more Products in addition to the traditional sedge mats. Particularly, they are producing a new type of mat made from the dried stalks of water hyacinth, a common material in the Mekong Delta. Thanks to the planning and further investment, the mat weaving occupation has indeed brought in more income for local residents. Their living standards have improved considerably, resulting in better conditions for the whole village. 28. All of the following are true about the craft in Long Dinh EXCEPT that ______________. A. it has the origin from Kim Son, Ninh Binh B. it has had the reputation for more than 50 years C. the techniques are a little bit different from those in other regions D. the mats have more attractive colours and designs 29. We can infer from the sentence “Weaving sedge mats is similar to growing rice� that ______________. A. both depend on weather conditions B. both occur on the same land C. both bring similar incom D. both occur at the same time 30. Despite difficulties, people in Long Dinh try to follow the craft because ______________. A. they can have jobs in the rainy months B. they can go to Korea, Japan and America C. they can make the techniques of weaving different D. they can earn more money than growing rice 31. In order to meet market demands, artisans in Long Dinh ______________.

98


A. produce new Producs from rare material B. for thousands of local labourers C. try to produce various types of Products D. stop producing the traditional sedge mats 32. We can infer from the passage that ______________. A. the new technique makes labourers work in the dry season B. Long Dinh mat production is only well-known in foreign markets C. the craft contributes much to the village economy D. most of the households in Long Dinh village live on weaving mats B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Lan went to school after saying goodbye to her parents.  After Lan…………………………………………………………………………… 34. The family becomes a source of encouragement in times of personal success or defeat. We are conscious of that. We are conscious……………………………………………………………………………….. 35. He was so brave that he ran after the thief to get the bag back.  It was ………………………………………………………………………………………… 36. Each family needs its own special set of rules and guidelines. It is sure about that.  It is sure…………………………………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Please don’t smoke in the dining room. (‘d rather) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 38. The flight to Moscow lasted three and a half hour. (took) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Mrs. Smith is the wisest member of the family. (so) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 40. I remembered and so did she. (forget) …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______

99


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 52)

1.D 9,B 17.B 25.C

2.B 10.C 18.C 26.B

3.B 11.D 19.B 27.D

4.C 12.A 20.C 28.B

5.D 13.B 21.B 29.A

6.C 14.C 22.C 30.A

7.D 15.A 23.B 31.C

8.B 16.B 24.A 32.C

33. After Lan had said goodbye to her parents, she went to school. 34. we are conscious that the family becomes a source of an encouragement in times of personal success or defeat. 35. it was (very) brave of him to run after the thief to get the bag back. 36. it is sure that each family need its own special set of rules and guidelines. 37. I’d rather you didn’t smoke in the dining room. 38. it took three and a half hour to fly to Moscow. 39. no member of the family is so wise as Mrs. Smith. 40. I didn’t forget and neither did she.

100


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 53 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 53

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. helpline B. empathise C.embarrassed D.depressed 2.A.tense B.decision C.skill D.house-keeping II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A.imperial B.simplicity C.magnificence D.stimulating 4.A.destination B.derivative C.affordable D.ingredient III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5.You ____ take anything out of the shop without paying for it. A.need B.needn’t C.must D.mustn’t 6.Three great ____ of sandy desert almost circle the centre of Australia. A.series B.groups C.stretches D.lines 7.In developing countries, 90 percent of people use____for cooking and heating. A.wood B.eucalyptus C.cactus D.date palm 8.Many plant and animal____are now in danger of extinction. A.pieces B.species C.amount D.numbers 9.The disappearance of one or several species may result in the loss of____ . A.university B.biology C.biodiversity D.diversity 10.The negative effect of cigarette smoking is enormous,_____many peolpe still smoke. A.but B.so C.therefore D.however 11.Fish is easy to ____ when you are ill. A.digest B.direct C.cook D.fry 12.____is considered one of the most complete form of exercise, it is the basic part of many other aquatic sports. A.Snokeling B.Water polo C.Scuba diving D.Swimming 13.The Asian Games is an occasion when friendship and ____are built and deepened. A.solidarity B.determination C.admiration D.rival IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.My little daughter is going to being taken to daycare center.

101


A

B

C

D

15.There are also many single mothers and single father which are raising children by themselves. A B C D 16.The most you practise your English, the faster you will learn. A B C D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.“Who came up with this wonderful idea?” - “_______" A. The class monitor did. B. To protect our environment. C. Mr.Billy came yesterday. D. In order to raise some funds. 18.“What can we do for a better community?” - “________” A. To ensure healthy lifestyles. B. Why not people public facilities such as kindergartens or parks? C. I hate collecting rubbish in public places. D. Doing charity work is a must for everyone. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.Together, all of these treatment are supposed to cleanse your body and stimulate your immune system. A. encourage B. generate C. increase D.expand 20.The most common side effects with acupuncture are soreness, slight bleeding and discomfort. A.direct B. indirect C.original D. unwanted VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Nam is considered to be the best student in our class because he is not only good at learning but also well-informed about everything around the world. A. perfectly-informed B. badly-informed C. bad-informed D. ill-informed 22. Tommy was fired owing to his arrogant manner. A. humble B.overconfident C. superior D. haughty VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. What do you do well? What do you enjoy doing? Your answers to these two quest ions will help you ident ify your (23) _____. An employer will consider yo u seriously for a (24)____ when you can show them that you know who you are, what you can o ffer and which you have studied. Somet imes it is difficult to know what your weaknesses are. Clearly not everyone is equally good (25) _____ everyt hing. You may

102


need to improve yourself and so taking courses in that field could turn a weakness into strength. You will need to (26) _____ some t ime on your self-assessment. Your ho nest y and the desire for self-improvement will lead to (27) _____ in getting the right jo b. Explore the fo llowing seven areas to start to get to know yourself: your aptitude, your skills, your personalit y, t he level of responsibilit y you feel comfortable wit h, yo ur interests and your needs. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.

A. A. A. A. A.

strong posit ion upon use success

B. B. B. B. B.

strength locat ion in make successful

C. C. C. C. C.

strengthen spot at lose successfully

D. D. D. D. D.

strengthened room for spend succeed

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Today, in many parts of the world, it is customary for people to shake hands upon meeting as gesture of good will. Originally, however, the practice of shaking hands had a more practical purpose. Shaking hands originated in medieval times. In those days, when a man came on a stranger, he would often automatically reach for his sword with his right hand, in case he had to use the weapon to defend himself. Sometimes, both parties found themselves circling around each other, weapons in hand, until it was mutually agreed that the weapons could be laid aside. Then, the two parties extended their right hands to show they had no weapons, and clasped them. This was the beginning of the handshake. The custom of shaking hands is not a universal one. In the Orient, people have, for centuries, clasped their own hands in front of them upon meeting to show that they held no weapons. In France, a custom developed in which people who met would kiss each other on both cheeks. The natives of some South-sea islands greet by rubbing noses. note: clasp (v): nắm chặt, siết chặt. 28.At first ,the purpose of shaking hands was ________________. A. to show a good relationship with each other B. to show that there were no weapons in hands. C. to show that both parties were ready for a fight. D. a gesture of good will 29.To show that one has no intention to fight, ________________. A. shaking hands has been practiced all over the world B. the oriental people kiss each other’s hand. C. people laid aside their weapons. D. there have been various ways depending on different cultures 30.According to the passage,the practice of shaking hands ________________. A. was used to extend greetings B. used to be popular, but now it is out of date. C. is replaced by other customs in some countries. D. is considered not to be very polite. 31.The word “came on” in the second paragraph can best be replaced by ________. 103


A. waited for B. visited C. attacked 32.Which of the following is NOT true about the handshake ? A. It happened for the first time very long times ago B. It is a gesture of good will. C. It is very popular all over the world. D. It is one of the social customs.

D. happened to meet

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “Let’s go swimming” -> She suggests…………………………………………………….. 34. “Would you like a cup of tea?” -> He………………………………………………………………. 35. We got lost in the jungle because we didn’t have a map. -> If we had………………………………………………………….. 36. I last saw Bob when I was in Ho Chi Minh City. -> I haven’t seen ……………………………………………………..

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She is overweight because she eats too much meat. (IF) ->…………………………………………………………………………….. 38. “ I have visited this beauty spot many times” said my father. (TOLD) -> …………………………………………………………………………….. 39. “ I wasn’t there at that time” said he. (DENIED) ->……………………………………………………………………………… 40. The farmers spread the trees each week. (BY) ->………………………………………………………………………………

______The end______

104


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 53)

1.C 9,C 17.A 25.C

2.B 10.A 18.B 26.D

3.D 11.A 19.A 27.A

4.A 12.D 20.D 28.B

5.D 13.A 21.D 29.D

6.C 14.C 22.A 30.C

7.A 15.C 23.B 31.D

33. she suggests going swimming 34. he invited me a cup of coffee 35. if we had had a map, I wouldn’t got lost in the juggle 36. I haven’t seen Bob since I was in Ho Chi Minh city. 37. if she didn’t eat too much meat, she wouldn’t be overweight. 38. my father told me that he had visited that beauty spot many times. 39. he denied being there at that time. 40. the trees are spread by farmers each week.

105

8.B 16.A 24.A 32.C


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 54 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 54

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. columnist B. frustrated C. study D. adulthood 2.A. safiri B. variety C. versatile D. operate II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. mischievous B. supportive C. interview D. educate 4. A. honest B. system C. subject D. polite III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Wooden clogs have been the simple _____ of Vietnamese women for ages. A. symbol B. mark C. sign D. signal 6. Rickshaw looks ____ in each ____ of Vietnam: Hanoi’s rickshaw is wider and low. Hue’s is a bit narrower but longer, Saigon’s rickshaw is tall and long. A. different – area B. the same – part C. different – region D. differently – region 7. Survey findings ____ that the current family remains an important production unit of society. A. express B. show C. explain D. record 8.Many workers wish that they ____ labour contracts with the company A. were signing B. sign C. signed D were signed 9. The photos by a British diplomat capture the ____ of old bicycles, crowed electric trams, the queue to buy goods and lines of barrels waiting to collect water in the 1980s. A. minds B. thinking C. ideas D. images 10.The life at that time was very difficult ____ every family tried to buy a branch of peach blossoms to display on the Lunar New Year Festival. A. despite B. although C. but D. so 11. We suggest that the authorities ____ street children from following foreign tourist in the downtown. A. should stop B. will stop C. stopped D. would stop 12. After they ____ their breakfast, they ____ shopping yesterday. A. have/go B. had had/ go C. had/ had gone D. had had/ went 13. It was raining, ____ we cancelled the trip to the beach.

106


A. although B. because C. so D. but IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. The teacher asked him why hadn’t he done his homework, but he said nothing. A B C D 15.Pay attention of the traffic lights when you are travelling in the street. A B C D 16. Peter was the first scored a goal for his team in the yesterday’s match. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Haven’t you done any volunteer work before, Jen?” - “ ________” A. No, not now B. Yes, I have never done it C. Yes, I’ve done it once D. Sure, no problem 18. “ Are you teaching English or Math at Hoa Binh Orphanage?” - “______” A. Yes, I am B. No, I’m not C. English, of course D. I’ll choose literature VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Female firefighters are sometimes the targets of laughter and anger from the coworkers and local people. A. reasons B. sources C. directions D. victims 20. Many women had to pay a heavy price to win equality. A. achieve B. lose C. attempt D. respect VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. He’s a wonderful example of a kind- hearted person with good judgement. A. inhuman B. tolerant C. generous D. sympathetic 22. The situation seemed hopeless and desperation filled them both with anger. A. pessimistic B. pointless C. promising D. useless VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. A job interview is a chance for you to (23) ______ that you can satisfy all the requirements of the job you are (24)____________for. That is why it is essential to be well-prepared for the job interview.Preparing means knowing about the industry, the employer, and yourself. It also means paying attention to details like personal appearance, (25)__________, and demeanor. Before the interview , you should gather(26) ________information about the industry and the employer as you can. Not only will you appear informed

107


and intelligent but you will also make a decision if a job offer is eventually made. You might also want to prepare for answering questions by listing some of your attributes. Remember that appearance is very important. You should match your dress to employees in the workplace (27) ________you are applying. You should come on time for the interview. 23.A.suggest B. prove C. offer D. recommend 24.A. applying B. asking C. begging D. requiring 25. A. punctual B. punctuality C. on time D. punctuate 26.A.so much B. too much C. as much D. as many 27.A.that B. which C. in that D. where IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The system of USA education starts with twelve years of primary and secondary school education which the Americans have to follow. A secondary school ("high school") diploma or certificate is a compulsory requirement for the student to be able to enter college, university, vocational, secretarial or other professional and technical schools. American children who are around six years of age normally begin their learning at a primary school. It takes from five to six years to complete the primary schooling. After finishing the primary schooling, students will have to enter a secondary school where they may spend 6 or 7 year durations consisting of either two three- year programs, or a three-year and a four-year program. Schools at this level are known as Middle School or Junior High School and High or Senior High School Completion of this stage is called Twelfth Grade. International students are advised to find out which level of education in their country corresponding to the twelfth grade in the US.A. After completing the twelfth grade, students are admitted to college or university for higher education. Study at a college or university leading to the Bachelor's Degree is known as "undergraduate" education. Study beyond the Bachelor's Degree is known as "graduate" school, or "postgraduate" education. Advanced or graduate degrees include law, medicine, M.B.A. (Master), and Ph.D.(doctorate) etc. The USA has the highest number of educational institutions providing higher education than any other country. There are more than 3800 colleges and universities imparting degree programs. The size of US. higher educational institutions varies greatly, too, from colleges that enroll fewer than 1,000 students to large universities that enroll more than 50,000 students. 28. If a US. student wants to enter a vocational school, he/ she must _________. A. have at least 12 years of secondary schooling. B. get a high school diploma C. complete a senior high school without its certificate. D. complete two four-year programs at secondary school. 29.Schools at secondary level consist of ___________. A. Middle Schools and High schools. B. Middle schools and Junior High schools. C. High schools and Senior High schools. D. Junior and Senior schools.

108


30. According to the text, graduate students are those who ___________. A. graduated from a high school. B. are studying a college or a university. C. are pursuing a Master or Doctorate program at university. D. graduated from a college or a university. 31. If you want to study a Master program, you ___________. A. must be a undergraduate student. B. must get a Bachelor diploma. C. must finish 'graduate' program. D. must complete a Bachelor program at university. 32. According to the text, which statement below is TRUE? A. The USA has the best education in the world. B. The number of the US. colleges and universities is higher than any other country. C. International students whose level of education corresponds to the 12thgrade in the USA can apply for any programs in a US. university. D .International students are advised to apply for a US. high school before for a college. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The Old Quarter is the noisiest part of the city. -> No other parts ......................................................................... 34. This place was the most dangerous I’ve ever been. -> I’ve ......................................................................................... 35. No other cities in China are bigger than Shanghai. -> Shanghai is China’s .............................................................. 36. This is the best food I’ve ever eaten in this country. -> I’ve never ............................................................................. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. You can’t understand these things because you are very young (enough) -> ...................................................................................................... 38. I have so much to do today. (wish) -> ...................................................................................................... 39. Tom is a playwright as well as an actor. (not only) -> ...................................................................................................... 40. They did not finish the kitchen on Monday. (wasn’t) -> ...................................................................................................... ______The end______

109


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 54)

1.A 9, D 17.C 25.B

2.D 10.A 18.C 26.C

3.B 11.A 19.D 27.D

4.D 12.D 20.A 28.B

5.B 13.C 21.A 29.A

6.A 14.B 22.C 30.A

33. no other parts in Hanoi are noisier than the Old Quarter. 34. I’ve ever been to such a dangerous place before. 35. shanghai is china’s biggest city. 36. I’ve never eaten the better food in this country before. 37. you are not old enough to understand these things. 38. I wish I didn’t have so much to do today. 39. Tom is not only a playwright but also as actor. 40. The kitchen wasn’t finished on Monday.

110

7.D 15.B 23.B 31.C

8.D 16.B 24.A 32.D


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 55 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 55

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. exotic B. stir C. orchid D. massive 2. A. marinate

B. drain

C. punctual

D. fluent

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. neibourhood B. assignment C. emotion D. supportive 4.A.experience

B. emotional

C. emergency

D. favourable

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The sound of firecrackers was common on previous Tet, but it is now prohibited ________ being dangerous and unsafe in production and distribution. A. due to

B. because

C. despite

D. for

6. In the past several weeks, I have had the ________ to interact with a few large extended families. A. ceremony

B. opportunity

C. event

D. situation

7. Children feel ________ to go into the world with the support from their parents. A. confidence

B. confident

C. confidently

D. reluctant

8. The railway route is designed with double lanes, electrified and has technical standards which allows ________ of earthquake level 8. A. acceptance

B. ability

C. power

D. tolerance

9. At Station 3 at Ba Son shipyard, the metro line in Ho Chi Minh City ________ from underground to elevated. A. moves

B. gets rid of

C. shifts

D. transfers

10. For generations, bicycles have been used not only as transport but also as a way of ________ for working-class families. A. livelihood

B. life

C. life-saving

D. liveliness

11. He greeted her. She really (look) ________ better than when he (see) ________ her last. Yes, she (change) ________.

111


A. had looked – saw – had changed

B. looked – saw – had changed

C. has looked – saw – has changed

D. looked-had seen–had changed

12. Along with our need for love, our most important need is the need for ________ . A. importance

B. increase

C. appreciation

D. value

13. It is not ________ for men to wear the traditional costumes in modern life. A. convenient

B. certain

D. surprised

D. pleased

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. You’re a great dancer. I wish I could do as good as you do. A

B

C

D

15. Those who practise English every day will have no more chances to pass the English test than other. A

B

C

D

16. One of the most important measures to be taken to promote the A

B

development of a country is to constant carry out economic reforms. C

D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “ Can I join your volunteer group this summer ?” - “_________” A. Yes, of course

B. No, not at all

C. No, I think so,

D. Yes, you are

18. “ Do you mind if I have a look at your project on community development ?” - “_________” A. No, not at all C. Yes, you’re welcome

B. Yes, it’s a good project D. As quickly as possible.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.Newborn infants are more vulnerable to illness than other. A. easily hurt

B. strong

C. safe

112

D. hard to effect


20. We’re surprised to hear that his musical talent was nurtured by their loving parents when he was a child. A. abandoned

B. limited

C. fostered

D. restricted

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. In my view, husbands should contribute to the household duties in order to reduce burden on their wives. A. minimize

B. lower

C. decrease

D. increase

22. We try to create an atmosphere of comfort and security for our children. A. safety

B. harmony

C. danger

D. shelter

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Some people believe that soon schools will no longer be necessary. They say that (23) _______ the Internet and other new technologies, (24) _______ no longer any need for school buildings, formal classes, or teachers. Perhaps this will be true one day, but this is hard to (25) _______ a world without schools. In fact, we need to look at how we can use new technology to make schools better, not (26) _______ them. We should invent a new kind of school that is (27) _______ to libraries, museums, science centers, laboratories, and even companies. 23. A despite

B. because of

C. thought

D. because

24. A. there are

B. they are

C. it is

D. there is

25. A. know

B. realize

C. imagine

D. consider

26. A. To eliminate

B. eliminative

C. eliminator

D. elimination

27. A. limited

B. linked

C. contributed

D. addressed

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Unlike life in countryside which is often considered to be simple and traditional, life in the city is modern and complicated. People, from different regions, move to the cities in the secretaries of having a better life for them and their children. The inhabitants in city work as office secretaries, merchants, teachers, government workers, factory workers and even street vendor or construction workers. The high cost of living requires city-dwellers, especially someone with low income to work harder or to take a part-time job. For some people, everyday start as usual by getting up in the early morning to do exercise in public parks, preparing for a full day of working and studying, then immersing in crowed boulevards or narrow streets filled with motor scooters and returning home after a busy day. They usually live in large houses, great mansions, and high-rise apartment blocks or even in a small rental equipped with modern amenities like the internet, telephone, television, satellite communication facilities and so on. Industrialization and modernization as well as global integration have big impact on lifestyle in the cities. The most noticeable impact is the Western style of clothes. The “Ao Dai�- Vietnamese traditional clothes are no longer regularly worn in Vietnamese women daily life. Instead, jeans, T-shirt and fashionable clothes are widely preferred.

113


28. Industrialization and modernization may lead to __________. A. some changes in lifestyles B. global integration C. the fact that women no longer wear Ao Dai D. the disappearance of Western- styled clothes 29. The most important reason why people move to the city is that __________. A. to have a busy days B. to look for a complicated life C. to look for a better life D. to take part- time jobs 30. We can infer from the passage that __________. A. there is a big gap between the rich and the poor in the city. B. people leave the countryside because life there is simple. C. Most of the urban dwellers have low income D. people do morning exercise in public parks because they have much free time. 31. According to the passage, the city life can offer the city dwellers all of the following things EXCEPT __________. A. a variety of jobs in different fields B. modern facilities C. the Internet D. friendly communication with neighbours 32. The word “impact� in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to __________. A. situation

B. effect

C. force

D. action

B. WRITING (2. 0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Hang’s house is farther from the city center than my house. -> My house . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. No other cities in Germany are older than Cologne.

114


-> Cologne is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35. Living in the big city is harder than living in the country. -> Living . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36. Khai Quang is larger than any other manufacturing area in Vinh Phuc. -> Khai Quang is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. The last time I saw Lan was at Tam’s birthday party. (HAVEN’T) -> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38. What did he tell you ? (NEED TO KNOW) -> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39. Where did you go on holiday ? (KNOW) -> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40. Where is the dentist’s office ? (HOW) -> . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 55) 1. B 9, C 17. A 25. C

2. C 10. A 18. A 26. A

3. A 11. A 19. A 27. B

4. D 12. C 20. C 28. A

5. A 13. A 21. D 29. C

6. B 14. D 22. C 30. A

33. My house is not as far from the city center as Hoang’s house. 34. Cologne is the oldest city in Germany. 35. Living in the country is not as hard as living in the big city. 36. Khai Quang is the largest manufacturing area in Vinh Phuc. 37. I haven’t see Lan since Tam’s birthday party. 38. I need to know what he told you. 39. Do you know where they went on holiday? 40. Could you tell me how to get to the dentist’s office?

115

7. B 15. D 23. B 31. D

8. D 16. C 24. D 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 56 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 56

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. education B. graduate C. individual D. confident 2.A. embarrassed B. awareness C. abandoned D. captain II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. recognize B. concentrate C. assignment D. cognitive 4.A. teenager B. vehicle C. activate D. nationwide III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5.Last Wednesday witnessed a sudden drop in raw oil price. A.Significant B. gradual C. sharp D. considerable 6.It was unprofessional __________ casual clothes to the international conference. A.Of her to wear B. for her wearing C. for her to wear D. of her wear 7.The very first metro is being built to ____________ the travel demands of Saigonese. A.Solve B. make C. see D. meet 8.________ ease traffic congestion, it is necessary to promote the development of public transport. A.Because of B. despite C. in order to D. since 9.I think life today is __________ comfortable than it was in the past. A.About as B. a lot more C. more and more D. the more 10.My friend were all extremely ________ when they heard I’d lost my job. A.Tolerant B. sympathetic C. obedient D. confident 11.Vietnamese prefer riding motorbike _________ walking to work A.To B. for C. than D. rather than 12. It is hard ____________ us to persuade him to believe what we said. A.To B. of C. for D. with 13.A lot of __________ were built to solve the traffic jam problem at intersections. A.Trams B. flyovers C. skytrains D. tunnels IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.If you slept under a mosquito net, you weren’t bitten so often. A B C D 15. Unfortunately, the catering committee can never agree between themselves. A B C D 16.We went by a train to the west of England last month. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.“ What a meaningful thing you’ve done for your less fortunate friend, my son!” 116


-

“_____________” A.Thanks for talking care of me, Mom. B.What a wonderful gift you’ve made for me. C.I don’t really care. I must go now. D.Thank you mom that’s just a bit I can do for them. 18. “ New Year is coming. I’ll repaint the house for Mrs. Poor Old Amada.” “_____________” A.No, not for me. B. That would be great help. C, It is very expensive D. Not at all VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.The old blood cells are broken down by the sleep and eliminated from the body. A.Cut out B. exhaled C, removed D. held 20.Humans will enjoy longer life expectancy when they are move conscious of what they eat and do. A.Aware of B. capable of C, responsible for D. suitable for VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.Global warming may lead to many negative changes, including harsher weather conditions. A. More unbearable B. milder C, more extreme D. more serious 22.The physical therapy helped Jim overcome his fear of height. A. Overwhelm B. control C, neglect D. conquer VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Living in a city has a number of drawbacks. Firstly, there is the problem of traffic (23)________ and traffic accidents. The increase in population and the increasing number of vehicles have (24)_________ many accidents to happen every day. Secondly, air pollution (25) __________ affects people's health, and it also has a bad (26)__________ on the environment More and more city dwellers suffer from coughing or breathing problems. Thirdly, the city is noisy, even at night. Noise pollution comes from the traffic and from construction sites. Buildings are always being knocked down and rebuilt. These factors contribute to making city life (27)________ difficult for its residents. 23.A. calm B. jams C. light D. legacy 24.A. caused B. made C. done D. got 25.A. actively B. negatively C. positively D. weakly 26.A. pressure B. consequence C. influence D. result 27.A. mostly B. very C. much D. more IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school. Others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language in films, on television, in the office or among their 117


friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard on their lessons to learn another language. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language, mathematics and English. In England, America or Australia, many boys and girls study their own language, which is English and another language, perhaps French, German or Spanish. Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English 28. According to the writer: A. Only adults learn English C. no children like to learn English B. English is useful only for teenagers D. English is popular all over the world 29. Most people learn English by __________. A. watching videos only B. working hard on their lessons C. hearing the language in the office D. talking with the foreigners 30. Many boys and girls learn English because __________. A. it is included in their study courses B. English can give them a job C. they are forced to learn it D. they have to study their own languages 31. In America and Australia, many school children study __________. A. English as a foreign language B. English and mathematics only C. such foreign languages as French, German or Spanish D. their own language and no foreign language 32. Many adults learn English because __________. A. English is spoken in their office B. they want to go abroad C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It is a three-hour drive from Hanoi to Nam Dinh.  It takes....................................................... .................................................. ............ 34. It's a pity you didn't tell us about this.  I wish.............................................. ................................................................ ........ 35. They think the owner of the house is abroad.  The owner............................................................ .................................................. . 36. The children couldn't go swimming because the sea was very rough.  The sea was too………………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 118


37. I can’t understand him because he speaks so quickly. (IF)  ………………………………………………………………………………… 38. The suitcase is so heavy that I can’t carry it. (SUCH)  ………………………………………………………………………………… 39. It will be very cold tomorrow. (WISH)  ………………………………………………………………………………….. 40. The sun is much hotter than the moon. (SO…..AS)  ……………………………………………………………………………………. ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 56) 1. D

2. B

3. C

4. D

5. C

6. A

7. D

8. C

9. C

10. B

11. A

12. C

13. B

14. C

15. D

16. B

17. D

18. B

19. C

20. A

21. B

22. A

23. B

24. A

25. B

26. C

27. D

28. D

29. B

30. A

31. C

32. D

33. It takes three hours to drive from Hanoi to Nam Dinh. 34. I wish you had told us about it. 35. The owner of the house is thought to be abroad. 36. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming. 37. If he didn’t speak so quickly, I could understand him. 38. It is such a heavy suitcase that I can’t carry it. 39. I wish it wouldn’t be cold tomorrow. 40. The moon isn’t so hot as the sun.

119


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 57 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 57

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. although B. ethnic C. there D. gather 2.A. author B. daughter C. taught D. laugh II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. punctual B. flexible C. openness D. specific 4.A. establishment B. derivative C. population D. simplicity III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5.I ___________ it to you if you told me earlier. A. would give B. had given C. will give D. would have given 6.You had your house repaired last month, ________? A. hadn’t you B. didn’t you C. isn’t it D. hadn’t it 7.The government __________ the earthquake victims with food, clothes and medicine. A. carried B. offered C. gave D. provided 8.His bad exam results made his parents __________. A. disappointment B. disappointed C. disappoint D. disappointing 9.“ Don’t forget to take __________ your shoes when you are in a Japanese house. “ A. off B. apart C. in D. up 10.The police ordered people to leave the building _________ a bomb threat. A. in case B. because C. since D. because of 11. You should know ________ a thick good book quickly. A. to read B. reading C. how to read D. the way for reading 12. She is disappointed at not passing the GCSE examination, but I consider she will _______ it. A. get over B. fill in C. take after D. turn off 13.I must thank the man from ______ I got the present. A. who B. whom C. that D. which IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14.They worked very hardly in spite of their old age. A B C D 15. The older you are, the worst your memory is. 120


A B C D 16.He said that he has done his homework since 7 o’clock. A B C D

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17.Ann: “ ________ is it from here to your school?” Jack: “ About 10 minutes walk.” A. How far B. How long C. How often D. How fast 18.Lora: “ How do you do ?” Jane: “____________” A. I am a nurse B. I am doing OK C. I work in a bank D. how do you do VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.Mother Teresa devoted herself to caring for the sick and poor. A. spent B. contributed C. gave up D. dedicated 20.Our top priority is to clean and protect the environment in our neighborhood. A. hobby B. job C. preference D. idea VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Volunteering also means getting to meet people with a similar passion. A. alike B. identical C. common D. distinct 22. Stores everywhere compete to sell their distinctive versions of Christmas cake before the holiday. A. different B. various C. similar D. special VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Environmental pollution is a term that refers to all the (23)_______by which man pollutes his surroundings. Man dirties the air with gases and smoke, (24)________ the water with chemicals and other substances, and damages the soil with too many fertilizers and (25)_________. Environmental pollution is one of the most serious problems facing mankind today. Air, water, and soil are necessary to the survival of living things. Badly polluted air can cause illness, and (26)_________death. Polluted water kills fish and other marine life. Pollution of soil (27)_________ the amount of land that is available for growing food. Environmental pollution also brings ugliness to man’s natural beautiful world. 23.A. paths B. ways C. streets D. roads 24.A. damages B. provides C. contaminates D. suppies 25.A. pollution B. substances C. pesticides D. dirty 26.A. so B. moreover C. even D. therefore 27.A. grows B. makes up C. increase D. reduces IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

121


In the early 17th century, most of the southern region of Vietnam was nearly uninhabited and in the position of Ho Chi Minh City, there was a small village formed with a few residents. However, thanks to its advantage in location, the town grew both economically and politically. By the 19th century, this had become a cultural hub of the South as well as an important trading center of the country. You might not know that there was a time Saigon was referred to as the Pearl of the Far East. Sadly, having been through various occurrences and two disastrous wars has stunted the city’s development. Only after the political instabilities had settled, Saigon recovered miraculously and maintained its leading position in terms of both the economics and culture. Officially named as Ho Chi Minh City, Saigon today has 22 districts in total and attracts hundreds of thousands of tourists annually. 28.The word “occurrences” is closest in meaning to _________ A. situation B. adventures C. incidents D. affairs 29.What is the best title of the passage? A. Saigon: lost and found B. Saigon: then and now C. Saigon: now and then D. Saigon: Hub of the South East Vietnam 30.According to the passage, Saigon was ___________ in the early 17th century. A. a financial center B. an uninhabited region C. a small village D. an important city 31.What happened with the Saigon in the 19th century? A. It became popular all over Asia B. It became a cultural hub of the South and an important trading center of Vietnam C. It became the most important trading center in the world D. It was no longer visited by international tourists. 32.Which of the following sentence is NOT true? A. In the early 17th century, there were only a few residents living on the position of Saigon B. The location of Saigon helped the town develop its economy and politics. C. Saigon was once referred as the Pearl of Far East D. Saigon has recovered and held its leading position before the political instabilities settled. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33.I've never had to wait this long for a bus before. This is ………………………………………………………………………… 34.Remember to take note of what the tour guide said. Remember to put ……………………………………………………………… 35.It took us more than 3 hours to discover the inner Hanoi.  We spent………………………………………………………………………. 36. No other book is more popular than Dickens’ “ David Copperfield”.

122


Dickens’ “ David Copperfield” is ……………………………………………. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.Boiling an egg is not difficult (It). ………………………………………………………………………………… 38.The ancient Egyptians built the pyramids (were). ………………………………………………………………………………… 39.Cairo is hotter than London (so). ………………………………………………………………………………… 40.It’s two years since I was last in Hanoi (for) ………………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 57) 1. B

2. D

3. D

4. C

5. D

6. B

7. D

8. B

9. A

10. D

11. C

12. A

13. B

14. B

15. C

16. B

17. A

18. D

19. D

20. C

21. D

22. C

23. B

24. C

25. C

26. C

27. D

28. C

29. B

30. C

31. B

32. D

33. This is the first time I have had to wait this long for a bus. 34. Remember to put down what the tour guide said. 35. We spent 3 hours discovering the inner Hanoi. 36. Dicken’s “David Copperfiel” is the most popular book. 37. It is not difficult to boil an egg. 38. The pyramids were built by the ancient Egyptians. 39. London isn’t so hot as Cairo. 40. I have not been to Hanoi for two years.

123


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 58 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 58

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. stressed B. tense C. concentrate D. self-aware 2. A. financial B. responsive C. applicant D. breadwinner II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. suppose B. attract C. polite D. signal 4. A. candidate B. experience C. company D. interview III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. She asked me _____________. A. if I understand the lesson B. if I understood the lesson C. whether to understand the lesson D. whether I can understand the lesson. 6. I can't get into my room because I _____________ my key. A. lose B. lost C. have lost D. had lost 7. Someone told us _____________ on the stairs. A. don't sit B. not sit C. not to sit D. not sitting 8. Thousands of people are reported _____________. A. having lost their homes after the flood B. to having lost their homes after the flood C. that have lost their homes after the flood D. to have lost their homes after the flood 9. If I had more money, I _____________ a bigger house. A. will buy B. would buy C. would have bought D. bought 10. The man _____________ is drinking orange juice is my eldest brother. A. who B. whom C. whose D. which 11. In Vietnam, a school year is divided _____________ two terms. A. for B. of C. into D. with 12. He congratulated the team _____________ all their games. A. to win B. winning C. for their winning D. on having won 13. My father phoned me to say that he would come home late. A. a B. an C. the D. no article

124


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. The children were so amusing at the cartoon that they couldn't help laughing. A B C D 15. My mother is ill so I d like to have a day off to take care for her. A B C D 16. My uncle Hung, who has come back from England, as well as his four children are warmly welcome. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. A: "Have you heard? Martin and Lisa have just got engaged I" B: “_________________” A. Really? That's fantastic! B. Congratulations! C. Let's celebrate! D. Good luck! 18. A: "Well, Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie have just decided to divorce I don't you know? B: “_________________” A. I couldn't agree more. B. Oh, thanks! C. Really? Are you kidding? D. No, not right now. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Americans value freedom and do not like to be dependent on other people. A. addicted B. supportive C. reliant D. responsible 20. In most American families, parents have less influence on their children than those in other parts of the world. A. power B. effect C. attention D. care VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Most employers prefer male workers to female ones. A. want B. compliment C. care about D. favour 22. She failed to get into medical university. A. passed B. qualified C. didn't succeed D. satisfied VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Nonverbal communication, or "body language", is communication by facial expressions, head or eyes movements, hand signals, and body postures. It can be B just as important to understand (23) __________ words are. Misunderstandings- often amusing (24) __________ sometimes serious- can arise between people from different cultures if they misinterpret nonverbal signals. For example, take the differences in meaning of a gesture (25) __________ is very common in the United States: a circle made

125


with the thumb and index finger. To an American, it means that everything (26) __________ OK. To Japanese, it means that you are talking (27) __________ money. In France, it means that something is worthless. Meanwhile in Greece, it is an obscene gesture. Therefore, an American could unknowingly offend a Greek by using that particular hand signal. 23. A. as B. than C. more D. less 24. A. although B. but C. unless D. in order to 25. A. who B. where C. why D. that 26. A. is B. are C. were D. was 27. A. around B. about C. among D. ahead IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. If you are invited to an American friend's home for dinner, remember these general rules for polite behaviour. First of all, arrive approximately on time but not early. Americans expect promptness. It will be all right to be 10 or 15 minutes late but not 45 minutes late. Dinner might be over - cooked and ruined by then. When you are invited to someone's home for a meal, it is polite to bring a small gift. Flowers or candy are always appropriate. If you have an attractive thing made in your native country, your host or hostess will certainly enjoy receiving that gift. What will you do if you are served some food that you cannot eat or you do not like? Do not make a fuss about it. Simply eat what you can and hope that no one notices it. Be sure to compliment the cook on the food that you are enjoying. Do not leave immediately after dinner, but do not overstay your welcome, either. The next day, call or write a thankyou note to stay how much you enjoyed the evening. 28. If you are invited to an American friend's home, ___________. A. you should be late at least 45 minutes B. politeness is not necessary C. you should arrive early to help the host D. punctuality is appreciated 29. Which sentence is NOT true? A. You should not compliment the cook on the food. B. You should not leave immediately after the dinner. C. You should not overstay. D. You should not make someone notice that you do not like the food. 30. If there is some food that you cannot eat, ___________. A. immediately tell the host about this B. do not make a fuss about it C. do not eat anything D. ask the host to cook you another dish 31. When you come to someone's house for dinner, ___________. A. bring a lot of gifts B. you should never offer any gift C. do not care about gifts

126


D. bring some flowers, candy or something made in your native country 32. The next day, ___________. A. you needn't say thank-you B. remember to thank to the host for the dinner C. Jay nothing to the host D. invite the host to your house

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. People thought that the cover was made of iron. → The cover _____________________________________________________________________ 34. He went to London. He had lived there when he was a boy. → He went to London where ______________________________________________________ 35. Jane was absent from class because of her sickness. → Because Jane was_____________________________________________________________ 36. The package was too heavy for Peter to carry. → The package was so___________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Your hair needs cutting. (it's time) ________________________________________________________________________ 38. If you run a lot, you'll become healthy. (The more) ________________________________________________________________________ 39. Nam will be eighteen next week. (birthday) ________________________________________________________________________ 40. He never had enough money. (short) ________________________________________________________________________ ______The end______

127


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 58) l. C 9. B 17. A 25. D

2. A 10. A 18. C 26. A

3. D 11. C 19. C 27. B

4. B 12. D 20. B 28. D

5. B 13. D 21. D 29. A

33. The cover was thought to have been made of iron. 34. He went to London where had lived when he was a boy. 35. Because Jane was sick, Jane was absent from class. 36. The package was so heavy that Peter couldn't carry it. 37. It's time you had your hair cut. 38. The more you run, the healthier you'll become. 39. It will be Nam's eighteenth birthday next week. 40. He's always short of money. ______The end______

128

6. C 14. B 22. C 30. B

7.C 15. D 23. A 31. D

8.D 16. C 24. B 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 59 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 59

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. delighted B. helpline C. advice D. decision 2. A. classmate B. pressure C. embarrass D. missing II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. impression B. existence C. compulsory D. creativity 4. A. reform B. improve C. dominate D. adopt III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. He warned her _______________the wire. A. not touching B. not touch C. touch D. not to touch 6. Hurry up! It's time we_______________ for next week's examination. A. have studied B. studied C. had studied D. will study 7. When Jack_______________ me, I_______________ a letter. A. phoned/ has been writing B. has phoned/ was writing C. phoned/ was writing D. was phoning/ wrote 8. You should find out as much as about the job and the vacancy. A. jobs are advertised B. a job that is available C. a seat that is available D. an empty seat. 9. The academic year in England_______________ into three terms. A. has divided B. is divided C. divides D. is dividing 10. We saw many soldiers and horses _______________ were moving to the front, line. A. which B. whom C. who D. that 11. Schooling is_______________ for all English children from the age of five to sixteen. A. compulsory B. advised C. selected D. encouraged 12. Because of the coming examination, I am under a lot of _______________. A. responsibility B. pressure C. confidence D. activities 13. Had I known she was sick, I_______________ her. A. visited B. had visited C. would have visited D. would visit

129


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Everyone should arrive early so that we can start the meeting at time. A B C D 15. Mary studied very hard. Therefore, she passed the driving test easy. A B C D 16. The woman who daughter I saw yesterday is a doctor. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. A: "What a beautiful wedding dress you are wearing today, Daisy! B: “_________________” A. I'm sorry to hear that B. Thanks, it's nice of you to say so. C. Don't mention it. D. Thanks for your gift! 18. A: “Let’s go and cheer for their happiness today.” B: “_________________” A. No, thanks. B. Have a go, please. C. That's a good idea! D. It's too late. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. In order to be successful, we should never give up hope. A. fight B. abandon C. continue D. suspect 20. Gender discrimination has become a hot subject of conversations among school students. A. topic B. study C. fact D. case VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Among friends again, we may be happy to confide our innermost secrets. A. admit B. conceal C. hint D. reveal 22. Most of us, even with every communication option possible, drift apart from is friends. A. be independent B. be associated C. be isolated D. be separated VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Although most families in the United States enjoy a high living standard, many American women have to work (23) __________ at home and in their offices. Despite their husbands' (24) __________ of the housework, women have to do most of the housekeeping tasks. In single-parent families, the mothers may not have (25) __________ I children to take care of, but they have to raise their families alone and have to provide for all the housekeeping money. Therefore, the (26) __________ mothers have to work I very hard to earn their living. Moreover, in spite of the fact that the single mothers If have all the (27)

130


__________ conveniences at their homes, they find that bringing up their teenage children alone is not easy. 23. A. fast B. hardly C. equally D. hard 24. A. responsibility B. share C. need D. refusal 25. A. few B. some C. much D. many 26. A. single B. lonely C. alone D. dependent 27. A. comfortable B. saving C. modern D. expensive

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Have you ever had a dream about traveling to another planet in our solar system? If you have, there It an actual programme that is happening right now, and it hopes to send people to Man in 2023. Known as the Man One Mission, it will send a crew of four people on a one-way mission to colonize Man. Those chosen people will have to be ready to say good-bye to the earth forever, as there will not be a return trip. For the people chosen, they will have to learn to do many different things. First of all, they will be living the rest of their lives with just a handful of other people, so they all must have personalities that allow them to get along. Second, the living quarters that they will have won't be very spacious, so they will have to deal with that condition as well. If they feel homesick, they will only be able to communicate with people back on the earth via e-mail and videos and audio sent back and forth. However, there won't be any real-time communication. Even at the speed of light, communication between the earth and Mars takes about 20 minutes. Whether the Mars One Mission will actually happen is the big question that a lot of people are asking. There is an enormous skepticism in the science community, and Wired magazine gave the mission a miserable score of two out of ten on its probability scale. However, for those who dream to go to Mars, at least they can say there is a possibility that it could happen. 28. How long will it take for a message to come back from Mars? A. Almost immediately B. About an hour C. Around 20 minutes D. Only a few seconds 29. What will NOT be spacious? A. The mission B. The living quarters C. The spaceship D. The magazines 30. Which of the following is considered miserable? A. A personality of people taking part in the programme. B. A mission of astronauts to the ISS. C. A crew on board of the Mars One Mission. D. A score of the programme on the probability scale. 31. Who might like to go on this mission? A. People with angry personalities

131


B. People who don't like to communicate C. People who get along with others D. People who get homesick easily 32. What will NOT happen to the people who go on the Mars One Mission? A. They will live in quarters that don't have a lot of space inside. B. They will return to the earth. 1 C. They will communicate with people on the earth. D. They will have to live with other people. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. You should take the train Instead of the bus. → If _____________________________________________________________________ 34. I'm sure that someone forgot to lock the door. → Someone must_________________________________________________________ 35. They bought this house ten years ago. → They have_____________________________________________________________ 36. The course finished with a big party. → At the end________________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She knows a lot more about it than I do. (SO MUCH) ________________________________________________________________________ 38. Let's go abroad for our holiday this year. (WHY) ________________________________________________________________________ 39. During dinner, the phone rang. (WHILE) ________________________________________________________________________ 40. It took her six hours to drive from London to Edinburgh. (SPENT) ________________________________________________________________________ ______The end______

132


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 59) l. D 9. B 17. B 25. D

i

2.B 10. D 18. C 26. A

3. D 11. A 19. B 27. C

4. C 12. B 20. A 28. C

5. D 13. C 21. B 29. B

33. If I were you, I'd take the train instead of the bus. 34. Someone must have forgotten to lock the door. 35. They have had/ owned this house for ten years. 36. At the end of the course, there was a big party. 37. I don't know so much about it as she does. 38. Why don't we go abroad for our holiday this year? 39. While I was having dinner, the phone rang. 40. She spent six hours driving from London to Edinburgh. ______The end______

133

6. B 14. D 22. B 30. D

7.C 15. D 23. D 31. C

8. B 16. B 24. B 32. B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 60 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 60

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. nursery B. work C. excursion D. certificate 2. A. application B. apply C. applicant D. applicator II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. economy B. economics C. technologically D. institution 4. A. university B. international C. agricultural D. philosophy III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The_____________ ingredient in every meal of Vietnamese people is fish sauce. A. particular B. natural C. active D. essential 7. Vegetables, especially leafy green ones, are _____________ sources of calcium. A. rich B. attractive C. numerable D. a lot 8. Each member of the family has a small bowl and _____________ which allow him or her to take food from the table throughout the meal. A. pots B. chopsticks C. knives D. pans 8. On the Cao Lau noodles in Hoi An were some meat _____________ mixed with fried noodles served with vegetables and bean sprouts. A. slices B. shares C. parts D. cuts 9. One special feature of cuisine in Southern Vietnam is short cooking time which aims to _____________ the freshness of food. A. protect B. keep C save D. store 10. Drinking enough water is a vital part_____________ it keeps your body functioning properly. A. but B. although C. because D. or 11. If I could speak Spanish, I_____________ next year studying in Mexico. A. will spend B. had spent C. would have spent D. would spend 12. Kate, with_____________ I studied in the middle school, is now a student in Canada. A. that B. who C. whose D. whom 13. Not every student is aware of _____________ of the English language.

134


A. importance

B. an importance

C. its importance

D. the importance

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. After she had bought himself a new automobile, she sold her bicycle. A B C D 15. After George had returned to his house, he was reading a book. A B C D 16. Buying clothes are often a very time- consuming practice because those clothes A B C that a person likes are rarely the one that fit him or her. D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. A: "Why don't we make a cake for Mom on Mother's Day?" B: “I_________________" A. Sure, let's plan on it. B. Thanks, I'd love to. C. To make her happy. D. Great I I'd like some flowers. 18. A: "What gifts should I bring to a dinner party in Vietnam?" B: "_________________" A. I don't care. B. You should arrive on time. C. Dress casually. D. Just some fruits or cakes. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. The government took big steps to prevent gender inequality. A. increase B. avoid C. promote D. cause 20. Those people who have enough courage and will are likely to be successful. A. energy B. motivation C. bravery D. desire VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Then the strangest thing happens-Will and Marcus strike up an unusual friendship. A. cover up B. give up C. make up D. remain 22. He'll give Joe a red rose and a lovey-dovey poem he wrote. A. lovesick B. romantic C. tragic D. wild VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

135


The Southeast Asian Games owes its origins to the Southeast Asian Peninsular Games or SEAP which was first (23) _____________ in Thailand in 1959. At the first time only six countries (24) _____________ in the games. Laung Sukhumnaioradit, the then Vice-President of the Thailand Olympic Committee. Proposed that a regional sports (25) _____________ would help promote cooperation, understanding and relations among countries in the Southeast Asian region. At the 8th SEAP Games in 1975, the SEAP Federation considered the inclusion of Indonesia and the Philippines. The two countries were formally (26) _____________in 1977, the same year when SEAP Federation changed its (27) _____________ to Southeast Asian Games Federation (SEAGF), and the games were known as the Southeast Asian Games. Brunei was admitted at the 10th SEA Games in Jakarta, Indonesia, and East Timor at the 22nd SEA Games in Hanoi. Vietnam. 23. A. happened B. held C. taken D. made 24. A. participated

B. met

C. presented

D. hosted

25. A. even

B. event

C. show

D. perform

26. A. attended

B. consisted

C. admitted

D. committed

27. A. slogan

B. title

C. organize

D. name

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. You can do a few things to make homework less stressful. First, be sure you understand the assignment. Write it down in your notebook or day planner if you need to, and don't be afraid to ask questions about what is expected. It is much easier to take a minute to ask the teacher during or after class than to struggle to remember later that night! If you want, you can also ask how long the particular homework assignment should take to complete so you can plan your time. Second, use any extra time you have in school to work on your homework. Many schools have libraries that are specifically designed to allow students to study or get homework done. The more work you can get done in school, the less you will have to do that night. Third, pace yourself. If you don't finish your homework during school, think about how much you have left and what else is going on that day, and then plan your time. Most middle students should have between 1 and 3 hours of homework a night. If it is a heavy homework day, you will need to devote more time to homework. No one is expected to understand everything, and maybe you need some help. The first place to turn for help is your teacher. But what if you don't feel comfortable with your teacher? If you are in a big enough school, there may be other teachers who teach the same subject. Speak to other teachers directly and you may be in luck. Sometimes it just helps to have someone explain something in a different way. Moreover, you might also be able to get some help from another student. If there is someone you like who is a good student, think about asking that person if you can study together. 28. The most important thing that you should do when you get your assignment may be__________. A. to know when you hand it in B. to understand it and its requirements C. to know how long it takes to complete it D. to remember it in order to plan the time 29. If you have any free time left at school, you should__________.

136


A. use it to do your homework in the library B. spend time with your friends C. use it to understand the assignment D. use it to make your day planner 30. When students need some help, they should__________. A. never ask other teachers for help B. always turn to their own teachers for help C. ask any good students at the subject in your school D. go to their teachers or other teachers teaching the same subject 31. The main idea of the first three paragraphs is__________. A. to get help when you need it B. to do homework immediately C. to create a homework plan D. to ask your teachers for more explanation 32. According to the passage, all of the following are correct EXCEPT that__________. A. it takes a student more than three hours a night if there is much homework B. it is good to have the explanation in a different way C. you only do your homework at home between 1 and 3 hours a night D. it is very useful to take a minute to ask the teacher during or after class B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. We invited a pop star onto the talkshow, but he didn't turn up. → The pop star ____________________________________________________________ 34. Although she said that she would come, I don't think she ever will. → Despite ________________________________________________________________ 35. The plane had hardly left the airport when the accident happened. → No sooner ______________________________________________________________ 36. You feel tired now because you didn't sleep very well last night. → Had ___________________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. "Why don't you ask her yourself?" I said to Tom. (SUGGESTED) ____________________________________________________________________________ 38. How long is it since you last saw Mary? (WHEN) ____________________________________________________________________________ 39. The fight to Moscow lasted three and a half hours. (TOOK)

137


____________________________________________________________________________ 40. She asked, "How many Japanese students are there in your class, Tom?" (THERE WERE) ____________________________________________________________________________ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 60) 1. D 9. B 17. A 25. B

2. B 10. C 18. D 26. C

3. A 11. D 19. B 27. D

4. D 12. D 20. C 28. B

5. D 13. D 21. B 29. A

6. A 14. B 22. C 30. D

33. The pop star that/ who/ whom we invited onto the talkshow didn't turn up. 34. Despite her saying that she would come, I don't think she ever will. 35. No sooner had the plane left the airport than the accident happened. 36. Had you slept well last night, you wouldn't feel tired now. 37. I suggested Tom asking her himself. 38. When did you last see Mary? 39. It took me three and a half hours to fly to Moscow. 40. She asked Tom how many Japanese students there were in his class. ______The end______

138

7. B 15. D 23. B 31. C

8. A 16. A 24. A 32. C


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 31 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 31

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. achieved B. advanced C. required D. replied 2. A. explanation B. experience C. existence D. exciting II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. imperial B. simplicity C. magnificence D. stimulating 4. A. destination B. derivative C. affordable D. ingredient III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Pressure _____________children to get into top schools has reached a crisis point. A. at B. under C. on D. with 6. Perhaps what you're reading or hearing is boring, which makes it hard to _____________ on the book or the conversation. A. concentrate B. rely C. depend D. notice 7. A great way to improve_____________ skills is to keep trying new things. A. reason B. reasoned C. reasoning D. reasons 8. As children move toward_____________, they are less likely to ask for advice. A. dependent B. dependence C. independent D. independence 9. Taking good notes _____________ students to evaluate, organize and summarize information. A. requests B. requires C. allows D. offers 10. Susan needs someone to show her how to_____________ her anxiety and depression. A. emphathise B. try C. succeed D. manage 11. Mi asked what information she _____________that assignment. A. needs to be done B. needed doing C. need to do D. needed to do 12. My teacher told me that I _____________ attend the match course for the higher level programme that I _____________ for. A. can’t-apply B. couldn’t –apply C. can’t-applied D. couldn’t-had applied 13. My parents asked me to find out it gave you so much trouble. A. what B. which C. why D. where

139


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Julie failed her driving test because she hasn't practised enough. A B C D 15. I don't mind a little inconvenient but this is impossible. A B C D 16. The doctor called this morning while you slept. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. A. "I'm afraid I can't come to your house-warming party next Saturday. B: “___________________� A. That sounds fun. B. Oh, what a pity I C. That's ridiculous. D. Oh, what a relief! 18. A: "Thank you very much for coming to our wedding!" B:" ___________________" A. Our pleasure! Happy wedding! B. Don't mention it. Go ahead! C. Our pleasure! Good success! D. Don't mention it. Just my luck! VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Nowadays, many women are aware of gender preferences in favour of boys. A. fail B. ignore C. deny D. acknowledge 20. With great effort, she passed the driving test at the first attempt. A. succeeded in B. failed C. enrolled D. deferred VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Feel free to bring along your significant other to the party. A. dear B. foe C. mate D. spouse 22. I look up to my father for my whole life. A. depend on B. disapprove C. disrespect D. underestimate VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. BEFORE THE INTERVIEW You should find out as much as possible about the job and the (23) ___________.Before the interview, you have to send a letter of application and your resumes to the company to express your interest in the job and (24) ___________that you may be the most suitable candidate for the position.

140


When you come to the interview, remember (25) ___________ with you your school certificates and letter of recommendation from your teachers or your previous employers. (26) ___________ you may jot down your qualifications and experience that can relate to the job and prepare for the questions that are often asked during the interview. Make sure you know where the interview is and (27) ___________ there. Be on time or a few minutes early. Don't forget to dress neatly and formally. 23. A. vacancy B. career C. profession D. place 24. A. showing B. to show C. shown D. show 25. A. to bring B. bringing C. brought D. bring 26. A. Although B. In addition C. However D. And 27. A. how to get B. how getting C. way getting D. to get IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Orbis is an organisation which helps blind people of everywhere. It has built an eye hospital inside an aeroplane and flown in all over the world with an international medical team. Samantha Graham, a fourteen- year- old schoolgirl from England, went with the plane to Mongolia. Samantha tells the story of the Eukhtuul, a young Mongolian girl. "Last year, when Eukhtuul was walking home school, she was attacked by boys I with sticks and her eyes were badly damaged. Dr. Duffey, an Orbis doctor, said that I without an operation she would never see again. I thought about all the things I do I that she couldn't, things like reading schoolbooks, watching television, seeing friends,! and I realised how lucky I am." "The Orbis team agreed to operate on Eukhtuul and I was allowed to watch, together with some Mongolian medical student, I prayed the operation would be successful. The next day I waited nervously with Eukhtuul while Dr. Duffey removed her bandagers. "In six months your sight will be back to normal," he said. Eukhtuul smiled, her mother cried, and I had to wipe away some tears, too!" "Now Eukhtuul wants to study hard to become a doctor. Her whole future has changed, thanks to a simple operation. We should all think more about how much our sight means to us." 28. What information can be learned from this passage? A. the best way of studying medicine B. the international work of some eye doctors C. the difficulties for blind travelers D. the life of schoolchildren in Mongolia 29. The word "she" in the passage refers to____________. A. the writer B. the nurse C. Eukhtuul D. the medical student 30. After meeting Eukhtuul, Samantha felt ____________. A. angry about Eukhtuul's experience B. grateful for her own sight C. proud of the C. doctor's skill D. surprised by Eukhtuul's ability 31. What the result of Eukhtuul's operation ? A. After some time she will see an well as before B. Before she recovers, she needs another operation C. She can see better but can never have normal eyes D. She can't see perfectly again 32. What is the writer's main purpose in writing this passage?

141


A. To describe a dangerous trip C. To report a patient's cure

B. To explain how sight can be lost D. To warn against playing with sticks

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. When did you start the project? → How long _________________________________________________________________ 34. Their wedding will be held in a lovely church. → The church ________________________________________________________________ 35. My father used to play football when he was young. → My father doesn't ___________________________________________________________ 36. Jane gave me a present on my last birthday. → I was _____________________________________________________________________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. How many people are there in our school? (there are) ____________________________________________________________________________ 38. This shirt is too dirty for me to wear, (so) ____________________________________________________________________________ 39. I don't find it difficult to get up early in the morning, (am used to) ____________________________________________________________________________ 40. Would you please give me a hand? (mind) ____________________________________________________________________________ ______The end______

142


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 31) 1. B 9. B 17. B 25. A

2. A 10. B 18. A 26. B

3. D 11. D 19. D 27. A

4. A 12. D 20. A 28. B

5. C 13. C 21. B 29. C

33. How long is it since you started the project? 34. The church where their wedding will be held is lovely. 35. My father doesn't play football anymore. 36. I was given a present on my last birthday by Jane. 37. We want to know how many people there are in our school. 38. This shirt is so dirty that I cannot wear it. 39. I am used to getting up early in the morning. 40. Would you mind giving me a hand? ______The end______

143

6. A 14. D 22. C 30. B

7. C 15. B 23. A 31. A

8. D 16. D 24. B 32. C


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 32 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 32

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ……………… A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. system C. landscape D. business 1. A. historical 2. A. carved B. impressed C. embroidered D. weaved II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. embroider B. lantern C. impress D. desire 4. A. workshop B. remind C. outskirts D. village III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. Jenny can’t go out with us to see a movie now because she’s_______________ meal. A. preparing B. making C. arranging D. keeping 6. I’m responsible for cooking dinner as my mother usually works_______________. A. lately B. early C. later D. late 7. I usually_______________ my younger sisters when my parents are away on business. A. pick up B. take care of C. look for D. take charge of 8. Ms. Mai asked me how she could_______________ household chores equally in her family. A. make B. divide C. give D. contribute 9. In my family, my father always take charge of doing the_______________ lifting. A. strong B. hard C. heavy D. huge 10. Her husband is very kind. He always cares her and never puts on of the housework her. A. about-in B. for-in C. about-on D. with-on 11. Mr. Hoang found it difficult to be in charge of the household _______________. A. financial B. financially C. finances D. financier 12. We _______________ in doing the washing-up, cleaning the floor and watering the flowers. A. turn B. out C. around D. turns 13. _______________ is a person who work at home and take care of the house and family. A. Breadwinner B. Homemaker C. Servant D. Houseman IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions.

144


14.

Lam and his friends often go to the cinema to enjoy the new films last year. A B C D 15. They were walking through Nguyen Hue Avenue while an accident happened. A B C D 16. Tourists can’t be enter the War Remnants Museum after 10pm. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. A: "I love studying science as it allows me to answer questions about natural world." B: "_________________” A. No, I won't. B. Neither do I. C. Yes, I like it. D. So do I 18. A: "I have taken part in the science club for 3 months." B: "_________________” A. So have I. B. So have me C. I have so. D. So I have. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.We always split the housework equally – my mom cooks, my dad cleans the house and I do the washing – up. A. join B. break C. share D. pick up 20.Parent are recommended to collaborate with teachers in educating children. A. part B. cooperate C. separate D. disagree VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.From my point of view, parental divorce can cause lasting negative consequences for children. A. beginning of a marriage B. the situation of not marrying C. single person D. ending of a marriage 22.It is important to create a daily routine so as to improve your work-life balance today. A. a situation in which two or more things are not treated the same B. a state that things are of equal weight or force C. a state that things are of importance D. a situation that things change frequently in amount VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When Scotsman Alexander Graham Bell (23) the telephone in 1876, it was a revolution in communication. (24) the first time, people could talk to each other over great distances almost as clearly as if they were in the same room. Nowadays, though, we (25) use Bell’s invention for taking photographs, (26) the Internet or watching video clips rather than talking. Over the last two decades a new (27) of spoken communication has emerged: the mobile phone.

145


23. A. invented 24. A. As 25. A. increase 26. A. accessing 27. A. aids

B. is invented B. By B. increased B. contacting B. means

C. invented C. For C. increasing C. entering C. tools

D. was invented D. Since D. increasingly D. searching D. ways

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Did you know that on average we forget about 80% of the medical information a doctor might give us? This fascinating information came to light as a result of a study carried out by Utrecht University. What is even more interesting is that almost half of what we think we remember is wrong. Why do you think this is? Well, it’s not as complicated as you may think. You see, going to the doctor fills most people with anxiety and when we are really nervous and stressed we are more likely to focus on the diagnosis rather than the treatment. Therefore, we know what is wrong with as but have no idea what to do about it. Here are some good tips to keep in mind when seeing a doctor. Always write down any important information. What would be even better is, if your doctor agreed, to record your consultation. This way, you can replay the advice at home, where you are more likely to absorb it. If you believe the situation is serious or you’re really worried, seek the help of a family member. Just ask them to accompany you to listen in. This way you can be absolutely sure about what the doctor has told you and avoid falling into the same trap that most people do. (Source: Traveller 6) 28. According to the passage, the information doctors give us . A. is about 50% wrong B. is only 80% correct C. is mostly forgotten D. is usually not enough 29. The word “complicated” in the passage is opposite in meaning to____________. A. good B. quick C. short D. simple 30. The author says that when people consult a doctor, ____________. A. they always believe that their situation is serious B. they are interested in knowing what they should do C. they only want to know what is wrong with them D. they usually have a family member with them 31. The word “absorb” in the passage is closest in meaning to . A. digest B. inhale C. swallow D. take in 32. The author suggests recording the consultant in order to . A. play it to your family members to get their opinions B. refer to it later to better understand your condition C. replay it to write down any important information

146


D. use it as evidence against your doctor if necessary B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Their teacher is making them study hard. They ....................................................................................................……………. 34. As I get older, I want to travel less. The older .................................................................................................................. 35. I have never been to Liverpool in my life. Never ...................................................................................................................... 36. My father speaks very little French. My father speaks hardly ......................................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I will return to Hoi An to have another week of adventure this summer. (COME) → .............................................................................................................. 38. After leaving college, he started his own business with a bank loan. (SET) → .............................................................................................................. 39. She promised to meet me at the cinema this evening, but she didn’t arrive. (TURN) → .............................................................................................................. 40. Nicholas began his trip to the remote farmhouse in Connecticut yesterday. (SET) → .............................................................................................................. ______The end______

147


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 32) 1.D 9.C 17.D 25.D

2.B 10.C 18.A 26.A

3.A 11.C 19.C 27.B

4.B 12.D 20.B 28.C

5.A 13.B 21.A 29.D

6.D 14.C 22.A 30.C

7.B 15.C 23.C 31.D

33. They are being made to study hard. 34. The older I get, the less I want to travel. 35. Never have I been to Liverpool in my life. 36. My father speak hardly any French. 37. I will come back to Hoi An to have an another week of adventure this summer. 38. After leaving college, he set up his own business with a bank loan. 39. She promised to meet me at the cinema this evening, but she didn’t turn up. 40. Nicholas set off to the remote farmhouse in Connecticut yesterday.

148

8.B 16.C 24.C 32.B


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 33 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 33

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. grate B. staple C. marinate D. shallot 2. A. pays

B. stays

C. says

D. plays

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. recipe B. tablespoon C. ingredient D. benefit 4. A. avocado

B. traditional

C. ingredient

D. significant

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5. The museum has a superb collection of ancient from Nubia. A. artefacts

B. leather

C. presence

D. beads

6. Our aim is to make the performing arts, museums and our A. love

B. patriotism

7. I have ten pictures and eight pieces A. of

B. on

C. heritage

C. in

B. on

D. status

sculpture on exhibition.

8. David Ferris’s father was a bank manager living A. of

accessible to all.

D. for the outskirts of the city.

C. in

D. at

9.All people should join hand in protecting the environment __________we can gain better health. A. in order that

B. when

C. because

D. even though

10. __________we were waiting, a woman with a phone on her hand asked us what we were doing. A. That 11. The bus A. hits

B. In order that

C. While

up passengers outside the airport. B. sends C. lays

12. After visiting Van Phuc village, they came A. at

B. up

13. At the moment, my sister

D. Although D. picks to their hotel for lunch.

C. down

D. back

her homework, my brother

games.

149


A. is making - is playing

B. is doing is playing

C. does- plays

D. makes- is playing

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. Is Ben Thanh Market a place of interests in Ho Chi Mlnh City? A B C D 15. Many international tourists are interested on making woven baskets. A B C D 16. I picked up a piece of wood and start carving. A B C D V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. "What do you think of your new laptop? - " …… ” A.I'm sorry, I can't. Let's go now. B. I'm sorry. I'm home late C. Sure. I'd love to D. But please be careful with it. 18. "Can I try your new camera?" - " …… ” A. I’m sorry, I can’t. Let’s go now B. I’m sorry. I’m home late C. Sure. I’d love to. Sure D. But please be careful with it. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Acupuncture originated in China and has been used as a traditional medicine for thousands of years. A. began

B. created

C. developed

D. introduced

20. There is no evidence at this time that acupuncture can treat cancer itself. A. clue B. data C. proof D. sign VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.The gender grap in primary education has been eliminated. A. variety

B. inconsistency

C. difference.

D. similarity

22.The United Kingdom has made a remarkable progress in gender equality. B. insignificant

B. impressive

C. notable

D. famous

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. HEALTH DETECTOR Scientist Hayat Sindi's device is the sire of a postage stamp, and it costs just a penny. But it could (23) millions of lives. In many parts of the world, doctors and nurses work with no (24) or clean water. They have to send health tests to labs and wait weeks for results. But this little 150


piece of paper could change that. It contains tiny holes that are filled with chemicals. These chemicals are able (25) health problems. A person places a single drop of blood on the paper. The chemicals in the paper change (26) the blood and indicate (27) or not the person has an illness. (Source: http: / / ngl.cengage.com)

23. A. build 24. A. electric

B. keep B. electrical

C. start C. electrician

D. save D. electricity

25. A. detect

B. detecting

C. to detect

D. to detecting

26. A. although

B. because

C. due to

D. in spite of

27. A. as if

B. either

C. neither

D. whether

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Lorna: I might retire early. don't know. I'm 55 and my husband retired last year. He spends most of his time in the garden. I’d really like to be there with him though I am not quite fond of the tasks. I'm definitely going to learn a new language. I hate going abroad and speaking English. Cass: I'm only 26, so I'm not going to retire soon! in fact I want to have more chances to earn our living. Jamie and I are going to have a baby next year and we're really excited about that. We want to have a big family and live in a big house. Then, when I retire, my children and grandchildren will all be able to stay. Sue: Well, Roger and I don't agree about retiring. I love work and I don't want to retire! I know I won't have anything to do. Roger: I asked my boss at work recently and I might be able to retire next year. I might buy a house in France and spend the time that my family deserved to have with me long before. I'd love to have my first long-awaited visit to Paris with my wife one day. Linda: I want to retire as soon as possible. I have three sons and now I don't even have time to play with them. They will become mature very soon and don't want to spend quality time with me. I can't stand the thought. 28. The reason Loma looks forward to her retirement is because . A. her husband has already retired B. she likes doing gardening C. she hates travelling abroad D. she likes to learn English 29. Which of the following is NOT true about Cass?

151


A. His baby is born the following year. B. He wants his family to live in a big house. C. He wants to retire soon. D. He wants to earn more money. 30. Who does NOT want to retire shortly? A. Linda

B. Sue

31. Roger __________

C. Roger

D. Lorna

.

A. has spent enough time with his family already B. will ask his boss for retirement next year C. has never been to Paris before D. doesn't want to go to Paris 32. The word "mature" in the passage is closes: in meaning to __________ A. old

B. grown-up

C. childish

.

D. young

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. I am leaving now so that I won’t be late for work. → I am leaving now in 34. New York City is the busier than any other city in the world. → New York City 35. Dina is like her mother’s side of the family. → Dina takes 36. “How long have you been standing here?” he asked me. → He asked me XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Pictures of the suspect were published in all daily papers. (BROUGHT) →. 38. There is no oil and gas left on Earth. (RUN) → 39. The council had to cancel the football match because of the storm. (CALL) → 40. She was reading a magazine as she waited in the doctor’s office. (LOOKING)

152


______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 33) 1.D

2.C

9.A

10.C

17.C

18.D

25.C

26.C

3.C

4.A

5.A

6.C

7.A

8.B

12.D

13.B

14.D

15.C

16.D

19.A

20.C

21.D

23.D

24.D

27.D

28.A

29.C

31.C

32.B

11.D

22.A 30.B

33. I am leaving now in order not to be late for work./ order that I won’t be late for work. 34. New York City is the busiest city in the world. 35. Dina takes after her mother’s side of the family. 36. He asked me how long I had been standing there. 37. Pictures of the suspect were brought out in all daily papers. 38. The Earth has run out of oil and gas. 39. The council had to call off the football match because of the storm. 40. She was looking through a magazine as she wanted in the doctor’s office/

153


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 34 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 34

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. museum

B. cultural

C. drum

D. sculpture

2. A. tablecloth

B. authenticity

C. through

D. although

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. competition

A. B. generation

4. A. family

B. typical

C. conical

D. authenticity

C. grandparents

D. embroider

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 5.Moderation doesn’t mean A.to eliminate

the foods you love.

B. eliminating

C. to prevent

D. preventing

6.Studies suggest only when you are most active and giving your digestive system a long break each day. A.to eat

B. being eaten

C. eating

D. being eating

7.Your body uses calcium to build healthy bones and teeth, A.remain

B. care

C. continue

them strong as you age.

D. keep

8.If you eat too quickly, you may not attention to whether your hunger is satisfied. A.pay

B. take

C. keep

D. show

9.Common eating habits than can lead to are: eating too fast, eating when not hungry, 154


eating while standing up, and skipping meals. A.gain weight 10.Keeping a

B. weight gain

C. put on weight

D. be heavy

for a few days will help you discover your bad eating habits.

A.diary

B. personal

C. food dairy

D. report

11.You may have had certain eating habits for so long that you do not unhealthy. A.recognize

B. realize

C. understand

_

they

are

D. tell

12.If children don’t pay sports, they sleepy and tired. A.would feel

B. will feel

C. would have felt D. had felt

13.If you eat a lot of fruit, you health problems. A.have

B. may have

C. had

D. will never have

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 14. All families in Phuoc Tich village earned their living from making ceramics for the past 500 years. A B

C D

15. Some of the most excited architecture in Britain can be found in Manchester and the nearby Salford Quays area. A

B

C

D

16. Artisans in the traditional craft village are facing difficulties in seeking markets for their product. A B V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Nam: “Do you think that there are any jobs which only men or only women can or should do?” Lan: “ ……..

A. Men are better at certain jobs than women. B. I agree. This really depends on their phusical strengths and preferences. C. Women and men should cooperate with each other. D. Men are often favoured in certain jobs. 18. Lan: “Would you rather work for a male or female boss?” Nam: “ ” A. I’ve been self- employed for five years. 155


B. I don’t like working under time pressure C. I prefer a male boss. D. I can’t stand the women gossips VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19.Acupuncture can treat from simple to complicated ailments. A. acupoints

B. diseases

C. points

D. treatments

20.Some people believe that acupuncture can be a cure of cancer. B. allergy

B. practice

C. therapy

D. treatment

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21.Men and women equally gain first class degrees. A. acquire

B. lose

C. achieve

D. obtain

22.The United Kingdom still faces challenges in gender equality. A. fairness equilibrium

B. inequality

C. evenness

D.

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When we feel anxious, we often give ourselves negative messages like: “I can’t do this”, “I’m useless” and “I’m going to fail”. It can be difficult but (23) to replace these with positive thoughts such as: ‘this is just anxiety, it can’t harm me’ and, ‘relax, concentrate - it’s going to be okay’. Picturing how you’d like things to go can help you feel more (24) . Try to imagine yourself (25) up to an exam feeling confident and relaxed. You turn over your paper, write down what you do know and come away knowing you tried your best on the day. It can sometimes feel like your whole future depends on (26) grades you get. There can be a lot of pressure for young people to do well in exams which can cause a lot of stress and anxiety. You might have (27) certain grades or put into a higher set, and feel if you don’t get the grade you’ll let your teachers or parents on. Remember, exams are important – but they’re not the only way to a successful future. Lots of people go success in life without doing well in school exams. 23A. afford

B. allow

C. let 156

D. try


24.A. positive

B. negative

C. tense

D. stressful

25.A. to turn

B. turning

C. turn

D. turned

26. A. why

B. when

C. what

D. how

27. A. been predict

B. predicted

C. be predicted

D. been predicted

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Situated on the central coast of Viet Nam, which is famous for many beautiful beaches. Lang Co Beach, since June 2009, has become an official member of the “World’s most beautiful bays” club. Today, it is a popular destination for tourists in Viet Nam, especially for those who love beach so much. With the length of approximately 10 kilometres, Lang Co Beach located in Lang Co town, Phu Loc district, Thua Thien – Hue province is next to the National Highway 1A and near Hai Van Pass. Lying on the most beautiful curve of the country, Lang Co has almost everything that the nature can offer: green mountains and tropical forests, smooth white sand, full of sunshine and cool, blue and clear sea as crystal, and the average temperature of 25oC in summer. It is an attractive destination for both domestic and international tourists in Viet Nam. It is the third bay of Viet Nam, after ha Long and Nha Trang named in the list 30 most beautiful bays in the globe. It can be said that nobody can resist a nature beauty like Lang Co town. This small and peaceful town will give you the most relaxing time and many games at the beach. In addition, you will have good time to enjoy the seafood with various kinds of shrimps, lobster, crab, butter- fish, mackerel fish, oysters, etc. and not far from the beach are some attractions such as Lang Co fishing village, Chan May scenery. Lying on the “Central Heritage Road”, Lang Co is very close to other famous attractions such as the Imperial City of Hue, Hoi An Ancient Town, Son Tra Peninsula where the famous Son Tra Natural Reserve and beautiful beaches located, and so many more. 28.Lang Co beach is located . A.10 kilometres away from Hue B. under Hai Van Pass C. between Hoi An Ancient Town and Son Tra Peninsula D. on the most beautiful curve of Viet Nam 29.The most important reason why so many tourists come to Lang Co beach is that 157

.


A. it is considered an ideal place for beach lovers B. it is the third most beautiful beach in Viet Nam C. they can enjoy various kinds of seafood D. they can come to the famous Son Tra Natural Reserve 30.All of the following are attractions of Lang Co Beach EXCEPT

.

A. cool, blue and clear sea as crystal B. its location on the “Central Heritage Road” C. the National Highway 1A next to it D. smooth white sand, and full of sunshine 31.We can infer from the passage that Lang Co Beach . A. enjoys the harmony of nature and humans B. is very hot during summer C. is the most beautiful bay in the world D. is the first member of the “World’s most beautiful bays” club in Viet Nam 32.Coming to Lang Co Beach, you can do all of the following activities EXCEPT

.

A. visiting the nearby fishing village B. enjoying seafood C. relaxing and joining in beach games D. sunbathing on many beautiful beaches

B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33.The salary of a professor is higher than that of a secretary. → The salary of a secretary is 34.He felt very miserable, so he looked for someone to share his life with. → He looked 35.I didn’t realize how late it was and I didn’t stop studying till after midnight. → I didn’t realize how late it was and I went 36.When did you start working on the project?

158


→ How long XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.He feels sorry that he can’t come to his brother’s wedding. (WISHES) → 38.“If I were you, I would no longer spend most of my time chatting on Facebook”, he said. (ADVISED) → 39.When did you start searching for some facts in the past? (HOW) → 40.My mother no longer cooked for me since I married my wife. (USED) → ______The

end_____

159


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 34) 1.A 9.B 17.B 25.B

2.D 10.C 18.C 26.D

3.C 11.B 19.B 27.B

4.D 12.B 20.D 28.D

5.B 13.D 21.B 29.A

6.C 14.B 22.B 30.C

7.D 15.B 23.B 31.A

8.A 16.D 24.A 32.D

33. The salary of secretary is not as high as that of a professor./ is lower than that of a professor. 34. He looked for someone to share his life with because he felt very miserable. 35. I didn’t realize how late it was and I went on studying till after midnight. 36. How long have you worked on the project? 37. He wishes he could come to his brother’s wedding. 38. He advised me not to spend most of my time chatting on Facebook. 39. How long have you searched for someone facts in the past? 40. My mother used to cook for me.

160


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 64 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 64

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. exchange B. bank C. hamburger D. bamboo 2. A. sightseer

B. hike

C. shrine

D. picnic

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. purpose B. remote C. control D. respond 4. A. lesson

B. delay

C. wonder

D. pencil

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They have wrote (A) to (B) one another (C) for a long time (D). 6. He said (A) that he was riding his bike (B) on the way home (C) now (D). 7. The rock who (A) they found last week (8) may have landed (C) on Earth from the moon (D) IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8: Nam wanted to know what time___________ A. the movie begins

B. the movie began

C. did the movie begin

D. does the movie begin

9: I am very fat. I think if I do morning exercise regularly, I ___________ weight. A. may lose

B. lose

C. would lose

D. lost

10: The room is ___________decorated for Christmas. A. beauty

B. beautify

C. beautiful

D. beautifully

11: __________night, the temperature seems to be cooler and cooler. A. At

B. On

C. For

D. In

12: I am wondering what ________ to my sister's wedding. A. have to bring

B. to bring

C. bringing

D. should bring

13: We can't go along here because the road ________ A, is being repaired

B. is repairing

C. was repaired

D. repaired

2


14: Many people do not like climbing ________ A. despite its danger

B. since its danger

C. although it is dangerous

D. because it is dangerous

15: The man and the dog ________ I had taken a photo of were in the park. A. which

B. that

C. who

16: –“Do you collect stamps or other things?

D. whose

-“Yes, I’m a stamp __________.”

A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. John: "Shall we go out to choose a birthday gift for Mary?" Tom: "_________________" A. Great idea

B. There's no doubt about it

C. Yes, please do

D. I don’t wait

18. Harry: "What a terrific hairstyle!" Daisy: "_______________ " A. Why don't you like it?

B. Thank you

C. My pleasure

D. Yes, it is

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Roget’s Thesaurus, a collection of English words and phrases, was originally arranged by the ideas they express rather than by alphabetical order. A.

restricted

B. as well as

C. unless

D. instead of

20. This is the instance where big, obvious non-verbal signals are appropriate. A. situation

B. attention

C. place

D. matter

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I clearly remember talking to him in a chance meeting last summer. A. unplanned

B. deliberate

C. accidental

D. unintentional

22. The US troops are using much more sophisticated weapons in the Far East. A. expensive C. simple and easy to use

B. complicated D. difficult to operate

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

3


I come from Switzerland. I came to London six months (23)______to learn English. I haven't met many English people yet, only my teachers. I started learning English at school in Switzerland (24) ____I was eleven, so I have learnt it for nearly ten years. At first in London, I couldn't understand anything, but now my English (25)____improved. I have just taken an exam. If I pass it, I (26)______into the next class. I'm excited today because my parents will come tomorrow to stay with me for a few days and I (27)___ them for a long time. They have never been to England and they can't speak English. 23. A. ago

B. before

C. last

D. after

24. A. because

B. that

C. so

D. when

25. A. were

B. are

C. is

D. have been

26. A. moved

B. will move

C. could move

D. would move

27. A. haven't seen

B. didn't see

C. don't see

D. hasn't seen

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Tiger Woods started playing golf when two years old. Now he is one of the most famous professional golfers in the world. Tiger is from the United States. His father is African-American and his mother is Thai. His real name is Eldrick, but everyone knows him as Tiger, the nickname his father gave him. He started playing golf professionally in 1996, and won all four of the World Golf Championships before he turned 25. He holds the record as the youngest player ever to win all four of these championships. Although he has played on many great golf courses, one of Tiger's favorite places to play is Pebble Beach. Tiger became a role model at an early age. People look up to him, so he is very grateful. Because many people helped Tiger as a child, he wants to lend a hand to others now. Some people cannot play golf because of their ethnicity, while others do not have enough money. Occasionally, Tiger himself was prevented from playing golf. Because of this, he created the Tiger Woods Foundation to help make golf open to everyone. He likes to see diversity on the golf course, and he wants all children to play golf if they want to. Tiger is happy that many children now want to play golf because of him. 28: What is the main idea of this reading? A. Tiger's golf career.

B. Tiger's best teacher

C. Tiger's foundation.

D. Tiger's experience and opinions.

29: Which is true about Tigers parents? A. Both of them are Asian

B. His father is famous

4


C. Neither of them plays golf.

D. One of them is not from America

30: What record does Tiger hold? A. The player to finish a game of golf the fastest B. The youngest to win four important championships. C. The first African-American golfer. D. The first golfer to turn professional as a teenager 31: Where does Tiger like to play golf? A. The World Golf Championship.

B. Augusta.

C. Pebble Beach

D. The United States

32: What does the Tiger Woods Foundation do? A. Makes golf courses

B. Helps kids to play golf.

C. Gives money to professional golfers.

D. Sells golf equipment.

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. People say that they bought this shop last year. -

It is_________________________________________________________.

34. He had scarcely put the phone down when the doorbell rang. -

Scarcely ____________________________________________________.

35. Do you know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night? -

You know___________________________________________________.

36. It takes Minh 4 hours to play football every day. -

Minh spends__________________________________________________.

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Mark is too poor to buy that villa. (not) .............................................................................. 38. It’s a pity . We can not enjoy the party.

(wishes)

..................................................................................................... 39. “You shouldn’t stay up too late.”

(were)

.................................................................................. 40. “Don’t swim far off the shore.” Said the lifeguard to the boy.

(against)

........................................................................ ______The end______

5


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 64) 1. A 9. A 17. A 25.C

2.D 10. D 18. B 26. B

3. A 11. A 19.D 27. A

4. B 12. B 20. A 28.A

5. A 13. A 21.B 29.D

6.D 14. D 22.C 30. B

7. A 15. B 23.A 31.C

8. B 16. B 24. D 32. B

33. It is said that they bought this shop last year. 34. Scarcely had he put the phone down when the doorbell rang. 35. You know the man who sat next to me at Nam’s birthday party last night, don’t you? 36. Minh spends 4 hours playing football every day. 37. Mark is not rich enough to buy that villa. 38. We wish we could enjoy the party. 39. If I were you, I would not stay up too late. 40. The lifeguard warned the boy against swimming far off the shore.

6


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 65 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 65

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. claimed B. warned C. occurred D. existed 2. A. health

B. appear

C. ready

D. heavy

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. understand B. engineer C. benefit D. Vietnamese 4. A. inspiration

B. experience

C. communicate

D. embroidery

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. What a pity. I have to look at my little brother, so I can't go to the cinema tonight. A

B

C

D

6. The children decided to cancel their camping trip therefore the weather was too bad. A

B

C

D

7. If Caroline doesn't take a raincoat with her, she would get wet on the way to school. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8: I wish I ________ what to do to help my mother now. A. know

B. will know

C. knew

D. have known

9: Thank you for your letter. I am glad ________ that you're keeping well A, listening

B. to listen

C. to hear

D. hearing

10: There is too much traffic in the city. ________ , the air is polluted. A. Therefore

B. However

C. But

D. So

11: If I ________ younger, I ________ in a boat around the world. A. Were - will sail

B. were-would sail

C. am - will sail

D. am - would sail

12: Human beings must stop ________ the environment right now.

7


A. to pollute

B. polluted

C. pollute

D. polluting

13: This is the first time I ________ myself out of the house. A. locked

B. have locked

C. am locking

D. lock

14: Last night I came home, cooked dinner, and ________ TV. A. watch

B. was watching

C. has watched

D. watched

15: Remember to ________ your shoes when you get into a Japanese house. A. take over

B. take place

C. take on

D. take off

16. Susan is very __________ of telling other people what to do. A. fond

B. interested

C. keen

D. bored

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Veronica: “What a lovely dress you are wearing!” Kate: “………………….” A. Certainty. It's costly

B. No. thanks

C. Thanks for your nice compliment.

D. Never mind

18. Son: ’Why don't we go fishing this afternoon?" Father: “……………” A. That’s a good idea

B. Glad you enjoyed it

C. The traffic is not too bad, I think.

D. No. Thanks

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Let’s wait here for her; I’m sure she’ll turn up before long. A. arrive

B. return

C. enter

D. visit

C. ultimate

D. appropriate

20. This tapestry has a very complicated pattern. A. obsolete

B. intricate

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Population growth rates vary among regions and even among countries within the same region. A. restrain

B. stay unchanged

C. remain unstable

D. fluctuate

22. Unless the two signatures are identical, the bank won’t honor the check. A. similar

B. different

C. fake

D. genuine

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks.

8


People in many countries grow fresh water fish from eggs. They move the small fish into lakes and rivers. The fish live and (23) ___________ there. People go fishing in these lakes and rivers. They enjoy catching fish because fish is also good food. Now the Japanese grow salt water fish. Most of them are yellow tail fish. Workers grow the fish from eggs. Every time they feed the fish, they play tapes of piano music. The fish (24) _______that piano music means food. When the fish are small, the Japanese put them into the ocean near the land. The fish find some of their (25) ___________ food. Workers also feed them. They play the same piano music. The fish already know the music. They swim toward it and (26) _______ the food. In a few

months the fish are

large. The Japanese play the same music. The fish swim toward it and the workers catch them. The Japanese get about 15 percent of their seafood (27)_______farms in the ocean. 23. A. bread

B. born

C. grow

D. develop

24. A. think

B. recognize

C. realize

D. learn

25. A. own

B. own’s

C. self

D. self’s

26. A. see

B. find

C. bite

D. hold

27. A. on

B. of

C. from

D. in

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. In the early years of television, educational specialists believed that it would be very useful in teaching and learning. Many schools have brought television sets, intending to use them effectively to improve the quality of education; but actually they are rarely used properly in classrooms. Meanwhile, children spending the majority of their out-of-school hours watching TV and their typical school days proceed as if television did not exist. There are some explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers. Firstly, the schools that purchased television sets have not set aside money for equipment repairs and maintenance so these television sets are sooner and later out of work. Secondly these schools have not found an effective way to train teachers to integrate television into their ongoing instructional programs. Lastly, most teachers do not regard the quality of television and its usefulness in the classroom. Teachers at the schools work hard for at least twelve years to train their students to become good readers. However, according a recent statistics, teenagers seldom spend their free time reading books and newspapers but watching television instead. 28. The text is about: A. the use of television at schools.

B. teaching and learning television

C. educational specialists.

D. watching TV outside school.

9


29. When TV first appeared, educational specialists . . . . . . . . A. did not appreciate it.

B. did not appreciate it.

C. believed it would be useful for schooling.

D.banned children from watching TV.

30. According to the text, TV . . . . . . . . . A. has not been used properly in classrooms.

B. has been used effectively in classrooms.

C. has not existed in classrooms.

D. has not attracted students’ interest.

31. There are..explanations for the failure of television to get the interest of the teachers. A. two

B. three

C. four

D. five

32. Children spend their free time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. reading books

B. reading newspapers.

C. learning foreign languages

D. watching TV.

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. I am sorry, I don’t understand the instructions on the packet. I wish ……………………………………………………………. 34. They gave Martha a lot of presents on her birthday. A lot of presents . ………………………………………………… 35. 'Let's play football this afternoon," Peter said to me. Peter suggested………………………………………………… 36. The woman comes from Manchester. My teacher is talking with her over there. The woman with……………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Thankfully, Diana doesn't need to have an operation. NO ........................................................................................................................................... 38. The minister had to resign because of ill health.

LED

............................................................................................................................................ 39.You will benefit from seeing the doctor if you've just got a cold.

WORTH

............................................................................................................................................ 40.I'm seeing the nutritionist at three tomorrow.

APPOITMENT

......................................................................................................................................... ______The end______

10


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 65) 1.D 9. A 17.C 25. A

2.B 10.B 18.A 26.B

3.C 11. D 19. A 27. A

4. A 12. D 20. B 28. A

5.B 13.B 21. B 29. C

6. C 14. D 22. B 30. A

7. C 15.D 23. D 31. B

8. C 16. A 24.C 32.D

33. I wish I understood the instructions on the packet 34. A lot of presents were given to Martha on her birthday by them. 35. Peter suggested playing football that afternoon. 36. The woman with whom my teacher is talking over there comes from Manchester. 37. Thankfully, there is no need for Diana to have an operation. 38. Ill health led to the minister's resignation. 39. It is not worth (your) seeing the doctor if you've just got a cold. 40. I've made/got an appointment with/to see the nutritionist at three tomorrow.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 66 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 66

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. hobby B. honest C. humor D. hole

11


2. A. flood

B. typhoon

C. groom

D. balloon

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. economic B. volcanic C. disappointed D. scientific 4.

A. reputation

B. description

C. suggestion

D. pollution

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5.I tried to do everything to contact John two weeks ago but so far I don’t receive his reply. A

B

C

D

6. That’s the girl whose brother sit next to me at school. A

B

C

D

7. The letter was sent by special delivery must be important. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. She did all the work ………….. her own. a. by

b. on

c. for

d. with

9. His eyes were ……. bad that he couldn’t read the number plate of the car in front. a. such

b. too

c. so

d. very

10. The police have warned tourists to look ……….. for pickpockets in the town center. a. up

b. down

c. forward

d. out

11. They looked very ……………. when they came to see us last night. a. cheer

b. cheerful

c. cheerfully

d. cheered

12. “What’s Mai doing?” “ I’m not sure. She ………….. her homework.” a. might do

b. may be doing

c.must be doing

d. must do

13. It took us quite a long time to get here. It was …………. journey. a. three hour

b. a three-hours

c. a three-hour

d. three hours

14. I asked two people the way to the station but ………….. of them knew. a. none

b. either

c. both

d. neither

15. They have to take that English course, …………. they? a. haven’t

b. mustn’t

c. needn’t

d. don’t

16. I had to wear ………….. uniform when I worked in the hotel. a. a

b. some

c. any

d. an

12


V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. - Kim: "Why don't we set up an English speaking club for our class?" - An:"________" A. That's a good idea.

B. As it may improve my English.

C. It is an international language.

D. At least 30 of us.

18. - Bill: "What a lovely skirt you have!" - Ann: "____" A. That's right, I am. B. Why not? Yes, let's. C. You are welcome. D. It's very nice of you to say so. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Since the death of Laura's father, her mother has become a breadwinner to support the family. A. a person who bakes bread every morning B. a person who goes out to work to earn money C. a bakery-owner D. a person who delivers bread to make money 20. We do not whistle or clap our hands to get the person’s attention. That is considered impolite and even rule. A. offensive

B. polite

C. informal

D. terrific

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. She is always diplomatic when she deals with angry students. A. strict

B. outspoken

C. firm

D. tactful

22We ought to keep these proposals secret from the chairman for the time being. A. revealed

B. frequented

C. accessible

D. lively

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. The language of clothes. We don’t only choose clothes to make us look (23) ………., we also use them to tell the world about our personality. The clothes we wear and our (24) ……..as a whole give other people useful information about what we think and how we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear colorful clothes and if we feel (25) …………we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear

13


black so frequently? Is it because they feel miserable all the time ? This is unlikely to be the case. It is probably just because it is (26) ………to wear black, and young people they are real fans of (27) ………. 23. a. attract

b. attractive

c. attractively

d. attraction

24. a. appear

b. appearance

c. appeared

d. appearing

25. a. depress

b. depressed

c. depressing

d. depression

26. a. fashion

b. fashioner

c. fashionable

d. fashioned

27. a. fashion

b. fashionable

c. fashioner

d. fashioned

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Different cultures have different ways of celebrating the new year. Most of these customs are observed to bring good luck. On New Year’s Eve in Mexico, people wait for the clocks to strike midnight. At the first sound of the bells, people begin to eat grapes. They must eat 12 grapes before the bells ring 12 times. In the South of the United States, people eat black-eyed peas on New Year’s Day. Some people think you have to eat 365 peas to have good luck every day of the new year. In Greece, people throw old things such as plates, glasses, and even furniture out of the window on New Year’s Day. 1. What do they do on New Year’s Day in Mexico? a. They wait for the clocks to strike midnight.

b. They eat grapes.

c. They try to eat 12 grapes before the bells ring 12 times.

d. no information

2. What do they do on New Year’s Day in the South of the United States? a. They eat black-eyed peas.

b. They eat grapes.

c. They throw old things out of the window.

d. no information

3. What does the word ‘they’ in line 4 refer to? a. The American

b. The Greek

c. The Mexican

d. The Vietnamese

c. instead of

d. as soon as

4. What does ‘such as’ in line 8 mean? a. however

b. for example

5. Which of the following is not true? a. Different cultures have the same way of celebrating the new year. b. People believe that the customs will bring good luck. c. On New Year’s Eve, the Mexican begin to eat grapes at 12 p.m. d. In the South of the United States, people try to eat 365 black-eyed peas on New Year’s Day. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

14


X. Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words. Question 33: “You should turn off the lights before going out”. Mrs. Hoa said.  Mrs. Hoa suggested .................................................................................................. Question 34: Although the weather was bad, they had a wonderful holiday.  In spite of …………………………………………..……………………………… Question 35: Quang Hai plays football excellently  He is ……………………………………………………………………………... Question 36. The street is very beautiful and wide. It leads to my school  The street which ………………………………………………………………

XI. Make sentences from the words/ phrases given. Question 37: If/ it/ not rain/ tomorrow/ I/ go/ camping/ my friends.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: It / be/ necessary / you/ practice English / every day / .  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 39: The test last week / very long/ difficult/ so / they / not / finish / on time  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: The students / say / they/ will/ finish /all these exercises / next week  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______

15


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 66) 1. B 9. C 17. A 25. B

2. A 10.D 18. D 26. C

3. B 11.B 19. B 27. A

4.A 12.B 20. A 28. C

5. D 13. C 21. B 29. A

6. C 14. D 22. A 30. C

7. A 15. D 23.B 31. B

8. B 16. A 24. B 32. A

Question 33:  Mrs. Hoa suggested turning off the lights before going out Mrs. Hoa suggested that we should turn off the lights before going out Question 34:  In spite of the bad weather, they had a wonderful holiday Question 35:  He is an excellent football player Question 36.  The street which leads to my school is very beautiful and wide Question 37:  If it does not rain tomorrow, I will go camping with my friends Question 38:  It is necessary for you to practice English every day . Question 39:  The test last week was very long and difficult, so they did not finish it on time Question 40:  The students said that they would finish all those exercises the following week

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 67 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 67

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. books B. cats C. maps D. dogs 2. A. tidal

B. gift

C. bill

D. public

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. century B. conclusion C. available D. ambition

16


4.A. contain

B. achieve

C. improve

D. visit

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. My mother told me to watch the milk and don't let it boil over. A. told

B. to watch

C. don't let

D. over

6. You had better learn English before apply for the job. A. for the job

B, learn

C. apply

D. had better

7. Mrs. Young felt unhappy because her son got a good mark in Math. A. got

B. mark

C. in

D. unhappy

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I want to have my suit …… . I’m going to a wedding on Saturday. A. cleaned

B. cleaning

C. clean

D. to clean

9. He was made _________ for two hours. A. to wait

B. wait

C. waiting

D. waited

10. We arrived …… to have some coffee before class. A. enough early

B. early enough

C. too early

D. early too

11. Do you know _________ ? A. who how many people go on Sundays to church B. who go to church on Sundays how many people C. how many people who go on Sundays to church D. how many people who go to church on Sundays 12. We watch the cat ________ the tree. A. climbed

B. climb

C. had climbed

D. was climbing

13. If we had known your new address, we ________ to see you. A. came

B. will come

C. would come

D. would have

come 14. He looked forward to ________ his first pay packet. A. receive

B. have received

C. be receiving

D. Receiving

15. It took weeks to get used to …… someone else around. A. have

B. having

C. had

D. has

16…… he comes in half an hour, I shall go alone. A. If

B. Unless

C. Because

D. When

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges

17


17. Man: “Can I help you with your luggage. Madam?" Woman: _ “……………” A. Oh, thank you

B. Oh, you're night.

C. It must be boring. I'm afraid

D. Poor you!

18. Stranger: “Excuse me, where’s the nearest post office?” Mr. Johnson: “……………” A. You can see in your dictionary.

B. It’s over there. Next to the cinema.

C. Take a taxi, please.

D. By bus.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Did your son pass the university entrance examination? A. make up

B. get along

C. go up

D. get through

C. doing

D. ignoring

20. The police are looking into the murder. A. redoing

B. investigating

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I want you to carry on with the project while I am out of town. A. bring

B. end

C. abandon

D. stop

22. I felt let down when I didn't receive a birthday card from my sister. A. happy

B. interested

C. disappointed

D. bored

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. How are you? What have you been up to? Sorry I haven't written to you (23) ages, but I've been really busy recently with end-of-term exams. You know what it's like! I've also been rehearsing for the Christmas show, which starts next week. Guess what I'm in hospital. Don't panic. I'm not seriously ill. I tell off (24) ____________, I was playing tennis and broke my arm. Anyway, I'm only in for a day or two. Luckily my injury won't stop me (25) ____________ in the show. The family is all fine. Mom's been working really (26) ____________ She doesn't get home to late. Dad's bought a new car-well. I say "new", but actually it's about ten years old. Christ has got a new computer and spends (27)____________ of the time playing computer games. 23. A from

B. at

C. for

D. since

24. A. how

B. when

C. where

D. what

25. A sing

B. sang

C. to sing

D. singing

18


26. A. quickly

B. badly

C. hard

D. fast

27: A. almost

B. number

C. a lots

D. most

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The country is more beautiful than a town and pleasanter to live in. Many people think so and go to the country for the summer holidays though they can not live there all the year round. Some have a cottage built in a village so that they can go there whenever they can find the time.Almost every village has a church, the round or square tower of which can be seen from many miles around. Surrounding the church is the churchyard where people are buried. The Village green is a wide stretch of grass, and houses or cottages are built round it. Country life is now fairly comfortable and many villages have the water brought through pipes into house. Most villages are so close to some small towns that people can go there to buy what they can't find in the village shops. 28. What can be easily seen in most villages? A. a church

B. a tower

C. a shop

D. a cottage

29. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Many villagers now have water inside their homes. B. People are buried near the village church. C. Many English people prefer living in the country. D. People can buy anything from the village shops. 30. What does the word “it� refer to? A. grass

B. a cottage

C. a house

D. the village green

31. When do people often spend holidays in the country? A. in summer

B. in spring

C. in autumn

D. in winter

32. What is the best title for the passage? A. The English countryside C. Things in an English village

B. Advantages of country life D. Summer holidays in England

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. My sister started learning English 5 years ago. -> My sister has ............................................................................................................ 34. My cousin often visited me when he lived in Hanoi. -> My cousin used ........................................................................................................

19


35. “Do you go to school on Sunday?” my friend asked. -> My friend asked ....................................................................................................... 36. They built a supermarket near the airport last year. -> A supermarket .......................................................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. It's possible Karen didn't hear her name being called. (might) → Karen .…………………………………… ……………… her name being called. 38. “Don’t forget to lock the house when you go out, William,” his mother said. (reminded) → William’s mother …………………………………………… when he went out. 39. Nobody expected her to lose, but she did.

(against)

→ Against .……………………………………… …………………….. she lost 40. Promise to look after it and you can borrow my tennis racquet. (long) → You can borrow my tennis racquet, ……………………………. to look after it. ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 67) 1.D 9.B

2. A 10.C

3.A 11. B

4.D 12.D

5. A 13.D

6.B 14. D

7.D 15.B

8. A 16.B

20


17.A 25.D

18.B 26. C

19.D 27. D

20. B 28.A

21.D 29.D

22.A 30. D

23.C 31. A

24. B 32. A

33. My sister has learnt (learned)/ has been learning English for 5 years. 34. My cousin used to visit me when he lived in Hanoi. 35. He asked me if/ whether I went to church on Saturday. 36. A supermarket was built near the airport last year./ A supermarket near the airport was built last year. 37. Karen might not have heard her name being called. 38. William's mother reminded him to lock the house when he went out. 39. Against everyone's expectation she lost. 40. You can borrow my tennis racquet, as/ so long as you promise to look after it.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 68 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 68

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. opened B. closed C. contained D. finished 2. A. laughter

B. sightseeing

C. daughter

D. fight

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. businessman B. secretary C. secondary D. artificial 4. A. dangerous

B. opposite

C. interested

D. umbrella

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They asked a lot of questions, checked their figures, and came up with a best solution. A

B

C

D

6. Jane, accompanied by her classmates, are taking part in an English speaking contest A

B

C

D

7. This telephone isn’t as cheap the other one, but it works much better.

21


A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. The camera……….. Sarah bought yesterday was made in Japan. A. who

B. which

C. where

9. If I knew how to repair the machine, I A. would help

D. Who

………….you.

B. will help

C. help

D. helped

10. 'Well, your sister has never cooked well,…………?” Aunt Alice asked me. A. hasn't she

B. has she

C. doesn't she

D. Does she

th

11.The church near our school…………. in the 16 century. A. was built

B. was building

C. built

D. builds

12.The farewell party ended …………… 11.30 p.m. We were all tired but very happy. A. in

B.on

C. at

D. Of

13.Cathy got up early. …………….. , she did not catch the train. A. Therefore

B. However

C. Although

D. So

14. …………. is a festival which is celebrated in late March or early April in Israel and by all Jewish people. A. Christmas

B. Passover

C. Easter

D. Thanksgiving

15. If you want to take a space trip, you must be in excellent ……………. condition. A. physics

B. physically

C. physical

D. Physic

16. I suggest that we should ______ people from catching fish by using electricity. A. let

B. relate

C. prohibit

D. encourage

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Laura: “Would you mind closing the window, Ben? It’s getting cold.” Ben: “……………….” A. No, of course not. B. Yes, I would

C. Thanks. It’s really encouraging D. Sure

18. Alice is talking to Mary about their plan of the weekend. Alice: "How about visiting the church this weekend?" Mary: "......" A. Well done

B. Not at all

C. That's a good idea

D. No, thanks

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I'm sorry. I didn't mean to interrupt you. Please, go on and finish what you were saying. A. talk

B. quit

C. continue

D. stop

22


20. They decided to postpone their journey till the end of the month because of the epidemic. A. take up

B. turn round

C. put off

D. do with

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. My father gave up smoking two years ago. A. liked

B. continued

C. stopped

D. enjoyed

22. I want you to carry on with the project while I am out of town. A. bring

B. end

C. abandon

D. stop

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. LEARNING HOW TO LEARN There is usually ope important subject missing from most school timetables. Very few students are (23)________ how to organize their learning and how to make the best use of their time. Let's take some simple examples. Do you know how to (24)________ up words in a dictionary, and do you understand all of the (25)________ the dictionary contains? Can you take notes quickly and can you understand them alter ? For some reasons, many schools give learners no (26)________ with these matters. Teachers ask students to memorize pages from books, but doo't explain how to do it. Learning by heart can be useful but it is important to have a genuine understanding of a subject. You can (27)________ a lot of time memorizing books, without understanding anything about the subject. 23: A learnt

B. educated

C. taught

D. graduated

24: A. find

B. research

C. look

D. get

25: A. themes

B. subjects

C. advice

D. information

26: A. help

B. instruction

C. teaching

D. ability

27: A. tell

B. pass

C. waste

D. want

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. English is my mother tongue. Besides, I can speak French and Spanish. I studied the two languages when I was at high school. Now, I am still learning Spanish at the University, As for me mastering a foreign language is not easy. After studying a language, practice is very necessary and useful. Travelling to the country where the target language is spoken is very helpful, but if you carinot speak the language well enough you will certainly have troubles. I also frequently go to the movies, watch television, listen to the radio in the language I am trying to learn. Reading is another good way to learn, Books are good, but I personally think newspapers and magazines are better.

23


However, getting some knowledge of the language is the most important thing. Grammar and vocabulary should be mastered first. 28. How many languages can the writer speak? A. 1

B. 2

C. 3

D.4

29. The writer has learnt Spanish ____________ A. in Spain

B. at high school

C. at university

D. B and C

30. Travelling may cause troubles if__________ A. you cannot speak the language well enough. B. you can speak the language well enough C. you can speak the language badly enough D. you can communicate in the target language. 31. Some useful ways to practice your target language are______ A. listening to the radio and watching TV in the language. B. reading books in the language.

C. seeing films in the language.

D.all are correct.

32. The most important thing is_____________ A. mastering grammar and vocabulary C. practicing speaking

B. getting some knowledge of the language

D. reading books and newspapers

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. "Let's organize a sponsored cycling race." The children suggested............................. 34. He is extremely rich but very mean. In spite....................................................... 35. You'd better not touch that switch If I............................................................... 36. I'd rather you didn't smoke here. Would you mind........................................ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Mary speaks English better than her sister. (AS) _______________________________ 38. Although Peter tried hard, he couldn't start his car. (MATTER) ______________________________ 39. It was such a cold day that we stayed indoors. (SO)

24


_________________________________ 40. We are noticing a rise in the cost of living again. (APPEARS) __________________________________ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 68) 1. D 9. A 17.A 25.D

2. A 10.B 18. C 26. B

3.D 11. A 19.C 27.C

4.D 12. C 20.C 28.C

5. D 13.B 21.B 29. D

6. B 14.B 22. D 30.A

7.B 15.B 23. C 31. D

8. B 16. C 24. C 32.B

33. The children suggested organizing a sponsored cycling race. 34. In spite of his richness, he is extremely mean.

25


35. If I were you, I wouldn't touch that switch. 36. Would you mind not smoking here? 37. Mary's sister doesn't speak English as well as her. 38. No matter how hard Peter tried, he couldn't start his car. 39. The day was so cold that we stayed indoors. 40. The cost of living appears to rise to be rising again.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 69 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 69

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. junior B. humour C. stew D. purify 2. A. recite

B. refund

C. reconcile

D. reproduce

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. relax B. recognize C. realize D. relatively 4. A. permanent

B. power

C. permission

D. carpet

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. These televisions are quite popular in Europe, but those ones are not. A

B

C

D

6. Nora hardly never misses an opportunity to play in the tennis tournaments. A

B

C

D

7. Many people believe that New York is the most great city in America. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You should pay ………….to what the instructor is saying. A. attendance

B. intention

C. convention

D. attention

9. Hung……………….go fishing with his uncle when he lived in the countryside.

26


A. used to

B. is used to

C has used to

D. who used to

10. If I ……………..you, I'd take some rest before the game tomorrow A. am

B. could be

C. were

D. would be

C. you have

D. you haven't

C. could

D. might

11. You have never been to Ha Long Bay,…………..? A. have you

B. haven't you

12. If only I……………… play the guitar as well as you. A. would

B. shall

13. There's no need to be nervous. You're quite capable……………. your final exam. A. of passing

B. passing

C. to pass

D. pass

14. As she arrived at the theatre, she remembered that she……to meet a friend somewhere else A. promised

B. had promised

C. has promised

D. promised

15. If you have finished the test, you……………the room A. would

B. may leave

C. may be leaving

D. could leave

C. could help

D. should help

16. I wish you……………… me how to do this exercise A. can help

B. will help

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Hai Anh: “_______” Minh Phuong: “Why not?” A. You should cook the meal now C. Have you cooked the meal?

B. How about cooking the meal now? D. We’d better be cooking the meal.

18. _Sue: “Thank you very much for your donation.”

_Peter: “______”

A. Yes, do it now

B. Sure, I’ll do it

C. Not a chance

D. It’s my pleasure

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt. A. put on

B. went off

C. got out

D. kept up

20. What may happen if John will not arrive in time? A. go along

B. go out

C. put on

D. turn up

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Because Jack defaulted on his loan, the bank took him to court. A. failed to pay

B. paid in full

27


C. had a bad personality

D. was paid much money

22. Did your son pass the university entrance examination? A. make up

B. get along

C. go up

D. fail

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Computers are helpful (23).....many ways. First, they are fast. They can work with information (24).....more quickly than a person. Second, computers can work with a lot of information at the same time. Third, they can keep information for a long time. They do not forget things that the common people do. Moreover, computers are (25)......always correct. They are not perfect, but they usually do not (26).......mistakes. Recently. it is important to know about computers. There are a number of things to learn. Some companies have classes (27)......work. In addition, most universities offer day and night courses in Computer Science. Another way to learn is from a book, or from a friend. Within a few hours of practice, you can work with computers. You may not be an expert, but you can have fun. 23. A. in

B. by

C. through

D. oil

24. A. hardly

B. even

C. whole

D. entirely

25. A. most

B. mostly

C. almost

D. hardly

26. A. do

B. take

C. make

D.have

27. A. at

B. in

C. for

D. with

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. One of the most urgent environmental problems in the world today is the shortage of clean water. Having clean drinking water is a basic human right. However, acid rain, industrial pollution and garbage have made many sources of water undrinkable. Lakes, reservoirs and even entire seas have become vast pools of poison. Lake Baikal in Russia is one of the largest lakes in the world. It contains a rich variety of animals and plants, including 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. Yet, they are being destroyed by the massive volumes of industrial effluent which pour into the lake every day. Even though laws have been made, the government do not have the power to enforce them. Most industries simply ignore the regulations. The Mediterranean Sea occupies 1% of the world's water surface, but it is the dumping ground for 50% of all marine pollution. Almost 16 countries regularly throw industrial wastes a few miles off shore. Water is free to everyone. A few years ago people thought that the supply of clean water in the world was limitless. Today, many water supplies have been ruined by pollution and sewage. Clean water is now scarce, and we are at last beginning to respect this precious source. We should

28


do something now. 28: According to the writer, one environmental problem in the world today is ________ A. safe water shortage

B. pools of poison

C. industrial pollution

D. population explosion

29: What is the serious problem of Lake Baikal in Russia? A. It has 1,300 rare species that do not exist anywhere else in the world. B. It is one of the largest lakes that contains a variety of animals and plants. C. It is polluted by massive volumes of industrial wastes discharged into it. D. It is the only lake in Russia whose source of water is not drinkable. 30: What does the word "them" in the passage refer to? A. laws

B. the government

C. animals

D. plants

31: How many countries throw industrial wastes into the Mediterranean Sea regularly A. nearly 16

B. exactly 16

C. over 16

D. more than 16

32: What is the message to the readers? A. We should take action to protect our water sources. B. We should take all water sources into account. C. We should limit the use of water sources. D. We should encourage people to use safe water. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of 33. “I wouldn’t go swimming on a day like that if I were you”, Brain said to Tom. -> Brain advised..……………………………………………………………………… 34. I don’t have a car. -> I wish…..……………………………………………… 35. Don’t tell anyone if we let you into the secret. -> Don’t tell anyone if you...……………………………… 36. He used to work harder, didn’t he? -> Did he…...………………………………………………. the root one. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 72. I wish I could do a hundred press-ups in one go. (ABLE ) ................................................................................................................................ 73. Do you think I should reduce the amount of chocolate I eat.

(ON)

29


........................................................................................................................... 74. I lost my keys once before this month.

(SECOND)

.............................................................................................................................. 75. It's a waste of time denying that you did it when we've got proof.

(POINT)

........................................................................................................................... ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 69) 1. D 9.A 17.B 25.B

2. C 10.C 18. D 26. C

3.A 11.A 19. B 27. B

4. C 12.C 20. D 28. A

5. C 13.A 21. B 29. C

6. A 14.B 22. D 30. A

7C. 15.B 23. A 31. A

8D. 16.C 24. B 32. A

33. Brain advised Tom not to go swimming on a day like that. 34. I wish (that) I had a car. 35. Don’t tell anyone if you are let into the secret. 36. Did he used to work harder ? 37. I've love to be able to do a hundred press-ups in one go. 38. Do you think I should cut down on chocolate. 39.This is the second time I have lost my key this month. 40. There is no point (in) denying that you did it when we've got proof.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 70 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

30


NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 70

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. collection C. opinion D. pagoda 1. A. occasion 2. A. earthquake

B. ethnic

C. weather

D. health

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. appliance B. activity C. adventure D. average 4. A. favorite

B. government

C. influence

D. identify

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. It is ten years since we have said goodbye to them. A. is

B. have said

C. since

D. to

6. Miss Hoa stopped to type the letter when she saw me coming. A. to type

B. the

C. me

D. coming

C. thing

D. my

7. Happiness is a most important thing in my life. A. a

B. in

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I wish I......a bit taller now so I can apply for a job. A. am

B. will be

C. were

D. had been

C. musically

D. musician

9. Paul Mauriat plays the piano. He is a...... A. music

B. musical

10. The electric light bulb......by Edison in 1879. A. invented

B. is invented

C. was invented

D. has invented

11. She'll be coming tonight. ......I don't know exactly when. A. although

B. because

C. unless

D. when

C. or

D. so

12. We stopped......bought some fruit. A. and

B. but

13. I am very interested......mathematics.

31


A. at

B. about

C. in

D. on

14. The people......called yesterday want to buy the house. A. what

B. whose

C. whom

D. who

15. We are glad...... . A. you gain the scholarship

B. that you gain the scholarship

C. that you to gain the scholarship

D. to that you gain the scholarship

16. I......for them even if they......me twice my current salary. A. will work - pay

B. wouldn't work - pay

C. work - will pay

D. wouldn't work - paid

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17: What do you think of the newly discovered cave? A. Never mind

B. By the way

C. Oh, fantastic

D. That's right

18. "Hi, Anna You are going to the park. Can I come too? A. I see

B. Of course you can

C. Oh, I understand

D. Well-done

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. It took me a very long time to recover from the shock of her death. A. turn off

B. take on

C. get over

D. keep up with

20. Frank never turns up on time for a meeting. A. calls

B. arrives

C. reports

D. prepares

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. He looks healthy enough. A. sick

B. strong

C. ugly

D. slim

22. I study many subjects such as Math, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Vietnamese Literature, History, Geography etc. A. learn

B. teach

C. see

D. review

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Today, there (23) ……….a TV set in nearly every home. People watch TV every day. Americans watch television about 35 hours a week. However, is television good (24) ………..bad

32


for you? People have different answers to this question. Some say that there is a lot of violence on TV today, the programs are terrible and people do not get any exercise (25) …………they only sit and watch TV. others (26) …………. that TV programs bring news from ail over the world and help you leam many useful things. Thanks to TV people learn about life (27) …………other countries, and it helps people relax after a long hard working day.

23. A. are

B. Is

C. was

D. be

24. A. or

B. but

C. and

D. so

25. A. though

B. despite

C. because

D. so

26. A. talk

B. think

C. ask

D. tell

27. A. at

B. on

C. in

D. of

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to .They often seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal development at this age , though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up . Young people are usually more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them . Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but should not push them to talk if they don't want to . Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if necessary. 28.This passage is taken from a… A. handbook for parents

B. school timetable

C. teenage magazine.

C. book for children

29. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to….. A. because most teenagers are quiet B. because teenagers don't want to talk to other people. C. because teenagers think adults are not honest D. because most teenagers hate adults. 30. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual. A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them.

33


B. When adults give them a lot money to spend. C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school. D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs. 31. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere. B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap C. women like smoking and drinking men D. they regard them as a mark of adulthood 32. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means A. feeling

B. manners

C. activities

D. reaction.

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Have they ever been to the Philippines? => They…………………………………………………………………………………? 34. “We are learning English at this moment.” Nam said. => Nam said…………………………………………………………………………. 35. As it doesn’t rain in winter, people in this area lack water. => It doesn’t…………………………………………………………………………… 36. We must answer this letter immediately. => This letter……………………………………………..………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I haven’t decided whether to move or not yet. (made) I haven’t …………………………………………….………to move or not yet. 38. “You can go home early”, the teacher said to the class. (let) The teacher ………………………………………………………… early. 39. The boss said that it was Jane’s fault that the letter had been lost. (blamed) The boss ……………………………………………..……… the letter. 40. Our two sons have a good relationship with each other. (get) Our two sons ………………………………………….……………….. each other ______The end______

34


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 70) 1. D 9. D 17.C 25.C

2. C 10. C 18. B 26. B

3. D 11. A 19. C 27. C

4. D 12. A 20. B 28.A

5. B 13.C 21. A 29.B

6. A 14. B 22.B 30. A

7. A 15. D 23. A 31. D

8.C 16. B 24.A 32.B

33. They have ever been to the Philipines, haven’t they? 34. Nam said they were learning English at that moment. 35. It doesn’t rain in winter, so people in this area lack water. 36. This letter must be answered immediately by us. 37. I haven’t made up my mind whether to move or not yet. 38. The teacher let the class go home early. 39. The boss blamed Jane for having lost/ losing the letter. 40. Our two sons get on well with each other.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 71 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 71

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

35


1. A. paper

B. receipt

C. complain

D. envelop

2. A. official

B. ocean

C. convenient

D. precious

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. secretary B. necessary C. classify D. vocabulary 4. A. ambitious

B. dangerous

C. mysterious

D. intelligent

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Both cattle or railroads helped build the city of Chicago. A

B

C

D

6. Mrs. Adams was surprise that her son and his friend had gone to the mountains to ski. A

B

C

D

7. The letter was sent by special delivery must be important. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is important today that students should learn one or two languages. A. abroad

B. overseas

9. Last week, we spent an

C. mother

D. foreign

day at my uncle's farm.

A. enjoy

B. enjoyable

C. enjoyed

D. enjoys

10. Scientists now can predict a volcanic …………… A. eruption

B. erupt

11. The boy

is wearing the white shirt is my new classmate.

A. who he

B. that he

12. The children enjoy A. riding

C. erupts

C. who

B. rode

A. So

C. ride

A. I was

C. although

A. giving up

D. or

so tired. B. was I

15. The local police are still

D. rides

people began to wear them in 1960s.

B. and

14. My mother asked me why

A. passes

D. which

the buffaloes on the field.

13. Jeans have never been out of fashion

16. If Daniel

D. erupted

C. am I

D. I am

missing villagers after the storm. B. looking for

C. turning on

D. going on

his exam, he will celebrate with his friends. B. pass

C. passed

D. will pass

36


V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17: Mr. West Hello. Can I help you? - Emma A. I know it's difficult to remember B. Yes, It's on Saturday C. Oh no, It's too expensive

D. Yes, please I'm looking for a book

18. -Tom: "It's a lovely day. Shall we go for a walk?" - Mike: __________ A. You're welcome.

B. All right.

C. You're right.

D. Enjoy yourself.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He resembles his father in many ways. A. turns off

B. takes on

C. goes over

D. takes after

20. We’ll buy you a cat, but you must promise to take care of it properly. A. put on

B. go off

C. take after

D. look after

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I’m interested in teaching profession because I love working with children. A. unconcerned

B. worried

C. unhappy

D. bored

22. We live in a small flat above the corner shop in Tay Son Street. A. huge

B. immense

C. titanic

D. big

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Today our (23) __________ of food and what it does for our bodies is far more advanced than that of the ancient. Now we know (24) __________ vitamins and how each kind of vitamins helps in the growth of a particular part of our bodies. There are on the market all kinds of vitamin pills one can take to make up for one's lack of certain important things (25) __________ are needed for normal health. Of course, if we eat well and properly, the food that we eat will take care of our bodies without these pills. Just take vitamin pills if our doctor tells us that our bodies are short of something that (26) __________ by them. Generally speaking, everything that we eat does some good to our bodies, but if we eat too much of one kind of food and pay no (27) __________ to others, we may have too much of one kind of chemical substance and not enough of others. Then, we may be in trouble. Therefore the best advice about what to eat is that we should eat all kinds of food but never too much. 23. A. knowledge

B. know

C. knowledgeable

D. knowledgeably

37


24. A. in

B. for

C. about

25. A. who

B. which

D. on

C. whom

26. A. can supply

B. supply

C. can be supplied

27. A. attraction

B. action

C. vision

D. whose D. supplied D. attention

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Over the past 600 years, English has grown from a language of few speakers to become the dominant language of international communication. English as we know it today emerged around 1350, after having incorporated many elements of French that were introduced following the Norman invasion of 1066. Until the 1600s, English was, for the most part, spoken only in England and had not extended even as far as two centuries, English began to spread around the globe as a result of exploration, trade (including slave trade), colonization, and missionary work. Thus, small enclaves of English speakers became established and grew in various parts of the world. As these communities proliferated, English gradually became the primary language of international business, banking and diplomacy. Currently, about 80 percent of the information stored on computer systems worldwide is English. Two - thirds of the world’s science writing is in English, and English is the main language of technology, advertising, media, international airports, and air traffic controllers - Today there are more than 700 million English users in the world, and over half of these are nonnative speakers, constituting the largest number of nonnative users than any other language in the world. 28. What is the main topic of this passage? A. The French influence on the English Language. B. The English history. C. The expansion of English as an international language. D. The use of English for science and Technology. 29. Approximately when did English begin to be used beyond England? A. in 1066

B. around 1350

C. before 1600

D. after 1600

30. According to the passage, all of the following contributed to the spread of English around the world except. A. the slave trade

B. the Norman invasion C. missionaries

D. colonization

31. The word “enclaves” in line 6 could be best replaced by which of the following. A. communities

B. organizations

C. regions

D. countries

32. The word “proliferated” in line 7 is closest in meaning to which of the following A. prospered

B. organized

C. disbanded D. expanded

38


B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33: “Turn off the faucets after using". said the mother. The mother told ………………………………………. 34: They have finished their French exercise since yesterday. Their French exercise................................................... 35: I think you should hand in your homework on time If I were you, ……………………………………….. 36: No boy in my class is more handsome than Ba. Ba is ............................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Nga didn’t go to school. She was ill. (Because) ->....................................................................................................................... 38. “I think we should turn on the TV to watch the weather forecast” (suggest + V-ing) ->……............................................................................................................... 39. I felt so tired last night. I tried to finish all my homework before going to bed. (However) -> ……………….. ............................................................................................ 40. Ha wants to get lots of money. She must work harder. (If) -> ……............................................................................................................... ______The end______

39


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 71) 1.B 9. B 17. D 25.B

2.C 10. A 18. B 26. C

3. D 11. C 19D. 27. D

4. B 12. A 20. D 28.C

5. B 13.C 21. A 29. D

6. A 14. A 22.D 30. B

7. A 15. B 23. A 31.A

8. D 16. A 24. C 32. A

33. The mother told her son to turn of the faucets after using. 34. Their English exercise has been finished since yesterday. 35. If I were you, I would hand in my homework on time. 36. Ba is the most handsome in my class. 37. Nga didn’t go to school Because She was ill. 38. I suggest turning on the TV to watch the weather forecast. 39. I felt so tired last night. However, I tried to finish all my homework before going to bed. 40. If Ha wants to get lots of money. She must work harder.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 72 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 72

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. climate B. pipe C. trick D. tidal 2. A. nuclear

B. tunic

C. humour

D. pollute

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. yesterday B. applicant C. employment D. uniform 4. A. river

B. result

C. rewrite

D. reuse

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They are planning on attending the convention next month and so I am.

40


A. planning

B. attending

C. next

D. so I am

6. Today was such beautiful day that I couldn't bring myself to complete all my chores. A. such beautiful

B. myself

C. to complete

D. my chores

7. He has less friends in his classes now than he had last year. A. less

B. his

C. than

D. last year

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Water can’t.......here. A. find

B. found

C. to find

D. be found

9. Vietnam, .......is in the South-east Asia, exports a lot of rice and coffee beans. A. who

B. that

C. whose

D. which

10. She didn't tell me......she could come or not. A. whether

B. if

C. how

D. either

11. Do you mind.......me a newspaper on the way home? A. buy

B. to buy

C. buying

D. bought

12. He has failed so many times, but he won’t....... A. give away B. give out

C. give back D. give up

13. I am looking forward to.......from you soon, John. A. hear

B. be heard

C. hearing

D. heard

14. He asked me what.......and how......? A. was I doing - I live

B. am I doing - live

C. I was doing - I lived

D. I am doing - I lived

15. Why.......spend more time on English pronunciation? A. we don't

B. we shouldn't

C. don't we

D. should we not

16. Since the computer......, it has made considerable changes to our daily life. A. was invented

B. has invented

C. invented

D. is invented

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Marie and Phil are talking at recess. Phil: "Would you like to go swimming with us?" Marie: ".................." A. I'd love to, but I don't feel well today C. No, I don't like

B. It's kind of you D. Yes, I'd like

18. - Lan: "How long does it take you to go to school?" - Hoa: "_________"

41


A. by motorbike

B. 30 minutes

C.30 kilometers

D. to the West of the city

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Do you have to light up another cigarette? I thought you were trying to cut down. A. burn

B. illuminate

C. save

D. smoke

20. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent. A. stand

B. understand

C. write

D. interrupt

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Our neighbors have always been very friendly towards us. A. cool

B. hot

C. warm

D. rude

22. Choose the answer A, B, or C that best suits the meaning of the italicized word(s). A. lastly

B. late

C. worst

D. weakly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. The International Space Station (ISS) is a large spacecraft which was launched in 1998. It orbits the Earth and is the place where astronauts live and conduct research in a microgravity (23)….. Below is about the day in the life of an astronaut aboard the International Space Station.Astronauts sleep in sleeping bags. The microgravity makes them (24)…… . They have to attach themselves so they don’t float about. Hair is washed with a “rinseless” shampoo that does not need water. For toothbrushing, a small amount of water is used with toothpaste and then swallowed. The crew spend their day doing science experiments. They also carry out checks for the maintenance of the station. The Mission Control Centre on Earth warns their operations. The astronauts eat various foods (25)……fruits, nuts, chicken, beef, seafood, brownies, salt and pepper (in liquid forms), etc. Drinks include coffee, tea, and fruits juice (all packaged). Foods can be heated up or kept cool with special machines. A popular pastime while orbiting Earth is (26)……looking out of the windows to admire its beauty. In their free time, astronauts exercise, watch movies, play music, read books, play cards, and talk to their families. How are astronauts trained? Anyone can apply to train as an astronaut as long as they have a bachelor’s degree in science, mathematics or engineering, experience as a jet pilot, and are in good health If they get accepted, there are several phases of training. The first phase requires them to pass

42


a swimming test in a flight suit. They take parabolic flights that produce weightlessness. They also learn about various spaceship systems. In the second phase, they are trained to operate spacecraft systems and deal with emergencies. The training often (27)‌‌in a water tank laboratory so that trainees become familiar with crew activities in simulated microgravity in order to perform spacewalks. 23. A. environment

B. area

C. sky

D. society

24. A. weight

B. weightless

C. overweight

D. weighty

25. A. as for

B. because of.

C. such as

D. in spite of

26. A. simple

B. simply

C. simplicity

D. simpler

27. A. arrives at

B. cares for

C. takes place

D. looks after

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Education in England Every child in England between the age of five and fifteen must attend schools. There are three main types of educational institutions, primary (elementary) schools, secondary schools, and universities. Like most countries in the world, there are two types of schools in England, independent schools (fee-paying schools) and state schools in which students do not have to pay tuition fees. In both types, attendance is compulsory. Morning classes begin at nine o dock and last until half past four in the afternoon. After classes, most English children often stay at school and take part in extracurricular activities like sports, singing and dancing. Schools are open five days a week. On Saturdays and Sundays there are no lessons. There are holidays at Christmas, Easter and in summer. In London as in all cities there are two grades of schools for those who will go to work at fifteen: primary schools for boys and girls between the ages of five and eleven, and secondary schools for children from eleven to fifteen. Besides such compulsory lessons as reading, writing, the English language, English literature, English history, geography, science, and nature study, children in England can take many optional subjects like drawing, painting, singing, or woodwork to develop their aptitudes. 28. What does the passage mainly discuss? A. Entertainment for children in England

B. Education in England

C. State schools in England

D. Compulsory lessons

29. The writer mentions all of the following types of educational institutions EXCEPT________. A. primary schools

B. secondary schools C. kindergartens

D. high schools

30. "Sports" is mentioned in the reading passage as A. a compulsory lesson

B. an extracurricular activity

43


C. an optional subject

D. a bad subject

31. Which types of schools do 14-year-old children often attend? A. primary schools

B. universities

C. secondary schools D. high schools

32. The word "optional" in paragraph 3 is CLOSEST in meaning to A. not required

B. not free

C. unintentional

D. bad

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. It is thought that the Prime Minister is considering raising taxes. The Prime Minister................................................................. 34. It is the weakness of the foundations that leads to the collapse of the building. If........................................................................................... 35. Could you tell me the time of the last train to London? Could you tell me when.......................................................? 36. He was very sorry that he didn't see Audrey on her trip to London. He greatly regretted.............................................................. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. They say he is able to swim across this river. (swimming) He ………………………………………………………. 38.They may be there at the meeting, or they may not. (out) It is ………………………………………………………. 39.“Don’t forget to hand in the paper by the deadline,” said the teacher. (reminder) The teacher ……………………………………………… 40.Learning English is becoming more and more popular in our city. (increasingly) It has …………………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 72) 1.C 9. D 17. A 25.C

2. D 10. A 18. B 26.B

3. C 11. C 19. D 27. C

4. A 12.D 20. B 28. B

5. D 13.C 21.D 29. C

6.A 14. C 22. C 30. B

7. A 15. C 23. A 31. C

8. D 16. A 24. B 32. A

33. The Prime Minister is thought to be considering raising taxes. 34. If the foundation weren't weak, the building wouldn't collapse.

44


35. Could you tell me when the last train leaves for London? 36. He greatly regretted not seeing Audrey on her trip to London. 37. He is said to be capaple of swimming across this river. 38. It is uncertain that/whether they will return out at the meeting. 39. The teacher sent/ gave us/ sent out a reminder that we had to hand in the paper by the deadline. 40. It has become increasingly popular to learn English in our city.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 73 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 73

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. clear B. dear C. bear D. near 2. A. hobby

B. honest

C. honour

D. hour

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. intermediate B. documentary C. reputation D. communicate 4. A. benefit

B. environment

C. wonderful

D. category

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Why didn’t you came to my party last night? A. Why

B. didn't you C. came

D. last night

6. Furniture makers use glue to hold joints together and sometimes to reinforce it. A. to hold

B. together

C. sometimes D. it

7. When did you go last to the theatre? A. When

B. did you

C. go last

D. the theatre

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You should have a dictionary to.....the words that you don’t know their meanings. A. look for

B. look up

C. look into

D. look after

9. Mrs. McCarthy lives in a small flat.....having a lot of money in the bank.

45


A. although

B. in spite

C. despite

D. even

10. His car......when he was only half way home. A. broke down

B. got down

C. broke over

D. got over

11. ......to the Internet, we can get the latest information around the world. A. Together

B. Apart

C. In addition

D. Thanks

12. ......., the chess players began the game. A. Having taken the seats

B. After we had taken our seats

C. Being taken the seats

D. Taking the seats

13. My mother always keeps candles in the room......the lights go out. A. unless

B. if

C. in case

D. though

14. He works for a car factory.......main office is in Chicago. A. which

B. where

C. that

D. of which

15. The new shopping plaza is advertised as a place......you can find anything you want to buy. A. where

B. which

C. from where

D. that

16. The plane was half an hour late. .......I managed to come to the meeting in time. A. In spite

B. Despite

C. in spite of this

D. All are correct

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. “ When’s your birthday, Ann?” A. on the thirty-one of July

B. on the thirty- first of July

C. On July the thirty- one

D. in July the thirty- first

18. - Mal: "Could you please do me a favor.” Hanh: " ____________" A. No, thanks

B. Sure. What can I do for you?

C. Yes, go ahead.

B. Yes, please.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. If the world’s tropical forests continue to disappear at their present rate, many animal species will be extinct. A. die out

B. die from

C. die of

D. die for

20. Didn’t they notice the “No Camping” sign? A. keep up with

B. catch sign of

C. take advantage of D. keep track of

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

46


21. Are they happy with their lives or not? Why? A. tired

B. disappointed

C. sad

D. unlucky

22. Although it’s a long day for us, we feel we are contented with what we do. A. dissatisfied

B. excited

C. shocked

D. interested

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Face-to-face conversation is a two-way process: You speak to me, I reply to you and so on. Two-way (23)_______ depends on having a coding system that is understood by both sender and (24)_______, and an agreed convention about signaling the beginning and end of the message. In speech, the coding system is the language like English or Spanish; the convention that one person speaks at a time may seem too obvious to mention. In fact, the signals (25)_______ in conversation and meetings are often (26)_______. For example, lowering the pitch of the voice may mean the end of a sentence, a sharp intake of breath may signal the desire to interrupt, catching the chairman’s eye may indicate the desire to speak in a formal setting like a debate, a clenched fist may indicate anger. When (27)_______ visual signals are not possible, more formal signals may be needed. 23: A. Exchange B. Interchange C. Communication D. Correspondence 24: A. Announcer B. Receiver C. Messenger D. Transmitter 25: A. That people use B. Are used C. Using D. Being used 26: A. Informal B. non-verbal C. verbal D. formal 27: A. their B. These C. This D. That IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney is Australia's most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Arthur Philips arrived in Sydney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sydney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sydney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sydney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sydney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sydney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sydney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. 28. Where does the history of Australia begin? A. South Pacific

B. North Pacific

C. Britain

D. Sydney

29. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sydney's Opera House

B. The history of Sydney

C. Sydney's beaches and harbors

D. An introduction of Sydney

47


30. Which of the following statement is NOT true about Sydney? A. Sydney is the smallest city in Australia. B. Sydney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. C. Sydney is the most exciting city in Australia. D. Sydney is a favorite city for immigrants from overseas. 31. How many beaches are there close to Sydney? A. Fewer than 20 beaches

B. Nearly 20 beaches

C. More than 20 beaches

D. Less than 20 beaches

32. When was the Sydney Harbor Bridge built? A. In 1788

B. In 1932

C. In 1973

D. In 1624

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Because Jane was sick, she couldn't come to class. -> Because of ________________ 34. I have worked for this factory for 5 years. -> I started ___________________ 35. We like our uniform very much", the students said. -> The students said ________________ 36. I find his clothes the most irritating thing about him. -> What_____________ XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. I haven’t decided whether to move or not yet. ( MADE) …………………………………………………………………………………….. 38. Study hard or you can’t pass the exam.

( IF )

……………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Although the team played well, they lost.

( IN SPITE OF)

……………………………………………………………………………………… 40.It was a two – hour flight from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city.

( FLY)

……………………………………………………………………………….. ______The end______

48


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 73) 1.C 9. C 17.B 25. A

2. A 10. A 18.B 26.C

3. D 11. D 19. A 27.B

4. B 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. C 13. C 21. C 29. B

6. D 14. D 22. A 30. A

7. C 15. A 23. D 31.C

8. B 16. C 24. B 32. B

33. Because of Jane's sickness, she couldn't come to class. 34. I started working for this factory 5 years ago. 35. The students said they liked their uniform very much. 36. What irritates me most about him is his clothes. 37. I haven’t made up my mind whether to move or not yet. 38. If you don’t study hard, you can’t pass the exam 39. In spite of playing well, they lost. 40. It took two hours to fly from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 74 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

49


ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 74

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. elementary B. engineer C. enable D. energy 2. A. disappointed B. reason C. resort D. resolution II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A .happy B. picture C. obey D. careful 4. A .fashion B. design C. campus D. gather III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The majority to the news is about violence and scandal A. The B. to the C. about D. violence 6. That doctor is visited the patient since 5 p.m. A. That B. is C. the D. since 7. When our vacation, we plan to spend three days scuba diving. A. When B. plan C. three days D. diving IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Lan is hungry......she hasn't eaten anything all day. A. because B. if C. although D. so 9. They have......a branch of their business in our town. A. put up B. put in C. set up D. set in 10. He.....English for four years. A. has learned B. learned C. learns D. learning 11. They are flying to Sacramento, ..... is the capital city of California. A. that B. it C. what D. which 12. Let’s go dancing, .......? A. shall we B. will we C. do we D. should we 13. Why don’t you have your car......? A. wash B. washed C. to wash D. washing 14. Fifty dollars......too much to pay for that shirt. A. are B. is C. were D. been 15. He used to.......to school by his mother. A. take B. took C. taking D. be taken 16. She asked me.....I was born in Hue.

50


A. so

B. as

C. if

D. as if

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. - Peter: “Why don’t we go for a picnic tomorrow?” - Jane: “________.” A. Yes, please B. You’re so kind C. That’s a good idea D. We don’t 18. : Nam ......... were you late for school yesterday? Ha: Because I got up late. A. When B. How C. What D. Why VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I couldn't make out what he had talked about because I was not used to his accent. A. stand B. understand C. write D. interrupt 20. The firefighters fought the blaze while the crowd was looking on it. A. blowing B. watering C. preventing D. watching VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Which ones do you think would be difficult for blind and deaf people? A. slight B. easy C. light D. soft 22. Which ones do you think would be difficult for blind and deaf people? A. clear B. sharp-sighted C. smooth D. dauntless VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. I come from Switzerland. I came to London six months (23) _____ to learn English. I haven’t met many English people yet, only my teachers. I started learning English at school in Switzerland (24) _____ I was eleven, so I have learn it for nearly ten years. At first in London, I couldn’t understand anything, but now my English (25) ____ improved. I have just taken an exam. If I pass, I will move into the next class. I’m excited today because my parents (26) _____ tomorrow to stay with me for a few days and I (27) _____ them for a long time. They have never been to England and they can’t speak English. 23. A. ago B. before C. last D. after 24. A. because B. that C. so D. when 25. A. were B. are C. is D. have been 26. A. comed B. will come C. could come D. would come 27. A. didn’t see B. haven’t seen C. don’t see D. hasn’t seen IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Tropical cyclones are called typhoons in Asia and hurricanes in North an America. These forms go around like a wheel turning to the left when they ni northern part of the world. They have

51


wind speeds of 60 kph or more. In the United the Tropical Prediction Center in Miami, Florida keeps an eye out for hurricanes. When meteorologists detect a hurricane, they give it a name. They can use ei male or female name. Why should tropical cyclones have names? The name makes it easy for people to keep up with information about a hurricane and its possible dangers. The World Meteorological Organization (WMO), an international weather group. decides what names will be used. The WMO makes lists of names using the English alphabet. Each name on the list starts with a different letter. The first hurricane of the year gets the first name on that year's list. The second hurricane gets the next name. For examples if the first hurricane is named Abel, the second might be named Betty. The name lists do include names beginning with the letters Q, U, X. Y and Z. There aren't many names that begin with these letters. Asian countries use a different list, which is made up by the WMO's Typhoon Committee. This list has a few personal names, but most of the names are of flowers, animals, trees, and other similar things. (Reading Challenge 1, Compass Publishing) 28. The word "detect" in the second paragraph means A. invent B. protect C. prevent D. discover 29. What is the main idea of this passage? A. What tropical cyclones can do B. Who watches for tropical cyclones C. Why tropical cyclones are named D. How tropical cyclones are named 30. Why should tropical cyclones have names? A. They are traditional. B. They sound interesting. C. They keep people informed. D. They are codes for the WMO. 31. Which name would a hurricane NOT have? A. Veronica B. William C. Rita D. Yanni 32. In which direction do tropical cyclones go around in the northern part of the planet? A. Down B. The same direction as a clock C. Up D. The opposite direction of a clock B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. They made me wait for the doctor for twenty minutes. I.................................................................... 34. The mat! had left before we arrived at the place. By the time.................................................... 35. This is the first time I have eaten this kind of food. I haven’t........................................................ 36. Although he has a small salary, he is happy in his life. In spite.......................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Susan regrets not going to the airport to say goodbye to her friend. (WISHES)

52


→ Susan ................................. the airport to say goodbye to her friend. 38.Despite his age, he’s still working. → He still ………………………….…… despite his age. 39. Despite knowing the area well, I got lost. → I got lost ………………………………..the area well. 40. I do not intend to tell you my plans. → I have.................................................... you my plans.

(RETIRED) (EVEN) (OF)

______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 74) 1. C 9. C 17. C 25. C

2. A 10. A 18. B 26. B

3. C 11. D 19. D 27. B

4. B 12. A 20. B 28. D

5. B 13. B 21.B 29. D

6. B 14. B 22. B 30. C

7. A 15. D 23. A 31. D

8A. 16. C 24. D 32.D

33. I was made to wait for the doctor for twenty minutes. 34. By the time we arrived at the place, the man had left. 35. I haven't eaten this kind of food before. 36. In spite of (having) a small salary, he is happy in his life. 37. Susan wishes she had gone to the airport to say goodbye to her friend. 38. He still has not retired despite his age. 39. I got lost even though I knew the area well. 40. I have no intention of telling you my plans.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 75 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 75

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. nets B. kicks C. coughs D. scissors 2. A. king

B. know

C. knock

D. kneel

53


II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. community B. architect C. simplify D. comfortable 4. A. concentrate

B. emergency C. impression

D. expect

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. I asked him whose car he borrowed the night before. A. him

B. whose

C. borrowed

D. the

6.The next important question we have to decide is when do we have to finish our work. A. important B. have to

C. is

D. do we have to

7. Mrs. Brown, his children couldn't swim, said that there should be more notices warning people. A. his children

B. swim

C. there should be

D. warning people

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Ann is very bad-tempered. How do you.....her? A. put up with

B. put with

C. put up to

D. putting up with

9. If I find your book, I …………..you at once. A. phoned

B. will phone C. would phone

D. to phone

10. Wear a helmet when riding a motorbike. Helmets are used......our heads. A. protect

B. to protect

C. protecting D. protected

11. My teacher would rather I......the problem by myself. A. solve

B. solved

C. solving

D. to solve

12. She doesn't call me as often as she....... A, was to

B. get used to C. not used to D. used to

13. .....the moon has no water, its surface responds to the gravitational force of the earth. A. Therefore B. Except

C. However

D. Although

14. We first met each other......we were at university. A. while

B. for

C. until

D. since

15. He would be happy to see you, .......he? A. will

B. would

C. wouldn’t

D. won’t

16. They arc encouraged to participate......sporting activities. A. at

B. in

C. with

D. for

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Ann: "Your picture is very nice, Tom! I like it much. - Tom: ........ A. It's kind of you to say so.

B. That's okay.

54


C. That would be great

D. You're welcome

18. Mary: "______________________?" Tom: "Tall and thin with blue eyes". A. How is your new English teacher doing? B. What does your new English teacher look like? C. How does your new English teacher look like? D. What do your English teacher’s eyes look like ? VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He is trying to stop smoking. A. give off

B. give up

C. give in

D. give away

20. The bomb exploded in the garage; fortunately no one hurt. A. put on

B. went off

C. got out

D. kept up

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. What time do you go to bed? A. go out

B. sit down

C. leave for

D. get up

22. I don’t really like getting up early but I have to because I often have lessons at 7.15. A. lately

B. late

C. early

D. firstly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Electronic games usually consist of software sold in the form of discs and (23)......additional equipment to be played. Video and computer games are some popular electronic games. People play video games on hardware systems designed for game playing and usually use television sets as a viewing screen. People play computer games on a personal computer and view them on the computer's monitor. Internet games emerged with the popularity of the Internet. By (24).......online, a player can participate in (25).......kinds of game activities. In one popular category, known as massively multi placer role-playing games, thousands of people can ¡ take part in a game at one time. Each person (26).......a different character in a detailed, imaginary' world. The Internet also provides new ways to play board games, card games and electronic games. Many websites allow players to find partners and opponents and to compete in chess, bridge, and many other traditional games. (27)......video and computer games now include an option to play them online, making it possible to play against opponents who live in other parts of the world.

55


23. A. requiring

B. require

C. requires

D. required

24. A. have gone

B. go

C. going

D. to go

25. A. little

B. many

C. much

D. few

26. A. to control

B. control

C. controls D. controlling

27. A. Most the

B. Most

C. Almost

D. Most of

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Television and Kids Television is very popular and even has some benefits for kids. It helps very young children learn the letters of the alphabet, and helps other kids learn about science, cultures, and world events. However, researchers show that too much TV is bad for children. For one thing, there is a link between watching more than four hours of TV a day and being overweight. For another thing, many TV shows are violent and upsetting. Watching these shows may cause kids to be more fearful. And of course, more time in front of the TV means less time to study. Too much TV may also be the cause of lower grades. Experts do not agree on the solution to these problems. Some say that kids should watch only educational programs; others say kids should watch no TV at all. And others suggest teaching them to watch TV as occasional entertainment, not as an everyday hobby. 36. What is the passage mainly about? A. Benefits of kids' TV shows C. Why kids love TV

B. Effects of television on kids D. Why kids shouldn't watch TV

37. According to the passage, watching a lot of TV may A. cause weight problems in children B. cause children to be more famous C. cause children to get better grades D. cause students to study more 38. The word "them" in paragraph 3 refers to A. programs

B. experts

C. kids

D. problems

39. The word "occasional" in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to A. very often

B. not very often

C. always

D. everyday

40. What can be inferred from the passage? A. TV is always bad for children. B. TV is only good for entertainment. C. Kids should watch only educational shows. D. Television has some benefits along with problems. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one.

56


33. We couldn't see the paper anywhere. The paper....................................... 34. Remember to check your luggage. Don't............................................. 35. No one could know her reaction to the problem. Her reaction.................................. 36. People say that the boy has been saved. The boy.......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.They think that he worked very hard last year. (THOUGHT) → ________________________________________ very hard last year. 38. I don't know what I should review first for the coming test. (TO) → ________________________________________ first for the coming test 39. The book is very interesting. I bought it yesterday. (WHICH) → ________________________________________ 40. They worked all night, but they couldn't finish their reports in time. (ALTHOUGH) → _____________________________________________ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 75) 1. D 9. B 17. A 25. B

2. A 10. B 18. B 26.C

3. A 11.B 19. B 27.B

4. A 12.D 20. B 28. B

5. C 13. D 21. D 29. A

6. D 14. A 22.B 30.C

7. A 15. C 23.B 31. A

8. A 16. B 24. C 32. D

57


33. The paper couldn't be seen anywhere. or: The paper could be seen nowhere. 34. Don't forget to check your luggage. 35. Her reaction to the problem couldn't be known. 36. The boy is said to have been saved. 37. It is thought that he worked very hard last year. 38. I don't know what to review first for the coming test. 39. The book which I bought yesterday is very interesting. 40. Although they worked all night, they couldn't finish his reports in time.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 76 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 76

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. typhoon B. roof C. flood D. moon 2. Λ. collapsed

B. hiked

C. striped

D. claimed

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. tragedy B. tolerant C. productive D. socialize 4. A. receive

B. install

C. persuade

D. cover

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Energy-saving bulbs should use to save electricity. A. Energy-saving

B. use

C. to save

D. electricity

6. He tried to go to work in spite of he was ill. A. tried

B. to work

C. in spite of D. was

7. There were so much beautiful flowers that I couldn’t decide what to buy. A. were

B. so much

C. decide

D. to buy

58


IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. She won’t get married until she......25 years old. A. is

B. will be

C. would be

D. can be

9. He.......a letter from her yet. A. don't receive

B. didn't receive

C. hasn't received

D. won't receive

10. Linda made me.......her next week. A. promise to visit

B. to promise to visit

C. promise visiting

D. promising visit

11. I can't speak English well. I wish I.....English well. A. can speak B. could speak

C. spoken

D. had spoken

12. I don't know what to do. If my mother.......here now, she would help me. A. is

B. be

C. will be

D. were

13. If you had arrived at the sale early, you......a better selection. A. would have found B. found

C. had found

D. would find

14. I often come back to Hanoi, ......I grew up. A. which

B. what

C. whose

D. where

15. There is a cave in France.......is 1,490 meters deep. A. that

B. who

C. what

D. it

16. .......the solar system may seem big, it is a very small part of the universe. A. Despite

B. Although

C. Even though it

D. Because

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Kate: "I thought the film was really boring." Andy: "___" A. If you like

B. So did I

C. I'm afraid not

D. I do too

18. Peter: "How often do you go to school?" Harry:"_______" A. I go there early

B. Everyday except Sunday

C. I don't think so

D. I go there by bus

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Never put off until tomorrow what you can do today. A. do

B. let

C. delay

D. leave

20. My father gave up smoking two years ago.

59


A. liked

B. continued

C. stopped

D. enjoyed

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. I drink some cups of tea, have a quick breakfast and then lead the buffalo to the field. A. weak

B. strict

C. slow

D. thin

22. I leave the house at a quarter past five and arrive in the field at exactly 5.30. A. quickly

B. weakly

C. successfully D. wrongly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. It might sound strange to you but these are some important rules. If you want to pass examinations, then study grammar ____________(23), if you want to become fluent in English, try to learn English without studying too much grammar because that will only ____________(24) you down and confuse you. You will think about rules when creating sentences ____________ (25) than speaking naturally like a native speaker. Some native speakers do not know so many grammatical rules as non-native students. Everyone can speak at least one language whether they are intelligent or lack some brain power. This could be achieved by being surrounded by that language at all times. You may notice that there are also some people ____________(26) study abroad and learn very little. That is because they go to an English speaking school, but find friends from their own country and don't practice English. Some others can speak English well ____________(27) they live in an English speaking environment. 23. A. Therefore

B. However

C. Although

D. Though

24. A slow

B. make

C. get

D. think

25. A. more

B. better

C. rather

D. less

26. A. who

B. what

C. which

D. Whose

27. A. but

B. because

C. so

D. and

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. One of the most devastating forces on Earth is a hurricane. A hurricane begins as a tropical storm. The storm winds blow in circles around a center, called the "eye." Gradually, the winds get stronger and stronger. A tropical storm becomes a hurricane when the winds are 120 kilometers per hour or more.

60


The word "hurricane" comes from Huracan, an evil god of a Central American Indian tribe. In other parts of the world, hurricanes are known by different names. In East Asia, they are usually called typhoons, from the Chinese tai-feng, meaning "great wind." In Bangladesh, Pakistan, India, and Australia, they are known as cyclones. Finally, in the Philippines, they are called baguios. Few things in nature have as much power as hurricanes. They can destroy coastal areas with heavy rains and winds of 250 kilometers per hour or more. Sometimes a hurricane causes the ocean to flood onto land in an event called a storm surge. The total power of a hurricane may be equal to 10,000 nuclear bombs. Câu 28: The word devastating in the passage is closest in meaning to _______. A. powerful

B. destructive

C. natural

D. enormous

Câu 29: According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE? A. Hurricanes always cause a storm surge. B. Hurricanes have winds of 120 kilometers per hour or higher. C. All tropical storms become hurricanes. D. Hurricanes are most common in Central America. Câu 30: The word “hurricane” in the second paragraph comes from ______. A. the Philippines

B. China

C. Central America

D. Bangladesh

Câu 31: The dangers of a hurricane include the following EXCEPT A. earthquake

B. storm surge

C. heavy rain

D. strong winds

Câu 32: Which of the following is the best title for the passage? A. How To Prepare For A Hurricane B. Some Facts About Hurricanes C. The Biggest Hurricanes In History D. The Difference Between Tropical Storms And Hurricanes B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The factory is producing more and more pollution. More and more............................................ 34. He drives carelessly, so he usually has accidents. He is such................................................... 35. He has been collecting stamps for three years. He started................................................... 36. I don't really want to go to the museum. I'd rather.....................................................

61


XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She didn’t wake up early, but now she does. (USED) She _____________________________________________________________ early. 38. They haven’t talked to each other for two years. (SINCE) It’s ____________________________________________________ to each other. 39. She has never heard such a ridiculous lie. (MOST) It’s the ____________________________________________________ever heard. 40. He hasn’t been to school for four days. (ABSENT) He _____________________________________________ school for four days. ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 76) 1.C 9. C 17.B 25. C

2.D 10. A 18.B 26.A

3. C 11B. 19. C 27. B

4. D 12D. 20. C 28. B

5. B 13. A 21. C 29. A

6. C 14. D 22. D 30. C

7. B 15.A 23. B 31. A

8. A 16. B 24.B 32. A

33. More and more pollution is being produced by that factory. 34. He is such a careless driver that he usually has accidents. 35. He started collecting stamps three years ago. 36. I'd rather not go to the museum. 37. She used to wake up early.

62


38. It’s two years since They last talked to each other. 39. It’s the most ridiculous lie she has ever heard. 40 He has been absent from school for four days.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 77 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 77

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. women B. love C. come D. some 2. A. wealth

B. head

C. bread

D. steal

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. organize B. conclusion C. available D. ambition 4. A. contain

B. achieve

C. improve

D. happen

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The teacher, together with 30 students, are going to attend a party this Saturday evening. .

A

B

C

D

6. Mr. Lam, whom gave a lecture at our university last week, is a famous physicist. A

B

C

D

7. I used to stayed with my grandparents on a farm when I was a child. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. We went for coffee after we......breakfast. A. have

B. had had

C. have had

D. would have had

9. ......lots of difficulties, he ultimately succeeds in his project. A. Even though

B. However

C. Despite

D. Because of

10. If the bus to the airport weren't so late, they......the plane. A. will catch B. would catch

C. caught

D. can catch

11. The people to......I spoke vesterday were very friendly.

63


A. them

B. that

C. who

D. whom

12 . .......her health is not good, she studies very hard. A. Because

B. When

C. If

D. Although

13. If you hurried, you...... A. will see your son off C. would have seen your son off

B. saw your son off D. would see your son off

14. Because of difficulties in getting a visa, we had to......the idea of visiting the States. A. take out

B. take up

C. give out

D. give up

15. Auld Lang Syne is a song......is sung on New Year's Eve. A. which

B. it

C. whose

D. whose

16. They have worked for the company for 5 years……………? A. haven't they

B. didn't they C. have they

D. don't they

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Joanna: "What are you going to do this weekend?" - Mark: " __________ " A. I think it will be interesting C. I'm very busy now

B. I plan to visit my aunt D. I hope it isn't raining

18. Mary: "Thank you for a lovely evening." - Peter: " ______________." A.You're welcome

B. Have a good day

C. Cheers

D. Thanks

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I’ll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder. A. resemble

B. test

C. arrive

D. buy

20. He resembles his father in many ways. A. turns off

B. takes on

C. goes over

D. takes after

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Gradually more children were sent to the class as their parents realized that the teacher was trying her best to help their poor kids. A. good

B. rich

C. strong

D. lucky

22. There was a lot of opposition from the parents of the disabled children as they did not believe that their children could learn anything. A. doubt

B. reply

C. regret

D. ignore

64


VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC. If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned down in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected. Big Ben takes its (23)......from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible (24)......the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built. It is not only of immense size. (25)......is extremely accurate as well. Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked twice a day. On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (26).......to the clock tower. Big Ben has rarely gone wrong . Once, however, it failed to give the correct time. A painter who had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it (27)………….. 23. A. place

B. name

C. fame

D. time

24. A. to

B. with

C. for

D. on

25. A. but

B. however

C. and

D. so

26. A. connects

B. are connected

C. is connected

27. A. down

B. up

C. with

D. connect D. time

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Out in the Pacific Ocean, 3,700 kilometers from Los Angeles, are the islands of Hawaii, the fiftieth state of the United States, with its area of 16,700 square kilometers. The first Hawaiians arrived from other Pacific islands sometime around 100 AD. Then in 1778, Captain Cook visited Hawaii. He put the islands on his maps of the Pacific Ocean. Then more ships knew Hawaii and began stopping there for supplies. In 1820, a small group of people from the eastern United States came to teach the Hawaiian people about Christianity. They started farms to grow sugar cane and pineapples. Because there were not enough people to do all the farm work, farm owners brought in Asians - Chinese, Japanese, and Filipinos. Later Koreans, Portuguese, and Puerto Ricans also came. More people came from the US mainland and from other Pacific islands, and Hawaii became an island with traditions from several countries. People from the various nation groups have married each other, so today the groups are partly mixed. Hawaiians are very friendly and always welcome visitors. They celebrate traditional Chinese, Japanese, and Filipino holidays as well as holidays from The United states. Hawaii is known as the Aloha State. “Aloha” mean “hello”, “goodbye”, and “I love you” in Hawaiian. /.

65


28. Hawaii is ............... square kilometers in area. A. 3,700

B. 1,820

C. 16,700

D. 2,500

29. More ships knew Hawaii through .......... and stopped there for supplies. A. Japanese visitors.

B. Christopher Columbus.

C. Captain Cook’s maps

D. Christians.

30. In the early 19th century, many Asians were taken to Hawaii ............ A. to go fishing

B. to be holidaymakers

C. to visit attractions

D. to do the farm work.

31. Today the various national groups are ............. A. completely mixed

B. living in different societies.

C. partly mixed

D. completely separated.

32. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Captain Cook came to Hawaii in 1778. B. All Hawaiian people have come from Asia . C. Hawaii is the fiftieth state of the United States. D. Hawaii is in the Pacific Ocean 3,700 kilometers from Los Angeles. B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Vicky is too young to join the club. Vicky is not.................................. 34. I wrote this essay in three hours. It took.......................................... 35. How long is it since you last saw Ann? When........................................... 36. You will catch a cold if you don’t keep your feet dry. Unless.......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. My brother failed his English test. He has to do the test again (therefore) ………………………………………………………………………………… 38. The weather was terrible. We couldn’t go to the beach (So) ………………………………………………………………………………… 39. Do you like coffee? Do you like coke?(or) …………………………………………………………………………………

66


40. Nam got wet. He forgot his raincoat. (Because) ……………………………………………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 77) 1.A 9.C 17.B 25. A

2. D 10. B 18. A 26.B

3. A 11D. 19. B 27. A

4. D 12. D 20.D 28. C

5. B 13. D 21. B 29. C

6. A 14.D 22. A 30. D

7. A 15. A 23.B 31.C

8.B 16. A 24. C 32. B

33. Vicky is not old enough to join the club. 34. It took me three hours to write this essay. 35. When did you last see Ann? 36. Unless you keep your feet dry, you will catch a cold. 37. My brother failed his English test. Therefore, He has to do the test again. 38. The weather was terrible, so we couldn’t go to the beach . 39. Do you like coffee or coke? 40. Nam got wet because he forgot his raincoat.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 78 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 78

67


A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. think B. depth C. brother D. mathematics 2. A. laughter

B. caught

C. taught

D. daughter

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3.A. contain B. achieve C. improve D. visit 4. A. exchange

B. invite

C. economic

D. embroider

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. My teacher of English said I should spend more time for my pronunciation. A. of

B. should

C. more time D. for

6. In spite of John came to the show late due to the heavy rain, he could see the main part of the show. A. In spite of

B. to

C. due to

D. could see

7. Happiness is a most important thing in my life. A. a

B. in

C. thing

D. my

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I wish I ...... money to help the homeless and poor people. A. have much

B. had much

C. had any

D. don't have

9. Stormy weather prevented the ferry........the crossing. A. from making

B. to make

C. with making

D. by making

10. It isn't necessary for students......uniforms today. A. wearing

B. worn

C. to be wearing

D. to wear

11. My sister studied hard, .......she completed her examination successfully. A. although

B. so

C. because

D. therefore

12. When she lived in the countryside, she.......in the river. A. used swim C. used to swim

B. used to swimming D. use to swim

13. Is that the man.............? A. you lent the money to C. whom did you lend the money

B. you lend the money D. whom you lent the money

68


14. Tet is a festival........occurs in late January or early February. A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. what

15. My teacher suggests..... ... lessons to poor children. A. gave

B. giving

C. having given

D. given

16. I don't know how you can put up.......such bad working conditions. A. to

B. on

C. with

D. in

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. "How was your trip?" - "_____________" A. Wonderful.

B. Thanks. That's very kind of you.

C. That would be great.

D. It's my pleasure.

18. 23. "I think we should take a shower instead of a bath to save energy." - "_____________" A. Yes, I'd love to.

B. Great! Let's do that.

C. Yes, thanks.

D. I'm sorry, I can't.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Within their home country, National Red Cross and Red Crescent societies assumed the duties and responsibilities of a national relief society. A. took on

B. got off

C. went about

D. put in

20. She didn’t get along with her two brothers. A. agree with

B. hate

C. please with D.have a good relationship with VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Fill each of the blanks below with a suitable word from the reading passage. A. unimportant

B. irrelevant

C. uninteresting

D. impossible

22. Work with a partner and fill in the blanks with the right questions. A. sick

B. liberal

C. unhealthy

D. improper

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Water is necessary for life. People can live only a few days (23) _____ it. Yet nearly 25 million people die each year because of it. Both industrial nations and less-developed countries are worried about the (24) ______ and quantity of water in the world. Even though people, animals, agriculture, and industry use a lot of water, there is more than enough on the Earth. Water covers about three-fourths of the Earth's surface. However, 97.4 percent of it is salt water. Three-fourths of the Earth's fresh water is frozen in glaciers and in the great polar ice

69


caps. Most of the water we use (25) _____ from rivers, lakes, and the atmosphere. Less than one percent of the Earth's water is usable, and we use it over and over again.

One of the (26) ______ about water is distribution. Water is not always distributed where the large (27) ______ centers are. Some regions get enough rain, but it is all in one or two short rainy seasons. Question 23:

A. in

B. without

C. for

D. with

Question 24:

A. quality

B. condition

C. situation

D. characteristics

Question 25:

A. gets

B. arrives

C. goes

D. comes

Question 26:

A. facts

B. things

C. problems

D. cases

A. population B. men C. women D. people Question 27: IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The Beatles In the 1960s, the Beatles were probably the most famous pop group in the whole world. Since then, there have been a great many groups that have achieved enormous fame, so it is difficult now to imagine how sensational The Beatles were at that time. They were four boys from the north of England and none of them had any training in music. They started by performing and recording songs by black Americans and they had some success with these songs. Then they started writing their own songs and that was when they became really popular. The Beatles changed pop music. They were the first pop group to achieve great success from songs they had written themselves. After that it became common for groups and singers to write their own songs. The Beatles did not have a long career. Their first hit record was in 1963 and they split up in 1970. They stopped doing live performances in 1966 because it had become too dangerous for them – their fans were so excited that they surrounded them and tried to take their clothes as souvenirs! However, today some of their songs remain as famous as they were when they first came out. Throughout the world, many people can sing part of a Beatles song if you ask them. 28. The passage is mainly about A. how the Beatles became more successful than other groups. B. why the Beatles split up after 7 years. D. The Beatles’ fame and success. D. many people’s ability to sing a Beatles song. 29. The four boys of the Beatles A. came from the same family

B. came from a town in the north of England

C. were at the same age.

D. received good training in music.

30. What is not true about the Beatles.

70


A. The members had no training in music. B. They had long stable career. C. They became famous when they wrote their own songs. D. They changed pop music. 31. The word “sensational” is closest in meaning to A. notorious

B. bad

C. shocking

D. popular

C. neutral

D. sarcasm

32. The tone of the passage is that of A. admiration

B. criticism

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. The police let him leave after they had questioned him. He was.................................................................. 34. I haven’t seen that man here before. It's ....................................................................... 35. The furniture was so expensive that I didn't buy it. The furniture was too............................................. 36. I'm always nervous when I travel by air. Travelling............................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She can’t understand me. She is my old acquaintance. (Although) ............................................................ 38. We are always proud of my dad. He is the best person in the world. (who) ............................................................ 39. He drove very fast. He had an accident. (because of) ............................................................ 40. This problem is very difficult. We can’t solve it now. (so) ............................................................ ______The end______

71


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 78) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25.D

2.A 10. D 18. B 26.C

3.D 11.B 19. A 27.A

4. C 12. C 20. D 28. D

5.D 13. D 21.B 29.B

6.A 14. C 22. D 30. B

7.A 15. B 23. B 31. C

8. B 16. C 24.A 32. A

33. He was released after he had been questioned by the police. 34. It's the first time I have seen that man here. 35. The furniture was too expensive for me to buy. (or) The furniture was too expensive, so I didn't buy it. 36. Travelling by air always makes me nervous. 37. She can’t understand me although she is my old acquaintance. 38. We are always proud of my dad, who is the best person in the world. 39. Because of driving very fast, He had an accident. 40. This problem is very difficult, so we can’t solve it now.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 79 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 79

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. ready B. please C. Easter D. beach 2. A. amount

B. shout

C. round

D. route

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 1. A pattern B. conserve C. revise D. correct 2. A institute

B. distinctive

C. defensive

D. division

72


III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. We are having my house paint. That is why there is all this mess. A

B

C

D

6. I think Helen is accustomed to work eight hours a day. A

B

C

D

7. After said goodbye to my parents, I went to school with my sister. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. You have to pass the examination.......you want to attend the course. A. if

B. or

C. in order to

D. so

C. to listen

D. listened

9. She suggested.......to music. A. listen

B. listening

10. Your friends won't be here for long, .......? A. do they

B. won’t they

C. would they

D. will they

11. If yοιι.......do that exercise. I'll explain it to you. A. can

B. could

C. can't

D. couldn't

C. that

D. when

C. would

D. will

C. didn't

D. did

12. This is the house.......Nam was born. A. where

B. which

13. If I were you, I......stay here longer. A. didn't

B. can't

14. I wish it......rain so often here. A. doesn't

B. don't

15. He told me he......leave the city the following day. A. Will have to

B. would have to

C. has to

D. had to

16. By learning English, you can get access.....the world's development. A. with

B. into

C. to

D. for

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17"Let me congratulate you on winning the first prize."- "____________" A. It's vey good.

B. You're welcome.

C. Never mind.

D. That's very kind of you to say so.

18. Mai: “ What are you going to do this weekend, Lan?” - Lan: “

73


A. I don’t feel like going out.

B. What a great idea!

C. I haven’t planned yet.

D. I went to the beach with my dad.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. You don't need a computer. You can get by with the typewriter. A. understand

B. manage with

C. buy

D. pass with

20. I fell into the water when I tried to get out of the canoe. A. enter

B. start

C. climb

D. exit

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Look at the illustrations of different parts of a computer system. A. together

B. similar

C. average

D. pure

C. dusty

D. bad

22. She was wearing a beautiful dress. A. unsightly

B. dirty

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Two British policemen were sent to investigate a flying saucer on March 31, 1989, the day before April Fool’s Day. When the policemen arrived at a field in Survey, they saw a small figure wearing a silver space (23)________ walking out of a spacecraft. Immediately the police ran off in the opposite direction. Reports revealed that the alien was in fact a small person, and the flying saucer was a hot air balloon that had been specially built to look (24)________ a UFO by Richard Branson, the 36-year-old chairman of Virgin Records. Branson had planned to (25) _______ the balloon in London’s Hyde Park on April 1. However, a wind change had brought him down in a Survey field. The police received a lot of phone calls from terrified motorists as the balloon drifted over the motorway. One lady was so (26)_____ by the incident that she was crying as she was (27)______ the UFO to a radio station. 23.

A. suit

B. cloth

C. denim

D. linen.

24.

A. like

B. as

C. for

D. after

25.

A. fly

B. land

C. erupt

D. collapse

26.

A. pleasing

B. terrific

C. shocked

D. amazed

27.

A. telling

B. saying

C. phoning

D. describing

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

74


Smog is a combination of smoke and fog It occurs when gases from burnt fuel mix with fog on the ground. When heat and sunlight get together with these gases, they form fine, dangerous particles in the air. Smog occurs in big cities with a lot of traffic. Particularly, in the summertime, when it is very hot, smog stays near the ground. It is dangerous to our breathing, and in smoggy areas, we cannot see very well. Smog was first discovered in Great Britain in the 19th century, during the beginning of the Industrial Revolution. At that time, people used coal for heating and cooking. Factories also used coal to produce iron and steel. Smoke mixed with wet, foggy air and turned yellow. The smog often hung over cities for many days. It caused lung diseases and breathing problem. Thousands of people died in London every year. Today, cities that have a large population and are located in hot, subtropical areas have the biggest smog problems - for example, Los Angeles, Mexico City and Cairo. 28. Where can smog possibly be found? A. At a place where it is rainy B. At a place where the traffic is heavy and the weather is foggy C. In a city where many people smoke D. Underground 29. In the first paragraph, the word fine is closest in meaning to A. tiny

B. good

C. harmful

D. shiny

30. What will happen if smog stays close to the ground ? A. It will disappear in a shot time

B. It will make the sky cleaner.

C. It will harm our health and block our sight.

D. It will cause many storms.

31. What probably caused the smog in Britain at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution? A. There were too many cars in the country. B. The weather there was too foggy. C. People smoke a lot at that time. D. Factories and people used coal as energy. 32. In the third paragraph, the word it refers to ______. A. iron

B. smog

C. steel

D. smoke

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Apples are usually cheaper than oranges. Apples are not.....................................

75


34. That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. It is such.............................................. 35. Tim will be eighteen next week. It's Tim's.............................................. 36. John and Ann didn't tell the truth. Neither................................................. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. It was raining heavily outside. We postponed the picnic. (as) ............................................................ 38. The girl is very beautiful. Her dress is red. (whose) ............................................................ 39. She learns English well. She plays sports well, too. (not only ) ............................................................ 40. She is intelligent. She can do this exercise by herself. (enough ............................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 79)

76


1.A 9.B 17.D 25. B

2. D 10.D 18. C 26. C

3. D 11.C 19.B 27. D

4. C 12.A 20. D 28. B

5. B 13. C 21.B 29. D

6.C 14. C 22.D 30.C

7. A 15.B 23. A 31.D

8. A 16.C 24. A 32.B

33. Apples are not as/ so expensive as oranges. 34. It is such a dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there. 35. It's Tim’s eighteenth birthday next week. 36. Neither John nor Ann told the truth. 37. As it was raining heavily outside, We postponed the picnic. 38. The girl whose dress is red is very beautiful. 39. She not only learns English well but also plays sports well. 40. She is intelligent enough to do this exercise by herself.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 80 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 80

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. charity B. teacher C. Christmas D. children 2. A. history

B. disaster

C. extensive

D. beside

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. damage B. destroy C. erupt D. describe 4. A. family

B. practical

C. conclusion

D. uniform

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The house painted more than three years ago, but I’m not going to have it done again for a while. A. painted

B. three years ago

C. going to

D. it

6. If the question were not so difficult, I will be able to answer it. A. the

B. so

C. will be

D. it

7. If I were you, I didn’t buy that old building.

77


A. were

B. didn't

C. buy

D. old building

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. The problem.......never happened. A. that I expected it

B. who I had expected

C. I had expected it

D. I had expected

9. How long is it since vou.......smoking? A. gave in

B. gave out

C. gave away

D. gave up

10. We.......go fishing with him when we......in the village. A. used to - lived

B. are used to - lived

C. used to - live

D. get used to - lived

11. I suggested......for a walk. We had a lot of free time. A. go

B. to go

C. going

D. being gone

C. to be seen

D. saw

12. I remember......him somewhere. A. seeing

B. see

13. I......in heavy traffic every day. A. used to drive

B. am used to driving

C. get used to drive

D. used to driving

14. This is the only one of the novels published recently......translated in English. A. that has ever been

B. which has ever

C. that have ever been

D. has ever been

15. Tom hasn't got a ticket. If he......, he....... A. have - will get in

B. had - can get in

C. had - could get in

D. have - could get in

16. It is 10 years......we first met together. A. after

B. while

C. when

D. since

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17 . - Uncle Tom: “ Remember to give my best regards to your parents, Bob.” - Bob: “

A. That’s very kind of you to say so.

B. That was at least I could do.

C. Sure, I will.

D. Yes, let’s.

18. Liz is asking Andrew about the seat. Liz: " Do you mind if I sit here? " A. Be my guest.

Andrew: "Not at all._________ " B. I’d be glad to.

78


C. Fire away, I’m all ears.

D. Now you’re taking.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. GCSE are not compulsory, but they are the most common qualifications taken by students. A. required

B. Applied

C. fulfilled

D. specialized

20. I received housing benefit when I was unemployed. A. out of order

B. out of fashion

C. out of work

D. out of practice

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. His rude comments made other Facebookers very angry. A. pleasant

B. Honest

C. polite

D. kind

22. And we can even learn foreign languages on computers. A. known

B. native

C. natural

D. expected

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. There have been concerns about health problem in the area recently as the last reported to cause the pollution. To stay from worries, we decided (23)

______a health check with the local

doctor. We phoned to make an (24)________at 9 o'clock the next morning, the doctor welcomed us (25)_____ the door with a lovely smile. After (26) ___ necessary forms, we were given different tests. All the tests were done very quickly with the net of modern (27)_____ . As she did the checks, the doctor said that a lot of people were worried about air pollution and came to help for health checks like us. 23. A. have

B. to have

C. having

D. had

24. A. arrange

B. arranging

C. arranged

D. arrangement

25. A. at

B. in

C. of

D. on

26. A. fill

B. filled

C. filling

D. to fill

27. A. tools

B. equipment

C. work

D. materials

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Charlie Chaplin was an English actor, director, producer, and a composer. He is known as the most creative person of the silent-film era. Charlie Chaplin’s portrayal of the tramp won the hearts of people all over the world. Charlie was born in London on the 16th of April, 1889. He spent his childhood in Poverty and hardship. In 1910 he began to perform pantomime in the United

79


States. He first appeared on screen in 1914. He created his world-famous character, the Tramp, and he played this classic role in more than 70 films during his career. He also composed background music for most of his films. In 1972 Chaplin received an Honorary Academy Award for ‘ the incalculable effect he has had in making motion pictures the art form of this century’. Chaplin died on the 25th of December, 1977, at his home in Switzerland. 28. In 1910 he began to perform pantomime in __________________. A. the US

B. London

C. Switzerland

D. England

C. in 1972

D. in 1977

29. When did he start appearing in films? A. in 1910

B. in 1914

30. Charlie Chaplin is very famous for _______________. A. his state performance

B. his background music

C. his character “the Tramp”

D. his composing background music

31. Which of the following is not true? A. Charlie Chaplin was an English artist

B. He played classical music

C. Charlie Chaplin died at the age of 88

D. He received an award in 1972.

32. The word “carrer” is the closest meaning to ________________ A. pantomime

B. play

C. life

D. life-work

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. He could not afford to buy the car. The car...................................................... 34. "Why don't you put your lugtiage under the seat?" he asked me. He suggested............................................. 35. Although he had a good salary, he was unhappy in his job. In spite....................................................... 36. I advise you to put your money in the bank. You'd......................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. That is the forest. They are living and working in the forest. (where) ............................................................ 38. The weather is not fine. We won’t take photographs. (If) ............................................................ 39. She went to bed early. She was tired last night. (because) ............................................................ 40. She is an active girl. Everyone dislikes her. (though)

80


............................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 80) 1. C 9. D 17.C 25.A

2.B 10. A 18. A 26. C

3. A 11. C 19. A 27.B

4. C 12. A 20. C 28. A

5. A 13. B 21. C 29. B

6. C 14. A 22. B 30. C

7. B 15. C 23. B 31. B

8. D 16.D 24. D 32. D

33. The car was too expensive for him. (or) The car was so expensive that he couldn't afford / buy it. 34. He suggested that I should put my luggage under the seat. 35. In spite of his good salary, he was unhappy in his job. 36. You'd better put your money in the bank. 37. That is the forest where They are living and working

81


38. If The weather were fine. We would take photographs. 39. She went to bed early because she was tired last night. 40. Though she is an active girl, everyone dislikes her.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 81 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 81

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. necessary B. celebrated C. special D. receive 2. A. bone

B. only

C. lonely

D. son

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. follow B. exist C. really D. borrow 4. A. wander

B. helmet

C. access

D. about

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. If there is no water, there would be no life on the earth. A. is

B. be

C. on

D. the

6. We are looking forward to spend our summer vacation in the country. A. are

B. to spend

C. summer vacation

D. in

7. There are so much chickens in the garden that I can't count them all. A. so much

B. chickens

C. in the garden

D. count them all

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. My class are lucky......a chance to visit the capital. A. having

B. to have

C. to be

D. being

9. Would you like......and visit our country Vietnam? A. come

B. to come

C. coming

D. came

10. I've been......a cup to match the one I broke. A. looking for B. looking over

C. looking through

D. looking

82


11. We wish our team......lose this language game. A. won't

B. didn't

C. don’t

D. doesn't

12 . Manchester is the......and most beautiful city in England. A. most clean B. cleaner

C. more clean

D. cleanest

13. The building at the end of the street......in the early 20th century. A. is built

B. will build C. was built

D. has been built

14. If you smoke twenty cigarettes a day, you......of lung cancer. A. died

B. will die

C. would die

D. had died

15. Your hair is so long. You'd better have it......tomorrow morning. A. cut

B. to be cut

C. to be done

D. to cut

16. Scotland is rich......coal and iron. A. in

B. of

C. about

D. on

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Jack: "Would you like to join our volunteer group this summer?" - Jill: “_______.” A. I wouldn't. Thank you.

B. Yes, I'd love to. Thanks.

C. Do you think I would?

D. Yes, you're a good friend

18. Jimmy: "You must have found reading my essay very tiring". - Kate: “__________.” A. Not in the least

B. At all costs

C. Just in case

D. You are welcome

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Now, Peter has become accustomed to driving to the left A. has got used to

B. has become upset with

C. has become angry with

D. all are correct

20. If the world’s tropical forests continue to disappear at their present rate, many animal species will be extinct. A. die from B. die out C. die of D. die for VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Each time you turn it on, with appropriate hardware and software, it is capable of doing almost anything you ask. A. unsuitable

B. unimportant

C. ill-prepared D. irregular

22. The man understood the lessons very well.

83


A. ill

B. hardly

C. poorly

D. wrong

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Every season there are new clothes and new fashions in the shops. Colours and styles keep (23)_________. One season black is the 'in' colour, but the next season everyone is wearing orange or pink or grey. The length of women's skirts goes up and down from year to year. A shirt (24) _____ you once thought was very trendy can look (25)____old-fashioned a few years later. And your father's shirts, you always thought were very conservative and traditional, can suddenly become (26)____. Keeping up with the fashions can be very expensive. So one way to save money is never to throw your old clothes out. If you wait long enough, the clothes are out of fashion today will be (27)_____ in fashion tomorrow. Yesterday's clothes are tomorrow's new fashions. 23: A. to change

B. changed

24: A. whom

B. that

25: A. stranger

B. strangeness

26: A. outdated

B. old

27: A. out

C . changing

D. change

C. what C. strange

D. strangely

C. useless B. away

D. who

D. stylish

C. back

D. up

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Paper is named for papyrus, a reed like plant used by ancient Egyptians as writing material more than 5000 years ago. The Chinese invented the paper that we use 2000 years ago. A piece of paper is really made up of tiny fibers, unlike a piece of material. The fibers used in paper, however, are plant fibers, and there are millions of them in one sheet. In addition to the plant fiber, dyes and additives such as resin may be used. Dyes can make the paper different colors; resin may add weight and texture. Where do these fibers come from ? The majority of paper is made from the plant fiber that comes from trees. Millions are cut down, but new trees are planted in their place. Paper may be also made from things like old rags or pieces of cloth. Wastepaper, paper that has been made and used, can be turned into recycled paper. This recycling process saves forest, energy and reduces air and water pollution. 28. According to the passage, the paper that we use was first invented by A. the Chinese

B. the Egyptians

C. ancient cultures

D. foresters

C. plant fiber

D. papyrus

29. What is the main ingredient in most paper ? A. resin

B. cardboard

30. According to the passage, the primary source of the plant fiber used in paper is

84


A. rags

B. trees

C. fabric

D. wastepaper

31. According to the passage, recycling paper is A. bad for the environment

C. good for the environment

B. wasteful

D. economical

32. According to the passage, recycling paper does all of the following EXCEPT A. reduce the need for ink

C. save energy

B. save forests

D. reduce air pollution

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. Although he wasn,t experienced, he got the job. Despite..………………………………………… 34. If you are a student, you can always get special reduced prices. Unless……………………………………… 35. Nowhere is more expensive than this restaurant. This restaurant…………………………………………… 36. All the other players on the field were better than Jim. Jim was the…………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. My sister is not old enough to ride a bicycle. too  ……………………………………… 38. A knock at the door interrupted Dad,s story

telling

 ……………………………………………………………… 39. The total sales for this video are already over a million copies.

sold

 …………………………………………….. 40. After sitting in front of the computer all evening I felt sleepy.

been

 ………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 81) 1.C 9.B 17.B 25.D

2. B 10. A 18. A 26.C

3. B 11.B 19. A 27. C

4. D 12.D 20. B 28. A

5. A 13. C 21. A 29.C

6. B 14. B 22. C 30. B

7. A 15. A 23. C 31. C

8. B 16.A 24.B 32. A

85


33. Despite his inexperience, he got the job. 34. Unless you are a student, you can,t get special reduced prices 35. This restaurant is the most expensive. 36. Jim was the worst player on the field. 37 My sister is too young to ride a bicycle. 38. Dad was telling a story when there was a knock at the door. 39. This video has sold over a million copies already. 40. I felt sleepy because I had been sitting in front of the computer all evening.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 82 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 82

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. charge B. champagne C. exchange D. champion 2. A. ethnic

B. think

C. gather

D. earth

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. attendance B. interesting C. department D. apprentice 4. A. several B. particular

C. construction

D. eruption

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Because of the light, the city seemed to be differently from the way I had remembered it. A. Because of

B. differently

C. from

D. had remembered it

6. I want to do it on myself because other people make me nervous. A. want

B. on myself

C. other

D. nervous

7. Her parents don’t allow her go out in the evening. A. Her

B. don’t

C. go out

D. in

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is raining very hard. I wish I......a raincoat. A. bad had

B. will have

C. am having

D. had

86


9. Her aunt suggests that she......harder on her examination. A. worked

B. should work

C. would work

D. works

C. has been built

D. has built

10. The bridge......recently. A. is built

B. is being built

11. Her father has promised......her a new pairs of shoes before Christmas A. buy

B. to buy

C. buying

D. buys

12. Would you.......the gas when the kettle boils? A. turn in

B. turn down

C. keep on

D. keep up

13. Let's go into the room......we'll be protected from the strong winds. A. which

B. that

C. who

D. where

14. If he had known the new words, he.......the passage. A. would understand

B. understood

C. had understood

D. could have understood

15. They are tired......they stayed up late watching football last night. A. if

B. while

C. because

D. although

16. My sister is getting married......a singer. A. for

B. with

C. on

D. to

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. -“ Would you mind lending me you bike?” – “ ……” A. Yes. Here it is

B. Not at all

C. Great

D. Yes, let’s

18. Havy: “Thanks for your help, Judy.” Judy: “……..” A. With all my heart

B. Never remind me

C. It’s my pleasure

D. Wish you

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He did not particularly want to play any competitive sport. A. use up

B. do with

C. take up

D. go on

20. The small white flowers are my favorite. They give off a wonderful honey smell that scents the entire garden. A. release

B. stop

C. end

D. me

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. Places of scenic beauty are places where the scenes are interesting and beautiful.

87


A. incorrect

B. tiresome

C. irrelevant

D. unlucky

22. Why is computer a miraculous device? A. ordinary

B. improper

C. false

D. ugly

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Every day, in homes all over the world, people waste huge (23) __________ of energy and water. Hong Kong is estimated to waste about $ 5 billion worth of energy a year. This is due to their bad habits. (24) __________ caving lights, air-conditioners and television on when no one is in the room wastes a lot of energy. Using too (25) __________ water or not fixing dripping taps also contributes to the problem. Most people do not realize that saving energy in the home will actually save them money. If people _______(26) less energy, gas and electricity bills will become lower. Most of the ways we can use to decrease energy consumption in the home are very use, or simple. The most obvious one is turning off household appliances when they are not (27) __________ equipping our homes with energy-saving bulbs. 23. A. numbers

B. sums

C. amounts

24. A. For example

B. In addition

25. A. many

B. much

26. A. use

B. using

27. A. in

B. on

C. by

D. qualities C. In contrast

C. little

D. On the contrary D. few

C. used

D. to use D. at

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times. Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently to the music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not make him feel good. A happy song might appear to make an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect of the music. The angry person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it, our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music. In fact, Pathagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them. Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects, they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music around us, and what effect it is actually having.

88


28. The text is about_____. A. The science of music

B. Understanding music

C. The effects of music on human feelings

D. Music and an angry person

29. Music_____. A. cannot be chosen

B. affects everybody in the same way

C. affects us in different ways

D. never make us angry

30. According to the text,_____. A. Everybody likes jazz B. Jazz always makes us feel better C. No one likes jazz D. a very angry person sometimes do not accept music 31. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the effects of music in_____. A. China

B. India

C. Turkey

D. Greece

32. The word "Once" has a close meaning to_____. A. on time

B. when

C. because

D. if

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. "Please sit down,” the teacher said to me. => The teacher asked me ............................................................... . 34. I fell asleep because the film was boring. => The film was so .......................................................................... . 35. “ What are you doing?”, she asked me. => She wondered ................................................................................. 36. I don’t find it difficult to get up early in the morning. => I am used .................................................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. She never stops saying how much she dislikes public transport. (complaining)  …………………………………………………………………. 38. The bus service in our city brcomes more inefficient every year.

(getting)

 ……………………………………… 39. Why don,t we go to the cinema tonight ?

(film)

 ……………………………………………………… 40. Italy is where we went for a holiday last year.

(on)

89


 ……………………………………………… ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 82) 1. B 9. B 17. B 25. B

2. C 10. C 18.C 26. A

3. B 11. B 19.C 27. A

4. A 12. B 20. A 28C.

5. B 13.D 21. B 29. D

6. B 14.D 22.A 30. D

7. C 15. C 23. C 31. C

8. D 16. D 24.A 32. B

33. The teacher asked me to sit down. 34. The film was so boring that I fell asleep. 35. She wondered what I was doing. 36. I am used to getting up early in the morning. 37. She is always complaining about public transport. 38. The bus in our city is getting more and more inefficient. 39. Let’ s go and see/ to see a film tonight . 40. We went on a holiday to Italy last year/ to Italy on a holiday last year.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 83 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

90


NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 83

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. likes B. days C. lives D. listens 2. A. meat

B. great

C. mean

D. teacher

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. happy B. early C. allowed D. injured 4. A. inspiration

B. economic

C. situation

D. material

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Most students were able of finding good jobs three to six months after graduation. A

B

C

D

6. We were made learning fifty new words every week. A

B

C

D

7. Suzy had better to change her study habits if she hopes to be admitted to a good university. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. May I watch the game________ we are having lunch? A. while

B. during

C. between

D. just

9. She couldn't reach the phone because she________ a bath. A. had

B. had been having

C. was having

D. is having

10. It is 10 p.m, she________ for nearly four hours. A. is studying

B. was studying

C. studies

D. has been studying

11. The thing I hate most about________ is the boredom. A. employ

B. unemployed

C. employment

D. being unemployed

12. In developed countries unemployed people can get________.

91


A. employment

B. benefit

C. employment benefit

D. unemployment benefit

13. Her________ include swimming and reading. A. interesting

B. interests

C. interested

D. interest

14. Ask him________ in. Don't keep him standing at the door. A. to come

B. come

C. coming

D. came

C. Because

D. Unless

15. ________ you work hard, you'll fail the exam. A. If

B. While

16. Forests will disappear________ we stop cutting down trees. A. unless

B. if

C. when

D. whole

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Teacher: “ Janet, you’ve written a much better essay this time”. Janet: “ ……………………………” A. Writing? Why?

B. Thank you. It’s really encouraging

C.You’re welcome.

D. What did you sya? I’m so shy.

18. Ken and Tom are high-school students. They are discussing where their study group will meet. Select the most suitable response to fill in the blank. Ken: “ Where is our study group going to meet next weekend?”

Tom: “_____”

A. We are too busy on weekdays.

B. Why don’t you look at the atlas.

C. The library would be best.

D. Studying in a group is great fun.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. When you cross the street, be careful and be on the alert for the bus. A. Look for

B. watch out for

C. search for

D. watch for

20. Both Mary and her brother look like her mother. A. take after

B. take place

C. take away

D. take on

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. As a brilliant and mature student with a rare gift of concentration, Marie harbored the dream of a scientific career which was impossible for a woman at that time. A. ugly

B. dark

C. dull

D. dirty

22. As a brilliant and mature student with a rare gift of concentration, Marie harbored the dream of a scientific career which was impossible for a woman at that time.

92


A. important

B. likely

C. unreal

D. maybe

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Everyone wants to reduces pollution but the pollution …(23) is as complicated as it is serious. It is complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For example, …(24) from automobiles causes a large percentage of air pollution. But the automobile provides transportation for millions of people. Factories ...(25) many of materials that pollute the air and water, but factories give employment to a large number of people. Thus, to end or greatly reduce pollution immediately, people would have to stop using many things that …(26) them. Most of the people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be gradually reduced in several ways. Scientists and engineers can work to find ways to lessen the amount of pollution that such things as automobiles and factories cause. Governments can pass and enforce laws that …(27) businesses and individuals to stop, or cut down on certain polluting activities. 23. A. work

B. problem

24. A. exhaust B. fire 25. A. offer

C. accident

C. gas B. bring

D. event

D. liquid C. discharge

D. cause

26. A. benefit B. harm

C. motivate

D. encourage

27. A. require B. forbid

C. prevent

D. request

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these students are young children. Others are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others study by themselves. A few learn English just by hearing the language, in film, on television, in the office, or among their friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another language Learning another language! Learning English! Why do all these people want to learn English?. Is it difficult to answer that question?. Many boys and girls learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. They study their own language and Mathematics…and English (In England, or America, or Australia, many boys and girls study their own language, which is English, and Mathematics, .and another language, perhaps French, or German, or Spanish) Many adults learn English because it is useful for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books are in English at the college or university. Other people learn English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.

93


28. According to the writer, …………….. A. only adults learn English

B. no children like learning English

C. English is only useful to teenagers

D. English is popular in much of the world

29. Many people learn English by ………. A. watching videos only C. working hard on their lessons

B. hearing the language in the office D. talking with the film stars

30. Many boys and girls learn English because …………. A. English can give them a job C. their parents make them

B. It is included in their study courses D. they have to learn their own language

31. In America or Australia many school children study ……………. A. such foreign languages as French, German, and Spanish B. English as a foreign language C. English and Mathematics only D. their own language and no foreign language 32. Many adults learn English because ………… A. their work is useful

B. they want to go abroad

C. most of their books are in English D. it helps them in their work B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “ I’m sorry that I broke the glass” said Peter. => Peter apologized............................ 34. We can’t afford sorry to buy the house. =>The house........................ 35. That restaurant is so dirty that no one wants to eat there. => It is.................................. 36. Why don’t you ask her yourself? => I suggest......................................... XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. The day was too hot. He had to cancel the tennis game. (such … that) ........................................................................................................................ 38. You’d better take a sweater. It might get cold. (in case) ........................................................................................................................

94


39. Most of the audience didn’t know the result of the match. The television was interrupted in the middle of the game. (Therefore) » ........................................................................................................................ 40. Tom has continued to smoke two packs of cigarettes a day. The doctor warned him. (Even though) » ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 83) 1.A 9.C 17.B 25C.

2.B 10. D 18.C 26.A

3.C 11.D 19. B 27. A

4.D 12. D 20. A 28. D

5. C 13. B 21. C 29. C

6. C 14. A 22. B 30. B

7. B 15. D 23.B 31. A

8. A 16.A 24. A 32. D

33. Peter apologized for breaking the glass. 34. The house is too expensive for us to buy. 35. It is such a dirty restaurant that no one wants to eat there. 36. I suggest that you should ask her yourself. 37. It was such a hot day that he had to cancel the tennis game. 38. You’d better take a sweater in case it gets cold. 39. The television was interrupted in the middle of the game, therefore most of the audiences didn’t know the result of the match. 40. Tom has continued to smoke two packs of cigarettes a day, even though the doctor warned him.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 84 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 84

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions.

95


1.

A. ought

B. thought

C. brought

D. though

2.

A. thick

B. think

C. thus

D. thin

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 1. A. dormitory B. category C. priority D. ordinary 2. A. pesticide

B. separate

C. slavery

D. efficient

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. Jason’s professor had him to write his thesis many times before allowing him to present it to the committee.

A

B

C

D

6. I think Helen is accustomed to work eight hours a day. A

B

C

D

7. The more frequent you exercise, the greater physical endurance you will have. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. One of the major causes _________ heart disease is lack of exercise. A. for

B. to

C. of

D. by

9. On March 27, a lot of firework is _________ off in Danang city. A. set

B. gone

C. placed

D. burned

10. He _________ an overdose of heroin and died. A. used to

B. used

C. was used to

D. was used

11. Can you give me the _________ for tomato soup? A. formula

B. recipe

C. order

D. method

12. I must go to the dentist and _________ A. get my teeth to take care of

B. take care of my teeth

C. my teeth be taken care of

D. get my teeth taken care of

13. The two cars for sales were in poor condition, so I didn’t buy _________ . A. either of them

B. both of them

C. neither of them

D. each of them

14. _________ his financial problem, Mark bought a new motorbike. A. Although

B. Because

C. Despite

D. Instead of

15. The first time I noticed something was wrong was _________ I got home. A. since

B. when

C. for

D. until

96


16. Let’s go to the beach this weekend, ………… ? A. shall we

B. do we

C. don’t we

D. will we

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Mary: “I will never go mountaineering again.” – Linda: “Me ______.” A. so

B. Either

C. too

D. neither

18. Mary: “Thanks a lot for your help.” – John: “______.” A. My excitement

B. My delight C. My happiness

D. You are welcome

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I’ll be back in a minute, Jane. I just want to try out my new tape recorder. A. resemble

B. test

C. arrive

D. buy

20. It takes me 15 minutes to get ready. A. to prepare

B. to wake up

C. to go

D. to get

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. She received a general education in local schools and some scientific training from her father. A. offered

B. had

C. gave

D. asked

22. And in 1891, the shy Marie, with very little money to live on, came to Paris to continue her studies at the Sorbonne. A. many

B. a lot

C. few

D. much

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. About 50 or so kinds modern plastic are made from oil, gas, or coal-non-renewable natural resources. We (23)___ well over three million tons of the stuff in Japan each year and, sooner or later, most of it is thrown away. A high proportion of our animal consumption is in the (24)____ of packaging and this constitutes about seven percent by weight, of our domestic(25) ____ . Almost all of it can be recycled, but very little of it is, though the plastic recycling industry is growing fast. The plastics themselves are extremely energy - rich – they have a higher calorific(26) ____ than coal and one methodn of “recovery” strongly (27)____ by plastic manufacturers if the conversion of waste plastic into a fuel. Question 23:

A. consign

B. import

C. consume

D. remove

Question 24:

A. form

B. way

C. type

D. kind

Question 25:

A. goods

B. refuse

C. rubble

D. requirements

Question 26:

A. effect

B. degree

C. value

D. demand

Question 27:

A. argued

B. presented

C. desired

D. favored

97


IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. A recent investigation by scientists at the US Geological Survey shows that strange animal behavior might help predict future earthquake. Investigators found such occurrences in a ten-kilometer radius of the center of a fairly recent quake. Some birds screeched and flew about wildly. Dogs yelped and ran uncontrollably. Scientists believe that animals can perceive these environmental changes as early as several days before the disaster. In 1976 after observing animal behavior, the Chinese were able to predict a terrible quake. Although hundreds of thousands of people were killed, the government was able to evacuate millions of people and thus keep the death toll at a lower rate. 28. What prediction may be made by observing animal behavior ? A. the number of people who will die. B. environmental changes. C. a coming earthquake. D. the ten-kilometer radius of an earthquake. 29. Why can animals perceive these changes when humans can not ? A. Animals are more intelligent than humans. B. Humans don’t know where to look. C. By running around, they can feel the vibrations. D. Animals have certain instincts that humans don’t possess. 30. If scientists can accurately predict earthquakes, there will be .......... A.a lower death rate.

B.fewer animals going crazy.

C.fewer people evacuated.

D.fewer environmental changes.

31. Which of the following statements is not true ? A. Some animals may be able to sense an approaching earthquake. B. All birds and dogs in the ten-kilometer radius of an earthquake center become wild before the quake. C. The Chinese have successfully predict an earthquake and saved many lives. D. By observing animal behavior scientists perhaps can predict earthquake. 32. In the passage, the word “evacuate” most means .............. A. save

B. exile

C. destroy

D. remove

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one.

98


33. They have just opened a new super market in our town.  A new super market ………………………………………..……….… 34. I can’t go to the party tonight night because I am very busy. 

If …………………………………………………………………..….…

35. This morning we met a man. He is my uncle.  The man ………………………………………….….……..……….… 36. “ Do you live in this flat with your parents?” Nam asked me  Nam asked me ……………………………………………….…….… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. We take you up Da Lat. You can enjoy pure air there. (where) ........................................................................................................................ 38. Jim doesn’t study hard. He doesn’t get better grades. (if) ........................................................................................................................ 39. Tuan is very active. He studies the best of us. (who) ........................................................................................................................ 40. The oil washed from land will also lead to the death of fish. People are worried. (adjective + that) » ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______

99


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 84) 1. D 9. A 17. D 25.B

2.C 10. B 18. D 26. C

3. C 11. B 19. B 27. D

4. D 12. D 20. A 28. C

5.A 13. A 21. C 29. D

6. C 14.C 22. D 30. A

7. A 15. B 23. B 31. B

8. C 16. A 24. A 32. D

33. A new supermarket has just been opened in our town. 34. If I were not busy/ were free tonight, I would / could go to the party. 35. The man (who(m)) we met this morning is my uncle. 36. Nam asked me if / whether I lived in that flat with my parents. 37. We take you up Da Lat where you can enjoy pure air. 38. If Tim studied hard, he could get better grades. 39. Tuan, who studies the best of us, is very active. 40. People are worried that the oil washed from land will also lead to the death of fish.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 85 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 85

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1.A. leisure B. pressure C. treasure D. pleasure 2.A. laugh

B. plough

C. enough

D. cough

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. practicality B. politician C. uncontrollable D. comfortable 4. A. managerial

B. determination

C. unbelievable

D. inability

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. They wish they are able to spend more time in the countryside. A. are

B. to

C. more

D. in

100


6. We studied very hard for the exam, because we passed it very easily. A. studied

B. hard

C. because

D. very easily

7. Staying in bed all day is not good for our health, hasn't it? A. in

B. all day

C. for

D. hasn't it

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. It is the most beautiful building ................... the world. A. around

B. of

C. in

D. at

9. If you come to the cinema, ................... your friend with you. A. bring

B. get

C. invite

D. take

10. I’m sorry I missed the meeting yesterday. I didn’t ................... well. A. feel

B. fell

C. felt

D. feeling

11. We discussed the problem but we ................... a final decision. A. don’t reach

B. won’t reach

C. hadn’t reached

D. didn’t reach

12. Tom, write carefully and don’t ................... any mistakes! A. do

B. have

C. give

D. make

13. Sue can’t come to the party ...................she’s broken her leg. A. although

B. because

C. because of

D. so

14. ................... rush hour, the roads in the city are very busy. A. While

B. During

C. Through

D. On

15. Kate ...................a great time in France and doesn’t want to come back. A. is having

B. has

C. had

D. had had

16. If you ................... forty cigarettes a day, you would cough a lot. A. smoke

B. smoked

C. would smoke

D. smoking

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Bush: “______________.” Clinton: “No, but thanks all the same.” A. Another cup of coffee?

B. May I help you?

C. Would you like a slice of salad? D. How about having dinner out? 18. Tom: “Would you please drive me to class today?” Thuy: “________________.” A. No, I don’t mind

B. You are welcome

C. Yes, I’d be glad to

D. Thank you for all

101


VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. The repeated commercials on TV distract many viewers from watching their favorite films. A. economics B. Businesses

C. contests

D. advertisements

20. It is an occasion when strength and sports are tested, friendship and solidarity was built and deepened. A. practice

B. power

C. will

D. competence

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. In some societies, language is associated with social class and education. People judge one’s level in society by the kind of language used. A. connected with

B. not allowed by

C. separated from

D. dissimilar to

22. There was a long period without rain in the countryside last year so the harvest was poor. A. epidemic

B. Drought

C. famine

D. flood

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. We are using up the world's petroleum. We use it in our cars and to heat our building in winter. Farmers use petro-chemicals to (23).....the soil rich. They use them to kill insects eating plants. These chemicals go into rivers and lakes and kill the fish there. Thousands of pollutants also go into the air and pollute it. Winds carry this (24).....air to other countries and other continents. Poor fanners use the same land over and (25)..... . The land needs a rest so it will be better next year. However, the farmers must have food this year. Poor people cut down forests for firewood. In some areas when the trees are gone, the land (26).....desert. Poor people can't save the environment for the future. This is not a problem for one country or one area of the world. It is a problem for all humans. The people and the nations of the world must work together to (27)......the world's resources. 23. A. enrich

B. change

C. make

D. let

24. A. pollute

B. polluting

C. polluted

D. pollution

25. A. over

B. again

C. repeated

D. repeating

26. A. gets

B. changes

C. turn

D. becomes

27. A. recycle

B. preserve

C. keep

D. use

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions.

102


Devastating floods along the coast have left many people homeless. People are asked to help by donating food, clothes, furniture, and other supplies to the Assistance Fund. Donations of bottled water are especially needed, since the floods have disrupted the local water supply. In addition, volunteers are needed to travel to the flooded area to help distribute the donations. 28. What does this notice concern? A. Help for flood victims

B. Safety precaution

C. Dangerous roads

D. Warning about weather

29. What kind of supplies is NOT mentioned? A. Furniture

B. Clothing

C Food.

D. Medicine

C. Places to stay

D. Teacher

30. In addition to supplies, what is needed? A. Volunteers

B. New bridges

32. “Devastating floods” in line 1 refer to those that_________. A. happen suddenly

B. are very short

C. last for a long time

D. cause a lot of damage

32. The word “donating” in line 2 is closest in meaning to_________. A. selling

B. buying

C. giving

D. taking

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. I can’t remember the answers to these questions. -

I wish_________________________________________________________ .

34. “I must go to Ha Noi tomorrow.” said Nam. -

Nam said_______________________________________________________ .

35. Nga spends 4 hours a day practicing English with her friends. -

It takes_________________________________________________________ .

36. We take our umbrellas because it is raining heavily. -

It is________________________________________________________.

XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. He was advised to stop smoking. His health was very poor. (because of) → ........................................................................................................................ 38. The book was very interesting. He read it from cover to cover. (so … that) → ........................................................................................................................ 39. I was careless. I broke the cup. (since)

103


→ ........................................................................................................................ 40. He failed the examination. He made preparation for it carefully. (even though) → ........................................................................................................................ ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 85) 1. B 9. A 17.A 25.A

2. B 10. A 18. C 26. D

3. D 11D. 19. D 27. B

4. B 12. D 20. B 28. A

5. A 13. B 21.C 29. D

6. C 14. B 22.D 30. A

7. D 15. A 23.C 31. D

8. C 16. B 24.C 32. C

104


33. I wish I could remember the answers to these questions. 34. Nam said he had to go to Ha Noi the next/following day . 35. It takes Nga 4 hours a day to practice English with her friends. 36. It is raining heavily, so we take our umbrellas. 37. He was advised to stop smoking because of his poor health. 38. The book was so interesting that he read it from cover to cover. 39. Since I was careless. I broke the cup. 40. He failed the examination even though he made preparation for it carefully.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 86 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 86

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 pts ) Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1. A. place B. great C. basic D. artisan Question 2. A. sunbathe B. theater C. father D. weather Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in the position of second stress in each of the following questions. Question 3. A. surface B. attraction C. bamboo D. technology Question 4. A. convenient B. encourage C. material D. modernize Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. Question 5. It has been raining much these days. We wish it stop raining now so that we could have a nice picnic tomorrow. A B C D Question 6. Mrs. Brown got used to use chopsticks during meals after living in Vietnam for a month. A B C D Question 7. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and unenjoyable. A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8. After the tourists ………. two hours in the gallery, they ………. to a craft village. A. had spent/ travelled B. spent/ travelled C. had spent/ travelling D. spent/ had travelled

105


Question 9. It’s not easy to give up………. . My uncle has tried ………. it lots of times without success. A. smoke/ to do B. to smoke/ doing C. smoking/ to do D. smoking/ doing Question 10. ………. university has been built in our area. A. An B. A C. The D. X Question 11. Air pollution has a bad influence ………. the environment. A. at B. in C. on D. to Question 12. My sister is a poet. She often takes ………. from the natural beauty. A. inspiration B. inspire C. inspiring D. inspirational Question 13. Look! The children are playing ………. in the school yard. A. happy B. happiness C. happier D. happily Question 14. My brother is a famous artisan in the village, ………. he is still very young. A. because B. although C. when D. however Question 15. We live in the mountainous area so we often go climbing ………. we have free time. A. whenever B. however C. whatever D. wherever Question 16. The artisans in my village can ………. basket weaving. They earn enough money from it. A. deal with B. come back C. live on D. pass down Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond to complete each of the following exchanges. Question 17. - Peter: It’s very kind of you to help us. Thanks a lot, Daisy! - Daisy: ………. . A. It doesn’t matter. B. That’s right. C. You’re welcome! D. Thanks! Question 18. - Paul: Hi, John! How’s it going? Getting over jet lag? - John: Yes, ………. . A. Yes, I ate pretty much last night. B. Yes, I read pretty much last night C. Yes, I slept pretty well last night. D. Yes, I studied pretty well last night. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 19. Students in our class always have a good relationship with one another. A. get on with B. know C. look after D. think about Question 20. At the weekends, the city is always crowded with people. A. full B. busy C. quiet D. packed Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 21. When you come inside a temple, you should take off your shoes and hat. A. go on B. put on C. get on D. turn on Question 22. In developing countries, a lot of people are still living in poverty. A. difficulty B. illiteracy C. health D. wealth

106


Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each numbered blank. Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (23) ………. they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (24) ………. Specialized products and so particular villages became famous (25) ………. such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products. With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained (26) ………. craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (27) ………. crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society. Question 23. A. where B. when C. how D. Why Question 24. A. do B. get C. give D. make Question 25. A. for B. at C. in D. after Question 26. A. her B. his C. their D. our Question 27. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sedney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain (including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sedney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sedney, the buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sedney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sedney famous: its beautiful harbor, the Sedney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sedney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. Question 28. Where did Captain Athur Philips arrive in 1788? A. Britain B. South Pacific C. Sedney D. Australia Question 29. The first population of Sedney was ………. . A. 1624 B. 770 C. 3.600.000 D. 2394 Question 30. The things that make Sedney famous are ………. . A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife B. beaches C. Sedney Harbor Bridge and Sedney Opera House D. harbors Question 31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sedney? A. Sedney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. B. Sedney is the most exciting city in Australia. C. Sedney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into. D. Sedney is the busiest port in the South Pacific. Question 32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sedney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney. C. Sedney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sedney II. WRITING (2.0 pts )

107


Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning each new one with the given word(s). Write the new sentences on your answer sheet. Question 33. We started learning English when we were in grade 3. We have ………………………………………………………………………………………………... Question 34. Ba doesn’t learn hard so his marks at school are always bad. If ………………………………………………………………………………………………………... Question 35. “ Please, come to see us whenever you have free time, Mary.”. Daisy said. Daisy invited …………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 36. The children are listening to music in their room. Music …………………………………………………………………………………………………… Combine two sentences into a new one, using the words in brackets. Do not change the given words in any way. Write the new sentences on your answer sheet. Question 37. This book is so interesting that I have read it twice. (such) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………... Question 38. I’ll give you a call immediately after I have finished my work. (as soon as) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………... Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English. They can communicate with foreign customers. (order) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………... Question 40. The children are eager to visit Hue next week. (forward) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………...

________The end ________

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 86)

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (from question 1 to question 32 ) 1. D 9. B 17. C

2. B 10. B 18. C

3. A 11. C 19. A

4. D 12. A 20. D

5. B 13. D 21. B

6. B 14. B 22. D

7. D 15. A 23. B

8. A 16. C 24. D

108


25. A

26. C

27. B

28. C

29. A

30. C

31. C

32. D

II. WRITING ( from question 33 to question 40 ) Question 33. We have learnt (have been learning) English since we were in grade 3. Question 34. If Ba learned hard, his marks at school wouldn’t be bad. (…. would be good) Question 35. Daisy invited Mary to come to see her whenever she had free time. Question 36. Music is being listened to by the children in their room. Question 37. It is such an interesting book that I have read it twice. Question 38. As soon as I have finished my work, I’ll give you a call. I’ll give you a call as soon as I have finished my work Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English in order to communicate with foreign customers The villagers are trying to learn English in order that they can communicate with foreign customers Question 40. The children are looking forward to visiting Hue next week.

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 86 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 03 trang)

Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 86

109


I. MULTIPLE CHOICE ( 8.0 pts ) Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1. A. place B. great C. basic D. artisan Question 2. A. sunbathe B. theater C. father D. weather Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in the position of second stress in each of the following questions. Question 3. A. surface B. attraction C. bamboo D. technology Question 4. A. convenient B. encourage C. material D. modernize Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. Question 5. It has been raining much these days. We wish it stop raining now so that we could have a nice picnic tomorrow. A B C D Question 6. Mrs Brown got used to use chopsticks during meals after living in Vietnam for a month. A B C D Question 7. It is considered that life in a city is wonderful and unenjoyable A B C D Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8. After the tourists ………. two hours in the gallery, they ………. to a craft village. A. had spent/ travelled B. spent/ travelled C. had spent/ travelling D. spent/ had travelled Question 9. It’s not easy to give up………. . My uncle has tried ………. it lots of times without success. A. smoke/ to do B. to smoke/ doing C. smoking/ to do D. smoking/ doing Question 10. ………. university has been built in our area. A. An B. A C. The D. X Question 11. Air pollution has a bad influence ………. the environment. A. at B. in C. on D. to Question 12. My sister is a poet. She often takes ………. from the natural beauty. A. inspiration B. inspire C. inspiring D. inspirational Question 13. Look! The children are playing ………. in the school yard. A. happy B. happiness C. happier D. happily Question 14. My brother is a famous artisan in the village, ………. he is still very young. A. because B. although C. when D. however Question 15. We live in the mountainous area so we often go climbing ………. we have free time. A. whenever B. however C. whatever D. wherever Question 16. The artisans in my village can ………. basket weaving. They earn enough money from it. A. deal with B. come back C. live on D. pass down

110


Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the most suitable respond to complete each of the following exchanges. Question 17. - Peter: It’s very kind of you to help us. Thanks a lot, Daisy! - Daisy: ………. . A. It doesn’t matter. B. That’s right. C. You’re welcome! D. Thanks! Question 18. - Paul: Hi, John! How’s it going? Getting over jet lag? - John: Yes, ………. . A. Yes, I ate pretty much last night. B. Yes, I read pretty much last night C. Yes, I slept pretty well last night. D. Yes, I studied pretty well last night. Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 19. Students in our class always have a good relationship with one another. A. get on with B. know C. look after D. think about Question 20. At the weekends, the city is always crowded with people. A. full B. busy C. quiet D. packed Mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following question. Question 21. When you come inside a temple, you should take off your shoes and hat. A. go on B. put on C. get on D. turn on Question 22. In developing countries, a lot of people are still living in poverty. A. difficulty B. illiteracy C. health D. wealth Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each numbered blank. Traditionally, rural villages in Vietnam produced handicrafts (23) ………. they were not busy with planting or harvesting crops. Over time, many villages developed the expertise to (24) ………. specialised products and so particular villages became famous (25) ………. such things as weaving, woodwork, lacquer work and metal products. With industrialisation many villagers moved to the cities but not maintained (26) ………. craft skills and networks to produce products for the city market, for example, craft villages make furniture, grow flowers or make utensils for the urban population. Other villages changed from making (27) ………. crafts to producing different products desired by an industrialised society. Question 23. A. where B. when C. how D. Why Question 24. A. do B. get C. give D. make Question 25. A. for B.at C. in D. after Question 26. A. her B. his C. their D. our Question 27. A. fashional B. traditional C. natural D. industrial Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney is Australia’s most exciting city. The history of Australia begins here. In 1788 Captain Athur Philips arrived in Sedney with 11 ships and 1624 passengers from Britain ( including 770 prisoners). Today there are about 3.6 million people in Sedney. It is the biggest city in Australia, the busiest port in the South Pacific and one of the most beautiful cities in the world. In Sedney, the

111


buildings are higher, the colors are brighter and the nightlife is more exciting. There are over 20 excellent beaches close to Sedney and its warm climate and cool winter have made it a favourite city for immigrants from overseas. There are two things that make Sedney famous: It’s beautiful harbor, the Sedney Harbor Bridge, which was built in 1932 and the Sedney Opera House, which was opened in 1973. Question 28. Where did Captain Athur Philips arrive in 1788? A. Britain B. South Pacific C. Sedney D. Australia Question 29. The first population of Sedney was ………. . A. 1624 B. 770 C. 3.600.000 D. 2394 Question 30. The things that make Sedney famous are ………. . A. the high buildings and exciting nightlife B. beaches C. Sedney Harbor Bridge and Sedney Opera House D. harbors Question 31. Which of the following statements is NOT true about Sedney? A. Sedney is one of the most beautiful cities in the world. B. Sedney is the most exciting city in Australia. C. Sedney is not a favourite city for people from overseas to immigrate into. D. Sedney is the busiest port in the South Pacific. Question 32. Which of the following should be the title of the reading passage? A. Sedney Opera House. B. The History of Sydney. C. Sedney beaches and harbors D. An introduction of Sedney II. WRITING ( 2.0 pts ) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning each new one with the given word(s). Question 33. We started learning English when we were in grade 3. We have learnt (have been learning) English since we were in grade 3. Question 34. Ba doesn’t learn hard so his marks at school are always bad. If Ba learned hard, his marks at school wouldn’t be bad. (… would be good) Question 35. “ Please, come to see us whenever you have free time, Mary.”. Daisy said. Daisy invited Mary to come to see her whenever she had free time. Question 36. The children are listening to music in their room. Music is being listened to by the children in their room. Combine two sentences into a new one, using the words in brackets. Do not change the given words in any way. Question 37. This book is so interesting that I have read it twice. (such) It is such an interesting book that I have read it twice. Question 38. I’ll give you a call immediately after I have finished my work. (as soon as) As soon as I have finished my work, I’ll give you a call. I’ll give you a call as soon as I have finished my work Question 39. The villagers are trying to learn English. They can communicate with foreign customers. (order) The villagers are trying to learn English in order to communicate with foreign customers

112


The villagers are trying to learn English in order that they can communicate with foreign customers Question 40. The children are eager to visit Hue next week. (forward) The children are looking forward to visiting Hue next week. ________ The end ________

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 87 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO

Môn: Tiếng Anh

(Đề thi có 03 trang)

Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề) Mã đề thi 87

I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points ) Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. passage

B. village

C. message

D. massage

Question 2: A. century

B. convenient

C. consist

D. comfortable

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. admire

B. honour

C. title

D. difficult

Question 4: A. chemical

B. effective

C. experience

D. biology

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the underlined part that needs correction in each of the following questions. Question 5: Every year Tom and Mary spend a few day at the same hotel by the sea. A

B C

D

Question 6: Harry, alike his colleagues, is trying hard to finish his work early. A

B

C

D

113


Question 7: Vietnam National anthem, calling “Tien Quan Ca”, was written in 1954. A

B

C

D

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions. Question 8: Peter is sometimes unsuccessful because he's not_____ of other people's opinions. A. tolerate

B. tolerable

C. tolerant

D. tolerance

Question 9: He tried to walk ________ so as not to be late for school. A. fast

B. quick

C. rapid

D. slowly

Question 10: Lan is very tired. _____, she has to finish her assignment before going to bed A. Although

B. However

C. So

D. Therefore

Question 11: I think I’ve lost my new hat. I’ve ________it everywhere but I can’t find it. A. looked out

B. looked in

C. looked for

D. looked on

Question 12: Many people are concerned ______ the pollution of the environment. A. about

B. on

C. to

D. over

Question 13: I wish I _______ all about this some weeks ago. A. knew

B. had known

C. have known

D. would know

Question 14: The 21st century has already seen considerable _____ in computer technology. A. progress B. progressing C. progresses D. process Question 15: She goes to school late because she lives very far from school. A. Unless she lives far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. B. Unless she lived far from school, she would go to school late. C. If she lived far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. D. If she didn’t live far from school, she wouldn’t go to school late. Question 16: "Stay in bed for a few days", the doctor said to me. A. The doctor said me to stay in bed for a few days. B. The doctor told me to stay in bed for a few days. C. The doctor told me stay in bed for a few a days. D. The doctor told to me to stay in bed for a few days.

114


Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 17: Many people feel nervous when they first make a speech in public A. impressed

B. fearful

C. confident

D. upset

Question 18: Today students are under a lot of pressure due to the high expectation from their parents and teachers. A. relaxation

B. nervousness

C. emotion

D. stress

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 19: After seeing movie in the theater, we went window shopping. A. grazing

B. buying

C. just looking

D. purchasing

Question 20: Another word for fortune is ________ A. richness

B. luck

C. wealth

D. goodness

Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the sentence that best completes each of the following exchanges. Question 21: Hoa: “I suggest going camping next Sunday”. A. That’s a fine day. C. That’s a reason.

B. That’s a good idea. D. That’s a good trip

Question 22: Tom: “When are we leaving for the concert?” A. No problem

Lan: "______"

B. Certainly

C. That’s right

Kyle: "______" D. Straight away

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks Television is one of man's most (23) _____ means of communication. It brings events and sounds (24) _____ around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house and watch the president making a (25) _____ or visit a foreign country. He can see a war being (26) _____ and watch statesmen try (27) _____ about peace. Through television, home viewers can see and learn about people places and things all over the world. TV even takes its viewers out of the world. It brings them coverage of American's astronauts as the astronauts explore outer space.

115


Question 23: A. important

B. importance

C. unimportant

D. unimportance

Question 24: A. at

B. in

C. to

D. from

Question 25: A. speak

B. speech

C. speaking

D. spoken

Question 26: A. happen

B. happens

C. happened

D. happening

Question 27: A. bring

B. to bring

C. brought

D. bringing

Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions Music influences people in different ways or the same person differently at different times. Music may seem to influence people differently. That is because people can react differently to the music. We are able to apply a choosing process to the music we hear. If someone hates jazz, then a jazz piece with a positive effect will probably not make him feel good. A happy song might appear to make an angry person angrier, yet it is not the music itself that is creating the anger; rather it is the positive effect of the music. The angry person does not want to accept the song's happy feeling: it points out his already existing anger, and makes that anger come to the surface. When a piece of music is played and we are listening to it, our body, mind, and feelings are being affected. The musicians of ancient cultures such as China, India, Turkey and Greece understood the effects of music. In fact, Pathagoras, in ancient Greece, introduced a whole science that concerned them. Because the musicians of these ancient cultures understood these effects, they created music that was positive, uplifting, and beneficial. Once the effects of music are better understood, the next step is to gain a better understanding of the music around us, and what effect it is actually having. Question 28. The text is about__________. A. The science of music

B. Music and an angry person

C. Understanding music

D. The effects of music on human feelings

Question 29. Music__________. A. cannot be chosen

B. affects us in different ways

C. affects everybody in the same way

D. never makes us angry

Question 30. According to the text, __________. A. Everybody likes jazz C. No one likes jazz

B. a very angry person sometimes do not accept music D. Jazz always makes us feel better

Question 31. In ancient cultures, there used to be a science that concerned the effects of music in__________.

116


A. Greece

B. China

C. India

D. Turkey

Question 32. The word "Once" has a close meaning to__________. A. on time

B. because

C. when

D. if

II. WRITING (2.0 points) Finish the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first one, beginning with the given words. Question 33: My brother often goes to bed late.  My brother gets used to…………………….…………………………………… Question 34: Were you at home last night?  You …….....…………………………………………..………………...……….. Question 35: Nobody can do this test because of its difficulty  Nobody can do this test because it ……………………………………………... Question 36: You can’t go into this restaurant without a jacket and a tie.  Unless ……………………………………………………………………………..

Put these words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences Question 37: isn’t / necessary/ finish/ you/ it/ Saturday/ by/ to/ for.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: for/ Mr. Hung/ worked/ for/ company/ has/ the/ ten/ years.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 39: the USA/ the/ Kingdom/ and/ United/ New Zealand/ are/ English/ all/ countries/ speaking.  ……… …………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: upcoming/ excited/ I’m/ workshop/ about/ the/ really/ pottery.

117


 ……… ……………………………………………………………………………

_____The end_____

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 87) I. MULTIPLE CHOICE (from question 1 to question 32 )

1. D

2. A

3. A

4. A

5. B

6. A

7. B

8. C

9. B

10. B

11. C

12. A

13. B

14. A

15. D

16. B

17. C

18. A

19. C

20. B

21. B

22. D

23. A

24. D

25. B

26. C

27. B

28. D

29. B

30. B

31. A

32. C

II. WRITING (2.0 points) Question 33: My brother gets used to going to bed late. Question 34: You were at home last night, weren’t you? Question 35: Nobody can do this test because it is difficult. Question 36: Unless you wear a jacket and a tie, you can’t go into this restaurant. Question 37: It isn’t necessary for you to finish by Saturday Question 38: Mr. Hung has worked for the company for 10 years. Question 39: The USA, the United Kingdom and New Zealand are all English speaking countries. Question 40: I’m really excited about the upcoming pottery workshop.

118


_____The end_____

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 88 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 88

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. killed B. cured C. crashed D. waived Question 2: A. bush B. rush

C. pull

D. lunar

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. conserve B. conquer C. conceal D. contain Question 4: A. compulsory

B. influential C. oceanic

D. advantageous

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. Question 5: At the moment I am spending my weekend go to camping with my friends. A B C D Question 6: . My father asked me to pay much attention to English next year. A B C D Question 7. When she came to my house I lied in bed listening to music. A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Question 8: I don’t have a computer. I wish I………….a new one. A. have B. have had C. had D. will have Question 9: When my father was young, he ……………get up early to do the gardening. A. was used to B. use to C. got used to D. used to Question 10: What would you do if you______________me? A. are B. have been C. were D. will be Question 11: A country which exports a lot of rice is called a(n)…………..country. A. rice-export B. exporting-rice C. export-rice D. rice-exporting Question 12: The boy_________eyes are brown is my friend. A. whose B. who C. whom D. which Question 13: I don’t have a computer. I wish I…………..a new one. A. have B. have had C. had D. will have Question 14: The teacher told his students…………….laughing. A. stop B. stopping C. to stop D. stopped Question 15: I suggest________________a picnic on the weekend. A. to have B. having C. had D. have Question 16: She felt tired. ______________, she had to finish her homework.

119


A. However

B. Therefore

C. So

D. Although

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Question 17: Peter was late for his meeting with Daisy. -Peter: “I apologize for keeping you waiting for 2 hours. My car broke down on the way.” -Daisy: “………………………………….” A. You are very welcome. B. your apology is accepted C. thank you. D. it is my pleasure. Question 18: David and Linda are talking about the environmental problem. -David: “ I think to reduce pollution people should use public transport instead of their own cars.” -Linda: “……………………..” A. I don’t know. I just don’t think it’s for me. B. What nonsense! C. Yes, let’s. D. I can’t agree with you more. VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 19: By the end of the storm, the hikers had depleted their emergency stores. A. lost

B. greatly dropped

C. destroyed

D. used almost all of

Question 20: Domestic chores will no longer be a burden thanks to the inventions of laborsaving devices. A. Official

B. Household

C. Foreign

D. Schooling

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Question 21: After her husband's tragic accident, she took up his position at the university. A. incredible

B. boring

C. mysterious

D. comic

Question 22: Doctors have criticized the government for failing to invest enough in the health service. A. praised

B. blamed

C. accused

D. commented

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. More and more people are discovering that sharing and talking about their favorite books with others can be as rewarding as the act of reading (23)…… . For people who feel that they are too busy to sit down with a book, a book club helps them schedule time to read , others have gained self-confidence by (24)……. in or leading a discussion. And most people enjoy the chance to (25)…….… new friends. A successful book club should have a group that is small enough so even the quiet people can be heard, but also big enough for many different (26)…… . The best arrangement is a (27)….… of ages, sexes, and backgrounds for more reading variety and livelier discussions. Question 23. A. it B. itself C. themselves D. oneself Question 24. A. participating B. taking C. talking D. sitting Question 25. A. do B. make C. from D. gather Question 26. A. characters B. issues C. attitudes D. opinions Question 27. A. mixture B. range C. number D. lot

120


IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. The invention of the phonograph happened quite by accident. Thomas Edison moved to Menlo Park, New Jersy in 1876, where he established an industrial research laboratory. There, Edison was working on a carbon telephone transmitter to improve the existing Bell telephone system. In that laboratory a year later, Edison invented the phonograph while he was trying to improve a telegraph repeater. He attached a telephone diaphragm to the needle in the telegraph repeater; in this way, he was able to reproduce a recording that could be played back. After he made some improvements to the machine, he tested it. He recited “Mary Had a Little Lamb” into the machine and played his voice back to a very surprised audience. Question 28. What is the best title for the passage? A. Thomas Edison’s many inventions B. Improvements in telephone and telegraph C. The History of Menlo Park D. An accidental invention Question 29. In what year did the invention of phonograph occur? A. 1876 B. 1877 C. 1878 D. the article does not say Question 30. What was Edison working on when he created the phonograph? A. A telegraph repeater B. A telegraph diaphragm C. A telephone repeater D. A telephone diaphragm Question 31. According to the passage, how was the phonograph made? A. With a telephone needle and a recorder B. From a recording of a telegraph C. With only a telegraph repeater D. From a combination of telephone & telegraph part Question 32. According to the passage, how did Edison test his new invention? A. He made improvements to the machine. B. He used a carbon transmitter. C. He read a children’s rhyme. D. He produced the audience voice. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: She doesn’t know how to get access to the Internet =>……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 34: That man used to work with me when I lived in New York. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 35: Although it was raining heavily, the match continued until the last minute. =>………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 36: The mechanic is repairing his car. => ………………………………………………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37: My father was very pleased. I passed the entrance exam with high points. (Adjective+ that clause) => ………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: The student writes well. I’ve read her composition. ( whose ) => …………………………………………………………………………………………

121


Question 39: the house is so large that they can’t paint in a week.( if) => ………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: She visited many countries. She had lots of friends. (the more…………the more) ………………………………………………………………………………………… .______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 88) 1. C 9. D 17. B 25.B

2D 10. C 18.D 26. D

3. B 11. D 19. D 27. A

4. A 12.A 20. B 28. A

5C. 13. C 21. D 29. B

6. D 14. C 22. A 30. A

7. C 15. B 23.B 31. D

8.C 16. A 24. A 32.C

Question 33: => She wishes she knew how to get access to the Internet. Question 34: => That is the man who used to work with me when I lived in New York. Question 35: => Despite the heavy rain, the match continued until the last minute. Question 36: => His car is being repaired by the mechanic. Question 37: => My father was pleased that I passed the entrance exam with high points Question 38: => The student whose composition I’ve read writes well Question 39=> If the house were not so large they could paint in a week Question 40: The more countries she visited, the more friends she had. SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 89 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 89

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Câu 1: A. wounded B. combined C. considered D. believed Câu 2: A. research B. resent C. resemble D. resist II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Câu 3: A. describe B. descent C. design D. descant Câu 4: A. disappear B. recommend C. understand D. volunteer III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions.

122


Câu 5: Mrs Phuong, along with her students from Ha Noi, are planning to take part in charity in remote areas A. along with B. from C. are D. remote areas Câu 6: Thai Nguyen High School is a place in that I used to study when I was a child. A. in that B. to study C. when D. a child Câu 7: Helen Killer, who was both blind and deafness, overcame her inabilities with the help of her teacher, Ann Sulivan A. who B. blind C. deafness D. inabilities IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Câu 8: Gold_____________ in California in the 19 century A. has been discovered B. was discover C. they discovered D. was discovered Câu 9: She has read ______ interesting book. A. a B. an C. the D. no article Câu 10: Jupiter is _______ planet in the solar system. A. the biggest B. the big C. the bigger D. biggest Câu 11: Tommy wanted to know ______ . A. why his friends laughing B. why did his friends laugh C. the reason why his friends laughing D. why his friends were laughing Câu 12: He was believed ______ 3 years ago. A. to have gone back hometown B. to go back hometown C. to be go back hometown D. to have been gone back hometown Câu 13: Education in England puts ______ force for children from 9 to 16 years old. A. into B. on C. off D. through Câu 14: I am _______ at paying my bills on time. A. hopeful B. hopeless C. hope D. hoping Câu 15: Students who study far from home often have problems with _______. A. houses B. rooms C. flats D. accommodation Câu 16: In his latest speech, the Secretary General_______ the importance of wildlife conservation. A. stressed B. excused C. extorted D. remained V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Câu 17: Mrs Quyen: “Word hard! Otherwise, you may fail the exam” Anna: “__________________” A. Ok, I will B. I think you have to C. I can’t fail it D. I see Câu 18: Teddy: “I’m very sorry for letting you wait for so long” Maria: “_______________” A. Don’t apologize. I’ve just arrived here. B. You’re welcome C. It doesn’t matter. Thank you D. My pleasure. Don’t worry about it VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 19: During their five-decade history the Asian Games have been advancing in all aspects.

123


A. going off B. going over C. going by D. going ahead Câu 20: The International Union for Conservation of Nature Red List is a comprehensive catalogue of the conservation status of species. A. complete B. rational C. understandable D. valuable VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 21: Your experience with oil well fires will be invaluable to the company in case of trouble A. precious B. priceless C. important D. worthless Câu 22: A thrifty buyer chases fruits and vegetables in season. A. professional B. economical C. careful D. extravagant VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When is the Spring season? Spring is the season succeeding Winter and preceding Summer. Spring (23)________ to the season as well as to ideas of rebirth, rejuvenation, renewal, resurrection, and regrowth. During Spring an important celebration (24)________: Easter Day. It varies between March 22 and April 25 in Western (25)________, and between April 4 and May 8 in Eastern Christianity. What happens in spring? Spring is a time when flowers bloom and trees begin to grow and (26)________. The days grow longer and the temperature in most areas become more (27)________. You can also contemplate the melting of ice and thawing of the ground. The weather during this period becomes much sunnier while hibernating animals begin to come out of hibernation. Question 23. A. takes B. has C. means D. refers Question 24. A. takes part in B. takes note C. takes into D. takes place Question 25. A. hope B. interest C. tradition D. belief Question 26. A. recall B. reproduce C. repeat D. remove Question 27. A. hot B. scorching C. temperate D. cold

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. These stories of killer bees in the news in recent years have attracted a lot of attention as the bees have made their way from South America. Killer bees are reputed to be extremely aggressive in nature, although experts that their aggression may have been somewhat inflated. The killer bee is a combination of the very mild European strain of honeybee and the considerably more aggressive African bee, which was created when the African strain was imported into Brazil in 1955. The African bees were brought into Brazil because their aggression was considered an advantage: they were far more productive than their

124


European counterparts in that they spent a higher percentage of their time working and continued working longer in inclement weather than did the European bees. These killer bees have been known to attack humans and animals, and some fatalities have occurred. Experts point out, however, that the mixed breed known as the killer bee is actually not at all as aggressive as the pure African bee. They also point out that the attacks have a chemical cause. A killer bee stings only when it has been disturbed; it is not aggressive by nature. However, after a disturbed bee stings and flies away; it leaves its stinger embedded in the victim. In the vicera attached to the embedded stinger is the chemical isoamyl acetate, which has an odor that attracts other bees. As other bees approach the victim of the original sting, the victim tends to panic, thus disturbing other bees and causing them to sting. The new stings create more of the chemical isoamyl acetate which attracts more bees and increases the panic level of the victim. Killer bees tend to travel in large clusters or swarms and thus respond in large numbers to the production of isoamyl acetate. Question 28. The subject of the paragraph before paragraph 1 was mostly likely_________. A. the creation of the killer bee B. the chemical nature of killer bees attacks C. stories in the media about killer bees D. ways of producing honey Question 29. The word "inflated" in paragraph 1 means_________. A. aired B. exaggerated C. blown D. burst Question 30. The word 'their' in paragraph 2 refers to_________. A. the European bees' B. the African bees' C. the killer bees' D. the honey bees' Question 31. Which is NOT mentioned in the passage as a contributing factor in an attack by killer bees? A. Panic by the victims B. The odor of isoamyl acetate C. Disturbance of the bees

D. Inclement weather

Question 32. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of killer bees? A. attack humans and animals B. are aggressive by nature C. travel in large clusters D. are a combination of European honeybee and African bee

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

125


X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: Tom hasn’t watched a football match for 2 months. →…………………………………………………………………………….. Question 34: “You should apply for that job. It is suitable for you.” Kevin said to me. → ………………………………………………………………………………… Question 35: I didn’t have time so I was late. →………………………………………………………………………………………. Question 36: It is necessary to give the employee a full bonus. → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37. I like the essay. You wrote it yesterday.(which) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 38. Tokyo is bigger than Ho Chi Minh City. (as….as) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 39. I think we should put different kinds of wastes in different places. (suggested) → ……………………………………………………………………………………….. Question 40. It took me half an hour to write that letter (spent) → ………………………………………………………………………………………. .______The end______

126


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 89) 1.A 9. B 17. A 25. C

2A. 10.A 18.A 26. B

3. D 11. D 19. D 27. C

4.D 12. B 20.A 28. C

5. C 13. A 21. D 29. B

6. A 14. B 22. D 30. B

7. C 15. D 23.D 31. C

8D. 16. A 24. D 32. B

Question 33: → The last time Tom watched a football match was 2 months ago. Question 34: → Kevin advised me to apply for that job. Question 35: → If I had had time, I wouldn’t have been late. Question 36 → It is necessary for the employee to be given a full bonus. (It is necessary that the employee should be given a full bonus.) Question 37. => I like the essay which you wrote yesterday. Question 38. => Ho Chi Minh City isn’t as big as Tokyo. Question 39. => I suggested putting different kinds of wastes in different places. Question 40=> I spent half an hour writing that letter. SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 90 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 90

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. Question 1: A. angle B. capable C. ancient D. danger Question 2: A. goose B. horse C. oases D. crisis II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. Question 3: A. admirable B. television C. advantageous D. vegetable Question 4: A. eschar B. escape C. eschew D. escheat III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. Question 5: My computer doesn’t work. I think that it is broke. A B C D Question 6. Everybody I know like to eat chocolates and ice-cream.

127


A B C D Question 7. The teacher is telling the pupils what to use the new equipment. A B C D IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. Question 8: I telephoned the station to make________of the time of the train. A. sure B. true C. real D. right Question 9: Several people were hurt in the accident but only one________to hospital. A. was taken B. was taking C. has taken D. has been taking Question 10: Mr. John will be leaving________Son La on Sunday. A. in B. at C. from D. for Question 11: The policeman explained to us________to get to the airport. A. how B. how can we C. how can D. how we can Question 12: He________his grandparents every Sunday. A. has visited B. visits C. is visiting D. was visiting Question 13: The college got some money by selling one of its________old pictures. A. useful B. usual C. valuable D. helpful Question 14: He________in the cafe when she came. A. sat B. has sat C. has been sitting D. was sitting Question 15: ________you let me take a photograph of you? A. Will B. Shall C. May D. Must Question 16: All of us were________that he came first. He hasn’t been working hard so far. A. surprising B. to surprise C. surprised D. to be surprised V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges Question 17: Today, there is going to be a good film on at the cinema, Mary suggests that her friend –Jane and she should watch it. -Mary. “ why don’t we go to the cinema now”? - Jane: “_____________” A. will you join us? B. yes, lets! C. I’d like it D. what play is it? Question 18: Hary was busy repainting his room. Lucy helped him a lot. Then, he thanked for her help. Hary: “Thanks for your help.Judy.” Judy: “_______________.” A. With all my heart B. Never remind me C. it’s my pleasure D. wish you VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 19: Old buildings should be razed to make space for new and modern ones. A. renovated B. demolished C. remodeled D. built Câu 20: This special offer is exclusive to readers of this magazine. A. presentable B. rewarding C. attractive D. limited

128


VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. Câu 21: An employer must be very careful in dealing with subordinates and documenting their files in order to avoid complaints. A. bosses B. coordinators C. outside help D. employees Câu 22: My friend and his soccer coach are incompatible. They are always arguing. A. too different to work together B. almost exactly the same type C. really disliking each other D. getting on very well VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Have you ever stopped (23)……… why people give each (24)……….. eggs at Easter ? The Christian festival of Easter celebrates the return of Christ from the dead, but the festival is actually name (25)……….. the goddess of the sun, Eostre, whose name is taken from the East where she (26)……….. In very ancient times, Easter was a celebration that winter was (27)……… and that a new life was about to begin. Question 23 A. to wonder B. wondering C. wonder D. wander Question 24 A. else B. person C. others D. other Question 25 A. for B. about C. after D. with Question 26 A. goes B. sets C. rises D. raises Question 27 A. finish B. conclusion C. up D. over IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. During the teenage years, many young people can at times be difficult to talk to . They often seem to dislike being questioned. They may seem unwilling to talk about their work in school. This is a normal development at this age , though it can be very hard for parents to understand. It is part of becoming independent of teenagers trying to be adult while they are still growing up . Young people are usually more willing to talk if they believe that questions are asked out of real interest and not because people are trying to check up on them . Parents should do their best to talk to their sons and daughters about school work and future plant but should not push them to talk if they don't want to . Parents should also watch for the danger signs: some young people in trying to be adult may experiment with sex, drugs, alcohol, or smoking. Parents need to watch for any signs of unusual behaviour which may be connected with these and get help if necessarry. Question 28.This passage is taken from a A. handbook for parents B. school timetable C. teenage magazine. C. book for children Question 29. Why do adults sometimes find teenagers difficult to talk to. A. because most teenagers dislike being questioned. B. because teenagers don't want to talk to other people. C. because teenagers think adults are not honest D. because most teenagers hate adults. Question 30. When can you expect young people to be more talkative than usual.

129


A. When people talk to them because they are really interested and not just checking on them. B. When adults give them a lot money to spend. C. When adults talk to them about something other than their work in school. D. When adults talk to them about sex, alcohol and drugs. Question 31. Some teenagers experiment with drinking bad smoking because A. cigarettes and alcohol are available everywhere. B. cigarettes and alcohol are cheap C. women like smoking and drinking men D. they regard them as a mark of eduthood Question 32. The word BEHAVIOUR in the passage most nearly means A. feeling B. manners C. activities D. reaction. B. WRITING (2.0 points) X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. Question 33: David has read a lot of books, however, he cannot find a good solution. =>……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 34: People all over the country have helped the poor people in the flood region. => ……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 35: Bill and Peter are not old enough to ride motor-cycles. =>……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 36: Jack is stopped by the police because he passes the speed limit. => ……………………………………………………………………………………………… XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Question 37: I don’t think he is strong. He can’t lift the box.(Enough) =>…………………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 38: I am very buzy. I can’t go with you (if ) => ……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 39: His house is big. It is not very far from here.(Which) =>……………………………………………………………………………………………… Question 40: The man is a famous actor. You met him at the party last night. (whom) ………………………………………………………………………………………………. ______The end______ ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 90) 1. A 9. A 17.B 25.C

2C 10. D 18. C 26. D

3. C 11. A 19. B 27. D

4. A 12.B 20. D 28. A

5. D 13.C 21. A 29. A

6. B 14. D 22.D 30. A

7. C 15. A 23.A 31D

8. A 16.C 24.D 32. B

Question 33: => Although David has read a lot of books, he cannot find a good solution Question 34: => The poor people in the flood region have been helped by people all over the country.

130


Question 35=> Bill and Peter are not old enough to ride motor-cycles. Question 36: => If Jack didn’t pass the speed limit, he wouldn’t be stopped by the police. Question 37: => He is not strong enough to lift this box Question 38: => If I were free, I would go with you Question 39: =>His house which is not far from here is big Question 40: The man, whom you met at the party last night, is a famous actor. SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 61 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 61

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. volcano B. make C. tidal D. crazy 2. A. visited

B. looked

C. needed

D. persuaded

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. exchange B. invite C. economic D. embroider 4. A. intermediate

B. documentary

C. reputation

D. communicate

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. The students laughed happy when they saw the monkeys eating bananas. A

B

C

D

6. The information I got from the assistant was such confusing that I didn’t know what to do. A

B

C

D

7. Have you ever considered work as a teacher after graduating from university? A

B C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. The_________growth rate of Vietnam reached about 8.0% in 2007. A. economics

B. economically

C. economical

D. economy

9. I came ..................an old friend while I was walking along the street. A. across

B. into

C. over

D. for

131


10. Sarah has to stay in bed for a few days _________ she is sick. A. because

B. and

C. but

D. although

11. Mathew studied Physics _________ England from 2002 to 2006. A. at

B. about

C. in

D. on

12. . His house looks very large and beautiful. It is _________house. A. a seven-room

B. a seven-rooms

C. seven room

D. seven rooms

13. It’s very late. We suggest _________ a taxi to get to the airport. A. catch

B. catching

C. to catch

D. caught

14. Environmental _________ is a serious problem facing mankind today. A. pollute

B. polluted

C. pollution

D. polluting

15. Your brother passed the final exam, _________? A. does he

B. doesn’t he

C. did he

D. didn’t he

16. Jennifer Aniston, _________ is perhaps best known for her role in “Friends”, has also appeared in several major films. A. that

B. who

C. whom

D. which

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Daughter: “Dad! I have just won the first prize in the Olympic English Contest.” Father: “__________________” A. Congratulations!

B. That’s a good idea.

C. Thank you.

D. I’d love to.

18. Peter: “Don’t fail to send your parents my regards.” Susan: “_____.” A. You’re welcome.

B. Thanks, I will.

C. Good ideas, thanks

D. It’s my pleasure.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. He was asked to account for his presence at the scene of crime. A. complain

B. exchange

C. explain

D. arrange

20. The teacher gave some suggestions on what could come out for the examination. A. effects

B. symptoms

C. hints

D. demonstrations

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions.

132


21. The International Organizations are going to be in a temporary way in the country. A. soak

B. permanent

C. complicated

D. guess

22. She was happy that she could get in touch with a lot of her old friends when she went abroad to study. A. lose contact with

B. lose control of

C. put in charge of

D. make room for

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Electricity is the most common form of energy used today. (1) _________ the modern world, (2) _________ is instantly available at the touch of a switch. Electricity has numerous uses. The most common use of electricity is to provide artificial lighting. In factories, electricity is used to (3) _________ the electric motor of machines. In offices, electricity is used to light up (4) _________ workplace. It is also used to operate air-conditioners, computers (5) _________ many other machines. 23. A. In

B. Round

C. During

D. From

24. A. Gas

B. water

C. electricity

D. coal

25. A. Driven

B. drive

C. driving

D. drove

26. A. A

B. any

C. the

D. many

27. A. But

B. so

C. because

D. and

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Smoking causes lung cancer, which is the number one cancer among men. Ninety percent of the people who get lung cancer die. Smoking is also the leading cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer, and throat cancer. Many smokers have heart disease and pneumonia. Smoking causes one million early deaths in the world every year. Smokers not only harm themselves but also harm others. Smokers breathe smoke out into the air. They breathe it out on their children and their wives or husbands. Children whose parents smoke have more breathing and lung problems than other children. Women who are married to smokers are more likely to have lung cancer than those married to non-smokers. We are all aware that smoking is bad. So why do people smoke? 28. The number one cancer among men is____________. A. tongue cancer

B. throat cancer

C. lung cancer D. mouth cancer

29. The main cause of mouth cancer, tongue cancer and throat cancer is__________. A. drinking

B. overeating

C. breathing

D. smoking

133


30. Every year, smoking causes about one million____________. A. cancer patients B. killing diseases

C. early deaths D. injured men

31. The word “it” in the passage refers to____________. A. cancer

B. smoke

C. air

D. breath

32. Who are more likely to have lung cancer and lung problems? A. People who live in the city

B. People who live with smokers.

C. People who live with non-smokers.

D. People who live in the country.

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “Can you speak English?” said Peter.  Peter asked me ______________________________________________________ 34. If it doesn’t rain, we will go to the cinema this evening.  Unless _____________________________________________________________ 35. They will make you pay a fine if they catch you smoking.  You ____________________________________________________________ 36. Can you use this computer?  You can________________________________________? XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. Have you finished the book? I lent you the book two weeks ago. (which)  ___________________________________________________________________ 38. It’s a pity. we do not have a computer.

(wish)

 I ___________________________________________________________________ 39. Bob didn’t speak Dutch. However, He decided to settle in Amsterdam.

(In spite

of)  ___________________________________________________________________ 40. The house was too badly damaged in the fire, so it couldn’t be repaired.

(too)

 ___________________________________________________________________ ______The end______

134


ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 61) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25. B

2. B 10. A 18. B 26. C

3. C 11. C 19. C 27. D

4. D 12. A 20. C 28. C

5. B 13. B 21. B 29. D

6. B 14. C 22. A 30. C

7. B 15. D 23. A 31. B

8. B 16. B 24. C 32. B

33. Peter asked me if / whether I could speak English. 34. Unless it rains, we will go to the cinema this evening. 35. You will be made to pay a fine if they catch you smoking. / You will be fined if they catch you smoking. 36. You can use this computer, can’t you? 37. Have you finished the book which I lent you two weeks ago 38. I wish we had/ could have a computer. 39. In spite of not speaking Dutch, Bob decided to settle in Amsterdam. In spite of the fact that Bob didn’t speak Dutch, He decided to settle in Amsterdam 40. The house was too badly damaged in the fire to be repaired

135


SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………...

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 62 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10 NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

Mã đề thi 62

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points) I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. 1. A. lived B. liked C. watched D. washed 2. A.

when

B. who

C. where

D. what

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. baby B. novel C. people D. remind 4. A. learner

B. teacher

C. enjoy

D. doctor

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. His mother is very proud of him, doesn’t she? A

B

C

D

6. The man whom robbed you has been arrested. A

B

C

D

7. Miss Hoa stopped to type the letter when she saw me coming. A.

B.

C.

D.

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. Mrs. Brown forgot her raincoat......she got wet. A. so

B. however

C. because

D. if

9. Peter is short. He's not…………… to be a policeman. A. so tall

B. tall enough C. quite tall

D. enough tall

10. Jupiter spins faster than......planet. A. any

B. any another

C. any others D. any other

11. The core of the moon is much smaller, in relation to its size of the planets. A. those

B. than those C. ones

D. than are those

136


12. .......the stove when you have finished cooking. A. Put off

B. Put out

C. Put

D. Put up with th

13. Coal......very widely as a source of energy until the 19 century. A. not used

B. did not use C. not using

D. was not used

14. She arranged.......her friends in the afternoon as the weather was fne. A. meeting

B. to be meeting

C. to have met

D, to meet

15. 1 object.......the proposal to restrict the use of cars in the city. A. at

B. with

C. for

D. to

16. …………. is a festival which is celebrated in late March or early April in Israel and by all Jewish people. A. Christmas _

B. Passover

C. Easter

D. Thanksgiving

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. John offered his mother a nice gift on her birthday. John's mother: Thank you very much for your gift! How wonderful it is! John: ______ A. Never mind!

B. I'm happy you like it.

C. That's right.

D. Of course.

18. William is talking to Jennie about his headache. William: Oh, dear. The pain in my head is killing me. Jennie: ________ A. How do you do?

B. What can I do for you now?

C. Don't mention it.

D. I'm sorry. I can't.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. I’ll take the new job whose salary is fantastic. A. reasonable

B. acceptable

C. pretty high

D. wonderful

20. Carpets from countries such as Persia and Afghanistan often fetch high prices in the United States. A. Artifacts

B. Pottery

C. Rugs

D. Textiles

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. When being interviewed, You should focus on what the interviewer is saying or asking you. A. to pay no attention to C. be related

B. be interested in D. express interested in

22. They've always encouraged me in everything I've wanted to do.

137


A. unpardoned

B. misconstrue

C. discouraged

D. impaired

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. When you visit London, one of the first things you will see is Big Ben, the famous clock which can be heard all over the world on the BBC. If the Houses of Parliament hadn't burned (14)......in 1834, the great clock would never have been erected. Big Ben takes its (15)......from Sir Benjamin Hall who was responsible for the making of the clock when the new Houses of Parliament were being built. It is not only of immense size. but is extremely accurate as well. Officials from Greenwich Observatory have the clock checked (18)......a day. On the BBC, you can hear the clock when it is actually striking because microphones (19).......to the clock tower. Big Ben has rarely gone wrong. Once, however, it failed to give the correct time. A painter (21)......had been working on the tower hung a pot of paint on one of the hands and slowed it down. 23. A. up

B. on

C. down

D. off

24. A. place

B. name

C. fame

D. time

25. A. two

B. two time

C. couple

D. twice

26. A. connects

B. are connected

C. is connected

D. connect

27. A. who

B. whom

C. which

D. where

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. English is one of the most popular languages in the world. It comes second in the number of speakers after Chinese. In Vietnam, more and more people are studying English and they consider it a key to success. However, not everyone knows how to learn English effectively. The best way to improve the four skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing is to practice regularly. You should make use of every opportunity to speak English with friends in class or at English speaking clubs or ourselves in front of the mirror. Learning by heart all the words does not help much if you do not read a lot because you will easily forget what you have learnt. Reading books, listening to radio and watching films are better ways to memorize words. Besides. English learners should not be so shy because making mistakes is unavoidable in learning foreign languages. Practicing speaking a lot is a good way to correct your mistakes. * Questions 28. How many skills are mentioned in paragraph 2? A. 2

B. 4

C. 5

29. The word “memorize" in paragraph 2 is CLOSEST in meaning to ……………

138


A. remember

B. forget

C. communicate

30. A good way to correct your mistakes is A. avoiding speaking English B. stopping learning English C. practicing speaking English a lot 31. According to the passage, which of the following statements Is TRUE? A. You should never speak English with yourselves. B. Many Vietnamese people consider English a key to success. C. English learner should be shy if they make mistakes. 32. The passage is mainly about ………………….. A. how to learn English effectively. B. people who study English in Vietnam. C. how to read books, listen to radio and watch films B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “ I want to be a pilot, ” my brother said. - My brother said that _____________________________________. 34. Many trees died because of the bad weather. - Because the weather _____________________________________. 35. I don’t have the key, so I cannot get into the house. - If I __________________________________________________ . 36. We might find life on another planet. - Life on another planet____________________________________. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37. His life is very hard. He studied very well. ( Although) → ………………..…………………………………… 38.The weather was terrible. We couldn’t go to the beach (So) ………………………………………………………………………………… 39. The book is very expensive. He bought it at the bookstore. (which” ) →……………………………………………………. 40. Do you like orange juice? Do you like apple juice?(or) ……………………………………………………………………………………

139


______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 62) 1. A 9. B 17. B 25. D

2. B 10. D 18. B 26. B

3. D 11. B 19. D 27. A

4. C 12. B 20. C 28. B

5. C 13. D 21. A 29. A

6. B 14. D 22. C 30. C

7. A 15. D 23. C 31. B

8. A 16. B 24. B 32. A

33. My brother said that he wanted to be a pilot. 34. Because the weather was bad, many trees died. 35. If I had the key, I could / would get into the house. 36. Life on another planet might be found 37. Although his life was hard, he studied very well. 38. The weather was terrible, So we couldn’t go to the beach 39. The book which he bought at the bookstore is very expensive. 40. Do you like orange juice or apple juice?

SỞ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO ………... ĐỀ THI THAM KHẢO (Đề thi có 04 trang)

ĐỀ ÔN TẬP SỐ 63 KÌ THI TUYỂN SINH VÀO LỚP 10

NĂM HỌC 2019-2020 Môn: Tiếng Anh Thời gian làm bài: 60 phút (không kể thời gian phát đề)

Họ tên thí sinh: ……………………........... Số báo danh: ………………

Mã đề thi 63

A. MULTIPLE CHOICE (8.0 points)

140


I. Mark the latter A, B, C or D to indicate the word whose underlined part differs from the other three in pronunciation in each of the following questions. B. stands C. sleeps D. sprays 1. A. runs 2. A. enjoyed

B. walked

C. watched

D. practiced

II. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word that differs from the other three in the position of primary stress in each of the following questions. 3. A. money B. student C. music D. enjoy 4. A. nation

B. mention

C. federation

D. option

III. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the underlined part that needs correct in each of the following questions. 5. You have read this interesting article on the website, have you? A

B

C

D

6. Jeans cloth made completely from cotton in the eighteenth century. A

B

C

D

7. My sister enjoys listening to music and dance with her friends. A

B

C

D

IV. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following question. 8. I am not in a hurry. I don't mind..... A. waiting

B. wait

C. to wait

D. to waiting

9. I wish Ann ......... here. She will be able to help us. A. were

B. weren't

C. is

D. wasn't

10. Relax for some minutes and you'll feel more ......... A. comfort

B. uncomfortable

C comfortable

D. comfortably

11. We ...................close friends since we were in grade 6. A. have been

B. will be

C. were

D. are

12. We were too tired ...................... doing the washing up after the meal. A. out

B. over

C. of

D. on

13. Thanh and Nga are going to Australia............learn English. A. so as to

B. so that

C. so as

D. in order that

14. I was tired, _______ I went to bed early last night. A. however

B. although

C. because

D. so

15. The children enjoy ______ to the zoo. A. taking

B. to play

C. being taken

D. took

16. Nam is a student. He always goes to ______ school at 6.30 in the morning.

141


A. a

B. an

C. the

D. ∅

V. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct response to each of the following exchanges 17. Jane invites Mary to go to the cinema. Jane: “Would you like to go to the cinema with me this weekend?” Mary: “ _____________.” A. Yes, I’d love to.

B. Yes, I do

C. I agree with you

D. Yes, it is

18. Mr. Smith is have lunch a restaurant. Mr. Smith:

“ Could you bring me some water?”

Waiter:”_________” A. No, I don’t

B. I don’t wait

C. Certainly, sir

D. No, thanks.

VI. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 19. Ralph Nader was the most prominent leader of the U.S consumer protection movement. A. casual

B. significant

C. promiscuous

D. aggressive

20. Around 150 B.C. the Greek astronomer Hipparchus developed a system to classify stars according to brightness. A. record

B. shine

C. categorize

D. diversify

VII. Mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the word(s) OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined word(s) in each of the following questions. 21. During the five- decade history the Asian Games have been advancing in all aspects. A. holding at

B. holding back

C. holding to

D. holding by

22. The distinction between schooling and education implied by this remark is important. A. explicit

B. implicit

C. obscure

D. odd

VIII. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct word or phrase that best fits each of the numbered blanks. Mr. Brown and some volunteer conservationists are on a very dirty beach now. Today they are ready (23)___________ the beach a clean and beautiful place again. After listening to Mr. Brown’s instructions, they are divided (24)___________ three groups. After listening to Mr. Brown’s Group should check the sand, and group 3 has to check among the rocks. Garbage must be put into plastic bags, and they will be (25)__________ by Mr.

142


Brown. He will take the bags to the garbage dump. Each member will be given a map to find the right place. They won’t (26)__________ the picnic lunch provided by Mrs. Smith until the whose area is clean. They are all eager to work hard so as to refresh this (27)__________ Area. 23. A. make

B. making

C. to make

D. made

24. A. in

B. into

C. on

D. to

25. A. collected

B. chosen

C. selected

D. elected

26. A. eat

B.have

C.do

D. cook

27. A. spoil

B. spoils

C. spoiling

D. spoiled

IX. Read the following passage and mark the letter A, B, C or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions. Sydney was founded as a British colony in 1788. Sydney was the first everlasting European settlement in Australia and today it is the country's largest city area, with about 4 million residents. Sydney is the seat of state government as the capital of New South Wales, Australia's most populous and economically important state. The city is an active cultural centre with a varied economy based on service industries, tourism, manufacturing, and international commerce. Its port is one of the leading centers of intercontinental trade in the Asia-Pacific region. Sydney is located on Australia’s southeastern coast at Port Jackson, a large, sheltered, deep-water inlet of the Tasman Sea. Sydney is well-known for its Opera House. The Sydney Opera House is the centerpiece of the city’s places for live performances of ballet, opera, and classical music. The Australian Opera, Australian Ballet, and Sydney Dance companies regularly stage performances there. Moreover, the place often hosts internationally touring performances. Sydney also has many places for musical theater, drama, and popular music. The Sydney Theatre Company is one of many successful theatre companies in the city. Sydney is also home to the internationally praised Australian Chamber Orchestra and Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The cultural life of Sydney is exciting and varied, reflecting the multicultural nature of the city. Many festivals, parades, and outdoor concerts cheer up the city streets in the summer months. Annual events include the Sydney Festival in January and February, the Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras in March, the Royal Easter Show in April, and the multicultural festival Carnival in September and October. Sydney has also become world renowned for its street parties and fireworks on New Year's Eve and on Australia Day, celebrated on Sydney's Founding date, January 26. 28. According to the first paragraph, the following are true of Sydney EXCEPT…… A. It was set up in the 18th century. B. Europe had it as the first settlement in Australia.

143


C. Now Sydney is the capital of Australia. D. Today it has a population of nearly 4 million people. 29. The word intercontinental in the first paragraph could be best replaced with…… A. within continents

B. into continents

C. out of continents

D. between continents

30. According to the second paragraph, which of the following is TRUE of the Sydney Opera House? A. International film festivals are held here. B. This place hosts live modern music programs. C. Plays are not performed here. D. This building makes Sydney famous. 31. In the last paragraph, the word “annual” means…… A. each year

B. every year

C. yearly

D. all year round

32. From the passage, it can be inferred that Sydney was established…… A. on New Year’s Eve, 1791

B. in April, 1789

C. in October, 1790

D. in January, 1788

B. WRITING (2.0 points)

X. Rewrite the following sentences using the provided word and keep meaning as that of the root one. 33. “I want to send my son to a university in the UK,” she said. She said ...............................................................................................in the UK. 34.Teachers should educate students to preserve traditional values. Students ..............................................................................................teachers. 35.She doesn’t know how to get access to the Internet. She wishes..............................................................................................the Internet. 36. I last saw Peter when he attended the school meeting I haven’t……………………………….....…………………………meeting. XI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. 37.He read the poem to us yesterday. The poem has been translated into several languages. (which) ...................................................................................................................................... 38. Mr. Ba is too old. That's the reason why he can not continue the work. (If ) ...................................................................................................................................... 39. The new restaurant looks good. However, it seems to have few customers.(In spite) ......................................................................................................................................

144


40. The children couldn't go swimming because the sea was too rough. (too) ...................................................................................................................................... ______The end______

ANSWER KEYS (ĐỀ SỐ 63) 1. C 9. A 17. A 25. A

2. A 10. C 18. C 26. A

3. D 11. A 19. B 27. C

4. C 12. C 20. C 28. C

5. D 13. A 21. B 29. A

6. A 14. D 22. A 30. B

7. C 15. A 23. C 31. C

8. A 16. D 24. B 32. D

33.She said that she wanted to send her son to a university in the UK. 34. Students should be educated to preserve traditional values by teachers. 35.She wishes she knew how to get access to the Internet. 36. I haven’t seen Peter since he attended the school meeting 37.The poem which he read to us yesterday has been translated into several languages. 38. If Mr. Ba were not too old, he could continue the work 39. In spite of its appearance, the new restaurant doesn't appear to attract much business. 40. The sea was too rough for the children to go swimming.

145


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.